RPCS3/llvm-mirror
1
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://github.com/RPCS3/llvm-mirror.git synced 2024-11-24 19:52:54 +01:00
Code Issues Projects Releases Wiki Activity
5929d57f67
llvm-mirror/lib/Transforms/Scalar/InstructionCombining.cpp
Dan Gohman 4ad77e1ca2 Fix a shufflevector instcombine that was emitting invalid masks indices 
when it meant to be emitting undef indices.

llvm-svn: 54417
2008-08-06 18:17:32 +00:00

11639 lines
471 KiB
C++
Raw Blame History

//===- InstructionCombining.cpp - Combine multiple instructions -----------===//
//
// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
//
// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
//
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
//
// InstructionCombining - Combine instructions to form fewer, simple
// instructions. This pass does not modify the CFG. This pass is where
// algebraic simplification happens.
//
// This pass combines things like:
// %Y = add i32 %X, 1
// %Z = add i32 %Y, 1
// into:
// %Z = add i32 %X, 2
//
// This is a simple worklist driven algorithm.
//
// This pass guarantees that the following canonicalizations are performed on
// the program:
// 1. If a binary operator has a constant operand, it is moved to the RHS
// 2. Bitwise operators with constant operands are always grouped so that
// shifts are performed first, then or's, then and's, then xor's.
// 3. Compare instructions are converted from <,>,<=,>= to ==,!= if possible
// 4. All cmp instructions on boolean values are replaced with logical ops
// 5. add X, X is represented as (X*2) => (X << 1)
// 6. Multiplies with a power-of-two constant argument are transformed into
// shifts.
// ... etc.
//
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
#define DEBUG_TYPE "instcombine"
#include "llvm/Transforms/Scalar.h"
#include "llvm/IntrinsicInst.h"
#include "llvm/Pass.h"
#include "llvm/DerivedTypes.h"
#include "llvm/GlobalVariable.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/ConstantFolding.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h"
#include "llvm/Target/TargetData.h"
#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/BasicBlockUtils.h"
#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/Local.h"
#include "llvm/Support/CallSite.h"
#include "llvm/Support/ConstantRange.h"
#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
#include "llvm/Support/GetElementPtrTypeIterator.h"
#include "llvm/Support/InstVisitor.h"
#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
#include "llvm/Support/PatternMatch.h"
#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
#include <algorithm>
#include <climits>
#include <sstream>
using namespace llvm;
using namespace llvm::PatternMatch;
STATISTIC(NumCombined , "Number of insts combined");
STATISTIC(NumConstProp, "Number of constant folds");
STATISTIC(NumDeadInst , "Number of dead inst eliminated");
STATISTIC(NumDeadStore, "Number of dead stores eliminated");
STATISTIC(NumSunkInst , "Number of instructions sunk");
namespace {
class VISIBILITY_HIDDEN InstCombiner
: public FunctionPass,
public InstVisitor<InstCombiner, Instruction*> {
// Worklist of all of the instructions that need to be simplified.
std::vector<Instruction*> Worklist;
DenseMap<Instruction*, unsigned> WorklistMap;
TargetData *TD;
bool MustPreserveLCSSA;
public:
static char ID; // Pass identification, replacement for typeid
InstCombiner() : FunctionPass((intptr_t)&ID) {}
/// AddToWorkList - Add the specified instruction to the worklist if it
/// isn't already in it.
void AddToWorkList(Instruction *I) {
if (WorklistMap.insert(std::make_pair(I, Worklist.size())).second)
Worklist.push_back(I);
}
// RemoveFromWorkList - remove I from the worklist if it exists.
void RemoveFromWorkList(Instruction *I) {
DenseMap<Instruction*, unsigned>::iterator It = WorklistMap.find(I);
if (It == WorklistMap.end()) return; // Not in worklist.
// Don't bother moving everything down, just null out the slot.
Worklist[It->second] = 0;
WorklistMap.erase(It);
}
Instruction *RemoveOneFromWorkList() {
Instruction *I = Worklist.back();
Worklist.pop_back();
WorklistMap.erase(I);
return I;
}
/// AddUsersToWorkList - When an instruction is simplified, add all users of
/// the instruction to the work lists because they might get more simplified
/// now.
///
void AddUsersToWorkList(Value &I) {
for (Value::use_iterator UI = I.use_begin(), UE = I.use_end();
UI != UE; ++UI)
AddToWorkList(cast<Instruction>(*UI));
}
/// AddUsesToWorkList - When an instruction is simplified, add operands to
/// the work lists because they might get more simplified now.
///
void AddUsesToWorkList(Instruction &I) {
for (User::op_iterator i = I.op_begin(), e = I.op_end(); i != e; ++i)
if (Instruction *Op = dyn_cast<Instruction>(*i))
AddToWorkList(Op);
}
/// AddSoonDeadInstToWorklist - The specified instruction is about to become
/// dead. Add all of its operands to the worklist, turning them into
/// undef's to reduce the number of uses of those instructions.
///
/// Return the specified operand before it is turned into an undef.
///
Value *AddSoonDeadInstToWorklist(Instruction &I, unsigned op) {
Value *R = I.getOperand(op);
for (User::op_iterator i = I.op_begin(), e = I.op_end(); i != e; ++i)
if (Instruction *Op = dyn_cast<Instruction>(*i)) {
AddToWorkList(Op);
// Set the operand to undef to drop the use.
*i = UndefValue::get(Op->getType());
}
return R;
}
public:
virtual bool runOnFunction(Function &F);
bool DoOneIteration(Function &F, unsigned ItNum);
virtual void getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const {
AU.addRequired<TargetData>();
AU.addPreservedID(LCSSAID);
AU.setPreservesCFG();
}
TargetData &getTargetData() const { return *TD; }
// Visitation implementation - Implement instruction combining for different
// instruction types. The semantics are as follows:
// Return Value:
// null - No change was made
// I - Change was made, I is still valid, I may be dead though
// otherwise - Change was made, replace I with returned instruction
//
Instruction *visitAdd(BinaryOperator &I);
Instruction *visitSub(BinaryOperator &I);
Instruction *visitMul(BinaryOperator &I);
Instruction *visitURem(BinaryOperator &I);
Instruction *visitSRem(BinaryOperator &I);
Instruction *visitFRem(BinaryOperator &I);
bool SimplifyDivRemOfSelect(BinaryOperator &I);
Instruction *commonRemTransforms(BinaryOperator &I);
Instruction *commonIRemTransforms(BinaryOperator &I);
Instruction *commonDivTransforms(BinaryOperator &I);
Instruction *commonIDivTransforms(BinaryOperator &I);
Instruction *visitUDiv(BinaryOperator &I);
Instruction *visitSDiv(BinaryOperator &I);
Instruction *visitFDiv(BinaryOperator &I);
Instruction *visitAnd(BinaryOperator &I);
Instruction *visitOr (BinaryOperator &I);
Instruction *visitXor(BinaryOperator &I);
Instruction *visitShl(BinaryOperator &I);
Instruction *visitAShr(BinaryOperator &I);
Instruction *visitLShr(BinaryOperator &I);
Instruction *commonShiftTransforms(BinaryOperator &I);
Instruction *FoldFCmp_IntToFP_Cst(FCmpInst &I, Instruction *LHSI,
Constant *RHSC);
Instruction *visitFCmpInst(FCmpInst &I);
Instruction *visitICmpInst(ICmpInst &I);
Instruction *visitICmpInstWithCastAndCast(ICmpInst &ICI);
Instruction *visitICmpInstWithInstAndIntCst(ICmpInst &ICI,
Instruction *LHS,
ConstantInt *RHS);
Instruction *FoldICmpDivCst(ICmpInst &ICI, BinaryOperator *DivI,
ConstantInt *DivRHS);
Instruction *FoldGEPICmp(User *GEPLHS, Value *RHS,
ICmpInst::Predicate Cond, Instruction &I);
Instruction *FoldShiftByConstant(Value *Op0, ConstantInt *Op1,
BinaryOperator &I);
Instruction *commonCastTransforms(CastInst &CI);
Instruction *commonIntCastTransforms(CastInst &CI);
Instruction *commonPointerCastTransforms(CastInst &CI);
Instruction *visitTrunc(TruncInst &CI);
Instruction *visitZExt(ZExtInst &CI);
Instruction *visitSExt(SExtInst &CI);
Instruction *visitFPTrunc(FPTruncInst &CI);
Instruction *visitFPExt(CastInst &CI);
Instruction *visitFPToUI(FPToUIInst &FI);
Instruction *visitFPToSI(FPToSIInst &FI);
Instruction *visitUIToFP(CastInst &CI);
Instruction *visitSIToFP(CastInst &CI);
Instruction *visitPtrToInt(CastInst &CI);
Instruction *visitIntToPtr(IntToPtrInst &CI);
Instruction *visitBitCast(BitCastInst &CI);
Instruction *FoldSelectOpOp(SelectInst &SI, Instruction *TI,
Instruction *FI);
Instruction *visitSelectInst(SelectInst &CI);
Instruction *visitCallInst(CallInst &CI);
Instruction *visitInvokeInst(InvokeInst &II);
Instruction *visitPHINode(PHINode &PN);
Instruction *visitGetElementPtrInst(GetElementPtrInst &GEP);
Instruction *visitAllocationInst(AllocationInst &AI);
Instruction *visitFreeInst(FreeInst &FI);
Instruction *visitLoadInst(LoadInst &LI);
Instruction *visitStoreInst(StoreInst &SI);
Instruction *visitBranchInst(BranchInst &BI);
Instruction *visitSwitchInst(SwitchInst &SI);
Instruction *visitInsertElementInst(InsertElementInst &IE);
Instruction *visitExtractElementInst(ExtractElementInst &EI);
Instruction *visitShuffleVectorInst(ShuffleVectorInst &SVI);
Instruction *visitExtractValueInst(ExtractValueInst &EV);
// visitInstruction - Specify what to return for unhandled instructions...
Instruction *visitInstruction(Instruction &I) { return 0; }
private:
Instruction *visitCallSite(CallSite CS);
bool transformConstExprCastCall(CallSite CS);
Instruction *transformCallThroughTrampoline(CallSite CS);
Instruction *transformZExtICmp(ICmpInst *ICI, Instruction &CI,
bool DoXform = true);
bool WillNotOverflowSignedAdd(Value *LHS, Value *RHS);
public:
// InsertNewInstBefore - insert an instruction New before instruction Old
// in the program. Add the new instruction to the worklist.
//
Instruction *InsertNewInstBefore(Instruction *New, Instruction &Old) {
assert(New && New->getParent() == 0 &&
"New instruction already inserted into a basic block!");
BasicBlock *BB = Old.getParent();
BB->getInstList().insert(&Old, New); // Insert inst
AddToWorkList(New);
return New;
}
/// InsertCastBefore - Insert a cast of V to TY before the instruction POS.
/// This also adds the cast to the worklist. Finally, this returns the
/// cast.
Value *InsertCastBefore(Instruction::CastOps opc, Value *V, const Type *Ty,
Instruction &Pos) {
if (V->getType() == Ty) return V;
if (Constant *CV = dyn_cast<Constant>(V))
return ConstantExpr::getCast(opc, CV, Ty);
Instruction *C = CastInst::Create(opc, V, Ty, V->getName(), &Pos);
AddToWorkList(C);
return C;
}
Value *InsertBitCastBefore(Value *V, const Type *Ty, Instruction &Pos) {
return InsertCastBefore(Instruction::BitCast, V, Ty, Pos);
}
// ReplaceInstUsesWith - This method is to be used when an instruction is
// found to be dead, replacable with another preexisting expression. Here
// we add all uses of I to the worklist, replace all uses of I with the new
// value, then return I, so that the inst combiner will know that I was
// modified.
//
Instruction *ReplaceInstUsesWith(Instruction &I, Value *V) {
AddUsersToWorkList(I); // Add all modified instrs to worklist
if (&I != V) {
I.replaceAllUsesWith(V);
return &I;
} else {
// If we are replacing the instruction with itself, this must be in a
// segment of unreachable code, so just clobber the instruction.
I.replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(I.getType()));
return &I;
}
}
// UpdateValueUsesWith - This method is to be used when an value is
// found to be replacable with another preexisting expression or was
// updated. Here we add all uses of I to the worklist, replace all uses of
// I with the new value (unless the instruction was just updated), then
// return true, so that the inst combiner will know that I was modified.
//
bool UpdateValueUsesWith(Value *Old, Value *New) {
AddUsersToWorkList(*Old); // Add all modified instrs to worklist
if (Old != New)
Old->replaceAllUsesWith(New);
if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Old))
AddToWorkList(I);
if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(New))
AddToWorkList(I);
return true;
}
// EraseInstFromFunction - When dealing with an instruction that has side
// effects or produces a void value, we can't rely on DCE to delete the
// instruction. Instead, visit methods should return the value returned by
// this function.
Instruction *EraseInstFromFunction(Instruction &I) {
assert(I.use_empty() && "Cannot erase instruction that is used!");
AddUsesToWorkList(I);
RemoveFromWorkList(&I);
I.eraseFromParent();
return 0; // Don't do anything with FI
}
void ComputeMaskedBits(Value *V, const APInt &Mask, APInt &KnownZero,
APInt &KnownOne, unsigned Depth = 0) const {
return llvm::ComputeMaskedBits(V, Mask, KnownZero, KnownOne, TD, Depth);
}
bool MaskedValueIsZero(Value *V, const APInt &Mask,
unsigned Depth = 0) const {
return llvm::MaskedValueIsZero(V, Mask, TD, Depth);
}
unsigned ComputeNumSignBits(Value *Op, unsigned Depth = 0) const {
return llvm::ComputeNumSignBits(Op, TD, Depth);
}
private:
/// InsertOperandCastBefore - This inserts a cast of V to DestTy before the
/// InsertBefore instruction. This is specialized a bit to avoid inserting
/// casts that are known to not do anything...
///
Value *InsertOperandCastBefore(Instruction::CastOps opcode,
Value *V, const Type *DestTy,
Instruction *InsertBefore);
/// SimplifyCommutative - This performs a few simplifications for
/// commutative operators.
bool SimplifyCommutative(BinaryOperator &I);
/// SimplifyCompare - This reorders the operands of a CmpInst to get them in
/// most-complex to least-complex order.
bool SimplifyCompare(CmpInst &I);
/// SimplifyDemandedBits - Attempts to replace V with a simpler value based
/// on the demanded bits.
bool SimplifyDemandedBits(Value *V, APInt DemandedMask,
APInt& KnownZero, APInt& KnownOne,
unsigned Depth = 0);
Value *SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(Value *V, uint64_t DemandedElts,
uint64_t &UndefElts, unsigned Depth = 0);
// FoldOpIntoPhi - Given a binary operator or cast instruction which has a
// PHI node as operand #0, see if we can fold the instruction into the PHI
// (which is only possible if all operands to the PHI are constants).
Instruction *FoldOpIntoPhi(Instruction &I);
// FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI - If all operands to a PHI node are the same "unary"
// operator and they all are only used by the PHI, PHI together their
// inputs, and do the operation once, to the result of the PHI.
Instruction *FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI(PHINode &PN);
Instruction *FoldPHIArgBinOpIntoPHI(PHINode &PN);
Instruction *OptAndOp(Instruction *Op, ConstantInt *OpRHS,
ConstantInt *AndRHS, BinaryOperator &TheAnd);
Value *FoldLogicalPlusAnd(Value *LHS, Value *RHS, ConstantInt *Mask,
bool isSub, Instruction &I);
Instruction *InsertRangeTest(Value *V, Constant *Lo, Constant *Hi,
bool isSigned, bool Inside, Instruction &IB);
Instruction *PromoteCastOfAllocation(BitCastInst &CI, AllocationInst &AI);
Instruction *MatchBSwap(BinaryOperator &I);
bool SimplifyStoreAtEndOfBlock(StoreInst &SI);
Instruction *SimplifyMemTransfer(MemIntrinsic *MI);
Instruction *SimplifyMemSet(MemSetInst *MI);
Value *EvaluateInDifferentType(Value *V, const Type *Ty, bool isSigned);
bool CanEvaluateInDifferentType(Value *V, const IntegerType *Ty,
unsigned CastOpc,
int &NumCastsRemoved);
unsigned GetOrEnforceKnownAlignment(Value *V,
unsigned PrefAlign = 0);
};
}
char InstCombiner::ID = 0;
static RegisterPass<InstCombiner>
X("instcombine", "Combine redundant instructions");
// getComplexity: Assign a complexity or rank value to LLVM Values...
// 0 -> undef, 1 -> Const, 2 -> Other, 3 -> Arg, 3 -> Unary, 4 -> OtherInst
static unsigned getComplexity(Value *V) {
if (isa<Instruction>(V)) {
if (BinaryOperator::isNeg(V) || BinaryOperator::isNot(V))
return 3;
return 4;
}
if (isa<Argument>(V)) return 3;
return isa<Constant>(V) ? (isa<UndefValue>(V) ? 0 : 1) : 2;
}
// isOnlyUse - Return true if this instruction will be deleted if we stop using
// it.
static bool isOnlyUse(Value *V) {
return V->hasOneUse() || isa<Constant>(V);
}
// getPromotedType - Return the specified type promoted as it would be to pass
// though a va_arg area...
static const Type *getPromotedType(const Type *Ty) {
if (const IntegerType* ITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(Ty)) {
if (ITy->getBitWidth() < 32)
return Type::Int32Ty;
}
return Ty;
}
/// getBitCastOperand - If the specified operand is a CastInst or a constant
/// expression bitcast, return the operand value, otherwise return null.
static Value *getBitCastOperand(Value *V) {
if (BitCastInst *I = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(V))
return I->getOperand(0);
else if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(V))
if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::BitCast)
return CE->getOperand(0);
return 0;
}
/// This function is a wrapper around CastInst::isEliminableCastPair. It
/// simply extracts arguments and returns what that function returns.
static Instruction::CastOps
isEliminableCastPair(
const CastInst *CI, ///< The first cast instruction
unsigned opcode, ///< The opcode of the second cast instruction
const Type *DstTy, ///< The target type for the second cast instruction
TargetData *TD ///< The target data for pointer size
) {
const Type *SrcTy = CI->getOperand(0)->getType(); // A from above
const Type *MidTy = CI->getType(); // B from above
// Get the opcodes of the two Cast instructions
Instruction::CastOps firstOp = Instruction::CastOps(CI->getOpcode());
Instruction::CastOps secondOp = Instruction::CastOps(opcode);
return Instruction::CastOps(
CastInst::isEliminableCastPair(firstOp, secondOp, SrcTy, MidTy,
DstTy, TD->getIntPtrType()));
}
/// ValueRequiresCast - Return true if the cast from "V to Ty" actually results
/// in any code being generated. It does not require codegen if V is simple
/// enough or if the cast can be folded into other casts.
static bool ValueRequiresCast(Instruction::CastOps opcode, const Value *V,
const Type *Ty, TargetData *TD) {
if (V->getType() == Ty || isa<Constant>(V)) return false;
// If this is another cast that can be eliminated, it isn't codegen either.
if (const CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(V))
if (isEliminableCastPair(CI, opcode, Ty, TD))
return false;
return true;
}
/// InsertOperandCastBefore - This inserts a cast of V to DestTy before the
/// InsertBefore instruction. This is specialized a bit to avoid inserting
/// casts that are known to not do anything...
///
Value *InstCombiner::InsertOperandCastBefore(Instruction::CastOps opcode,
Value *V, const Type *DestTy,
Instruction *InsertBefore) {
if (V->getType() == DestTy) return V;
if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V))
return ConstantExpr::getCast(opcode, C, DestTy);
return InsertCastBefore(opcode, V, DestTy, *InsertBefore);
}
// SimplifyCommutative - This performs a few simplifications for commutative
// operators:
//
// 1. Order operands such that they are listed from right (least complex) to
// left (most complex). This puts constants before unary operators before
// binary operators.
//
// 2. Transform: (op (op V, C1), C2) ==> (op V, (op C1, C2))
// 3. Transform: (op (op V1, C1), (op V2, C2)) ==> (op (op V1, V2), (op C1,C2))
//
bool InstCombiner::SimplifyCommutative(BinaryOperator &I) {
bool Changed = false;
if (getComplexity(I.getOperand(0)) < getComplexity(I.getOperand(1)))
Changed = !I.swapOperands();
if (!I.isAssociative()) return Changed;
Instruction::BinaryOps Opcode = I.getOpcode();
if (BinaryOperator *Op = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(I.getOperand(0)))
if (Op->getOpcode() == Opcode && isa<Constant>(Op->getOperand(1))) {
if (isa<Constant>(I.getOperand(1))) {
Constant *Folded = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(),
cast<Constant>(I.getOperand(1)),
cast<Constant>(Op->getOperand(1)));
I.setOperand(0, Op->getOperand(0));
I.setOperand(1, Folded);
return true;
} else if (BinaryOperator *Op1=dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(I.getOperand(1)))
if (Op1->getOpcode() == Opcode && isa<Constant>(Op1->getOperand(1)) &&
isOnlyUse(Op) && isOnlyUse(Op1)) {
Constant *C1 = cast<Constant>(Op->getOperand(1));
Constant *C2 = cast<Constant>(Op1->getOperand(1));
// Fold (op (op V1, C1), (op V2, C2)) ==> (op (op V1, V2), (op C1,C2))
Constant *Folded = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), C1, C2);
Instruction *New = BinaryOperator::Create(Opcode, Op->getOperand(0),
Op1->getOperand(0),
Op1->getName(), &I);
AddToWorkList(New);
I.setOperand(0, New);
I.setOperand(1, Folded);
return true;
}
}
return Changed;
}
/// SimplifyCompare - For a CmpInst this function just orders the operands
/// so that theyare listed from right (least complex) to left (most complex).
/// This puts constants before unary operators before binary operators.
bool InstCombiner::SimplifyCompare(CmpInst &I) {
if (getComplexity(I.getOperand(0)) >= getComplexity(I.getOperand(1)))
return false;
I.swapOperands();
// Compare instructions are not associative so there's nothing else we can do.
return true;
}
// dyn_castNegVal - Given a 'sub' instruction, return the RHS of the instruction
// if the LHS is a constant zero (which is the 'negate' form).
//
static inline Value *dyn_castNegVal(Value *V) {
if (BinaryOperator::isNeg(V))
return BinaryOperator::getNegArgument(V);
// Constants can be considered to be negated values if they can be folded.
if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V))
return ConstantExpr::getNeg(C);
if (ConstantVector *C = dyn_cast<ConstantVector>(V))
if (C->getType()->getElementType()->isInteger())
return ConstantExpr::getNeg(C);
return 0;
}
static inline Value *dyn_castNotVal(Value *V) {
if (BinaryOperator::isNot(V))
return BinaryOperator::getNotArgument(V);
// Constants can be considered to be not'ed values...
if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V))
return ConstantInt::get(~C->getValue());
return 0;
}
// dyn_castFoldableMul - If this value is a multiply that can be folded into
// other computations (because it has a constant operand), return the
// non-constant operand of the multiply, and set CST to point to the multiplier.
// Otherwise, return null.
//
static inline Value *dyn_castFoldableMul(Value *V, ConstantInt *&CST) {
if (V->hasOneUse() && V->getType()->isInteger())
if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) {
if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Mul)
if ((CST = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))))
return I->getOperand(0);
if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl)
if ((CST = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1)))) {
// The multiplier is really 1 << CST.
uint32_t BitWidth = cast<IntegerType>(V->getType())->getBitWidth();
uint32_t CSTVal = CST->getLimitedValue(BitWidth);
CST = ConstantInt::get(APInt(BitWidth, 1).shl(CSTVal));
return I->getOperand(0);
}
}
return 0;
}
/// dyn_castGetElementPtr - If this is a getelementptr instruction or constant
/// expression, return it.
static User *dyn_castGetElementPtr(Value *V) {
if (isa<GetElementPtrInst>(V)) return cast<User>(V);
if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(V))
if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr)
return cast<User>(V);
return false;
}
/// getOpcode - If this is an Instruction or a ConstantExpr, return the
/// opcode value. Otherwise return UserOp1.
static unsigned getOpcode(const Value *V) {
if (const Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V))
return I->getOpcode();
if (const ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(V))
return CE->getOpcode();
// Use UserOp1 to mean there's no opcode.
return Instruction::UserOp1;
}
/// AddOne - Add one to a ConstantInt
static ConstantInt *AddOne(ConstantInt *C) {
APInt Val(C->getValue());
return ConstantInt::get(++Val);
}
/// SubOne - Subtract one from a ConstantInt
static ConstantInt *SubOne(ConstantInt *C) {
APInt Val(C->getValue());
return ConstantInt::get(--Val);
}
/// Add - Add two ConstantInts together
static ConstantInt *Add(ConstantInt *C1, ConstantInt *C2) {
return ConstantInt::get(C1->getValue() + C2->getValue());
}
/// And - Bitwise AND two ConstantInts together
static ConstantInt *And(ConstantInt *C1, ConstantInt *C2) {
return ConstantInt::get(C1->getValue() & C2->getValue());
}
/// Subtract - Subtract one ConstantInt from another
static ConstantInt *Subtract(ConstantInt *C1, ConstantInt *C2) {
return ConstantInt::get(C1->getValue() - C2->getValue());
}
/// Multiply - Multiply two ConstantInts together
static ConstantInt *Multiply(ConstantInt *C1, ConstantInt *C2) {
return ConstantInt::get(C1->getValue() * C2->getValue());
}
/// MultiplyOverflows - True if the multiply can not be expressed in an int
/// this size.
static bool MultiplyOverflows(ConstantInt *C1, ConstantInt *C2, bool sign) {
uint32_t W = C1->getBitWidth();
APInt LHSExt = C1->getValue(), RHSExt = C2->getValue();
if (sign) {
LHSExt.sext(W * 2);
RHSExt.sext(W * 2);
} else {
LHSExt.zext(W * 2);
RHSExt.zext(W * 2);
}
APInt MulExt = LHSExt * RHSExt;
if (sign) {
APInt Min = APInt::getSignedMinValue(W).sext(W * 2);
APInt Max = APInt::getSignedMaxValue(W).sext(W * 2);
return MulExt.slt(Min) || MulExt.sgt(Max);
} else
return MulExt.ugt(APInt::getLowBitsSet(W * 2, W));
}
/// ShrinkDemandedConstant - Check to see if the specified operand of the
/// specified instruction is a constant integer. If so, check to see if there
/// are any bits set in the constant that are not demanded. If so, shrink the
/// constant and return true.
static bool ShrinkDemandedConstant(Instruction *I, unsigned OpNo,
APInt Demanded) {
assert(I && "No instruction?");
assert(OpNo < I->getNumOperands() && "Operand index too large");
// If the operand is not a constant integer, nothing to do.
ConstantInt *OpC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(OpNo));
if (!OpC) return false;
// If there are no bits set that aren't demanded, nothing to do.
Demanded.zextOrTrunc(OpC->getValue().getBitWidth());
if ((~Demanded & OpC->getValue()) == 0)
return false;
// This instruction is producing bits that are not demanded. Shrink the RHS.
Demanded &= OpC->getValue();
I->setOperand(OpNo, ConstantInt::get(Demanded));
return true;
}
// ComputeSignedMinMaxValuesFromKnownBits - Given a signed integer type and a
// set of known zero and one bits, compute the maximum and minimum values that
// could have the specified known zero and known one bits, returning them in
// min/max.
static void ComputeSignedMinMaxValuesFromKnownBits(const Type *Ty,
const APInt& KnownZero,
const APInt& KnownOne,
APInt& Min, APInt& Max) {
uint32_t BitWidth = cast<IntegerType>(Ty)->getBitWidth();
assert(KnownZero.getBitWidth() == BitWidth &&
KnownOne.getBitWidth() == BitWidth &&
Min.getBitWidth() == BitWidth && Max.getBitWidth() == BitWidth &&
"Ty, KnownZero, KnownOne and Min, Max must have equal bitwidth.");
APInt UnknownBits = ~(KnownZero|KnownOne);
// The minimum value is when all unknown bits are zeros, EXCEPT for the sign
// bit if it is unknown.
Min = KnownOne;
Max = KnownOne|UnknownBits;
if (UnknownBits[BitWidth-1]) { // Sign bit is unknown
Min.set(BitWidth-1);
Max.clear(BitWidth-1);
}
}
// ComputeUnsignedMinMaxValuesFromKnownBits - Given an unsigned integer type and
// a set of known zero and one bits, compute the maximum and minimum values that
// could have the specified known zero and known one bits, returning them in
// min/max.
static void ComputeUnsignedMinMaxValuesFromKnownBits(const Type *Ty,
const APInt &KnownZero,
const APInt &KnownOne,
APInt &Min, APInt &Max) {
uint32_t BitWidth = cast<IntegerType>(Ty)->getBitWidth(); BitWidth = BitWidth;
assert(KnownZero.getBitWidth() == BitWidth &&
KnownOne.getBitWidth() == BitWidth &&
Min.getBitWidth() == BitWidth && Max.getBitWidth() &&
"Ty, KnownZero, KnownOne and Min, Max must have equal bitwidth.");
APInt UnknownBits = ~(KnownZero|KnownOne);
// The minimum value is when the unknown bits are all zeros.
Min = KnownOne;
// The maximum value is when the unknown bits are all ones.
Max = KnownOne|UnknownBits;
}
/// SimplifyDemandedBits - This function attempts to replace V with a simpler
/// value based on the demanded bits. When this function is called, it is known
/// that only the bits set in DemandedMask of the result of V are ever used
/// downstream. Consequently, depending on the mask and V, it may be possible
/// to replace V with a constant or one of its operands. In such cases, this
/// function does the replacement and returns true. In all other cases, it
/// returns false after analyzing the expression and setting KnownOne and known
/// to be one in the expression. KnownZero contains all the bits that are known
/// to be zero in the expression. These are provided to potentially allow the
/// caller (which might recursively be SimplifyDemandedBits itself) to simplify
/// the expression. KnownOne and KnownZero always follow the invariant that
/// KnownOne & KnownZero == 0. That is, a bit can't be both 1 and 0. Note that
/// the bits in KnownOne and KnownZero may only be accurate for those bits set
/// in DemandedMask. Note also that the bitwidth of V, DemandedMask, KnownZero
/// and KnownOne must all be the same.
bool InstCombiner::SimplifyDemandedBits(Value *V, APInt DemandedMask,
APInt& KnownZero, APInt& KnownOne,
unsigned Depth) {
assert(V != 0 && "Null pointer of Value???");
assert(Depth <= 6 && "Limit Search Depth");
uint32_t BitWidth = DemandedMask.getBitWidth();
const IntegerType *VTy = cast<IntegerType>(V->getType());
assert(VTy->getBitWidth() == BitWidth &&
KnownZero.getBitWidth() == BitWidth &&
KnownOne.getBitWidth() == BitWidth &&
"Value *V, DemandedMask, KnownZero and KnownOne \
must have same BitWidth");
if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V)) {
// We know all of the bits for a constant!
KnownOne = CI->getValue() & DemandedMask;
KnownZero = ~KnownOne & DemandedMask;
return false;
}
KnownZero.clear();
KnownOne.clear();
if (!V->hasOneUse()) { // Other users may use these bits.
if (Depth != 0) { // Not at the root.
// Just compute the KnownZero/KnownOne bits to simplify things downstream.
ComputeMaskedBits(V, DemandedMask, KnownZero, KnownOne, Depth);
return false;
}
// If this is the root being simplified, allow it to have multiple uses,
// just set the DemandedMask to all bits.
DemandedMask = APInt::getAllOnesValue(BitWidth);
} else if (DemandedMask == 0) { // Not demanding any bits from V.
if (V != UndefValue::get(VTy))
return UpdateValueUsesWith(V, UndefValue::get(VTy));
return false;
} else if (Depth == 6) { // Limit search depth.
return false;
}
Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
if (!I) return false; // Only analyze instructions.
APInt LHSKnownZero(BitWidth, 0), LHSKnownOne(BitWidth, 0);
APInt &RHSKnownZero = KnownZero, &RHSKnownOne = KnownOne;
switch (I->getOpcode()) {
default:
ComputeMaskedBits(V, DemandedMask, RHSKnownZero, RHSKnownOne, Depth);
break;
case Instruction::And:
// If either the LHS or the RHS are Zero, the result is zero.
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperand(1), DemandedMask,
RHSKnownZero, RHSKnownOne, Depth+1))
return true;
assert((RHSKnownZero & RHSKnownOne) == 0 &&
"Bits known to be one AND zero?");
// If something is known zero on the RHS, the bits aren't demanded on the
// LHS.
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperand(0), DemandedMask & ~RHSKnownZero,
LHSKnownZero, LHSKnownOne, Depth+1))
return true;
assert((LHSKnownZero & LHSKnownOne) == 0 &&
"Bits known to be one AND zero?");
// If all of the demanded bits are known 1 on one side, return the other.
// These bits cannot contribute to the result of the 'and'.
if ((DemandedMask & ~LHSKnownZero & RHSKnownOne) ==
(DemandedMask & ~LHSKnownZero))
return UpdateValueUsesWith(I, I->getOperand(0));
if ((DemandedMask & ~RHSKnownZero & LHSKnownOne) ==
(DemandedMask & ~RHSKnownZero))
return UpdateValueUsesWith(I, I->getOperand(1));
// If all of the demanded bits in the inputs are known zeros, return zero.
if ((DemandedMask & (RHSKnownZero|LHSKnownZero)) == DemandedMask)
return UpdateValueUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(VTy));
// If the RHS is a constant, see if we can simplify it.
if (ShrinkDemandedConstant(I, 1, DemandedMask & ~LHSKnownZero))
return UpdateValueUsesWith(I, I);
// Output known-1 bits are only known if set in both the LHS & RHS.
RHSKnownOne &= LHSKnownOne;
// Output known-0 are known to be clear if zero in either the LHS | RHS.
RHSKnownZero |= LHSKnownZero;
break;
case Instruction::Or:
// If either the LHS or the RHS are One, the result is One.
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperand(1), DemandedMask,
RHSKnownZero, RHSKnownOne, Depth+1))
return true;
assert((RHSKnownZero & RHSKnownOne) == 0 &&
"Bits known to be one AND zero?");
// If something is known one on the RHS, the bits aren't demanded on the
// LHS.
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperand(0), DemandedMask & ~RHSKnownOne,
LHSKnownZero, LHSKnownOne, Depth+1))
return true;
assert((LHSKnownZero & LHSKnownOne) == 0 &&
"Bits known to be one AND zero?");
// If all of the demanded bits are known zero on one side, return the other.
// These bits cannot contribute to the result of the 'or'.
if ((DemandedMask & ~LHSKnownOne & RHSKnownZero) ==
(DemandedMask & ~LHSKnownOne))
return UpdateValueUsesWith(I, I->getOperand(0));
if ((DemandedMask & ~RHSKnownOne & LHSKnownZero) ==
(DemandedMask & ~RHSKnownOne))
return UpdateValueUsesWith(I, I->getOperand(1));
// If all of the potentially set bits on one side are known to be set on
// the other side, just use the 'other' side.
if ((DemandedMask & (~RHSKnownZero) & LHSKnownOne) ==
(DemandedMask & (~RHSKnownZero)))
return UpdateValueUsesWith(I, I->getOperand(0));
if ((DemandedMask & (~LHSKnownZero) & RHSKnownOne) ==
(DemandedMask & (~LHSKnownZero)))
return UpdateValueUsesWith(I, I->getOperand(1));
// If the RHS is a constant, see if we can simplify it.
if (ShrinkDemandedConstant(I, 1, DemandedMask))
return UpdateValueUsesWith(I, I);
// Output known-0 bits are only known if clear in both the LHS & RHS.
RHSKnownZero &= LHSKnownZero;
// Output known-1 are known to be set if set in either the LHS | RHS.
RHSKnownOne |= LHSKnownOne;
break;
case Instruction::Xor: {
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperand(1), DemandedMask,
RHSKnownZero, RHSKnownOne, Depth+1))
return true;
assert((RHSKnownZero & RHSKnownOne) == 0 &&
"Bits known to be one AND zero?");
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperand(0), DemandedMask,
LHSKnownZero, LHSKnownOne, Depth+1))
return true;
assert((LHSKnownZero & LHSKnownOne) == 0 &&
"Bits known to be one AND zero?");
// If all of the demanded bits are known zero on one side, return the other.
// These bits cannot contribute to the result of the 'xor'.
if ((DemandedMask & RHSKnownZero) == DemandedMask)
return UpdateValueUsesWith(I, I->getOperand(0));
if ((DemandedMask & LHSKnownZero) == DemandedMask)
return UpdateValueUsesWith(I, I->getOperand(1));
// Output known-0 bits are known if clear or set in both the LHS & RHS.
APInt KnownZeroOut = (RHSKnownZero & LHSKnownZero) |
(RHSKnownOne & LHSKnownOne);
// Output known-1 are known to be set if set in only one of the LHS, RHS.
APInt KnownOneOut = (RHSKnownZero & LHSKnownOne) |
(RHSKnownOne & LHSKnownZero);
// If all of the demanded bits are known to be zero on one side or the
// other, turn this into an *inclusive* or.
// e.g. (A & C1)^(B & C2) -> (A & C1)|(B & C2) iff C1&C2 == 0
if ((DemandedMask & ~RHSKnownZero & ~LHSKnownZero) == 0) {
Instruction *Or =
BinaryOperator::CreateOr(I->getOperand(0), I->getOperand(1),
I->getName());
InsertNewInstBefore(Or, *I);
return UpdateValueUsesWith(I, Or);
}
// If all of the demanded bits on one side are known, and all of the set
// bits on that side are also known to be set on the other side, turn this
// into an AND, as we know the bits will be cleared.
// e.g. (X | C1) ^ C2 --> (X | C1) & ~C2 iff (C1&C2) == C2
if ((DemandedMask & (RHSKnownZero|RHSKnownOne)) == DemandedMask) {
// all known
if ((RHSKnownOne & LHSKnownOne) == RHSKnownOne) {
Constant *AndC = ConstantInt::get(~RHSKnownOne & DemandedMask);
Instruction *And =
BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(I->getOperand(0), AndC, "tmp");
InsertNewInstBefore(And, *I);
return UpdateValueUsesWith(I, And);
}
}
// If the RHS is a constant, see if we can simplify it.
// FIXME: for XOR, we prefer to force bits to 1 if they will make a -1.
if (ShrinkDemandedConstant(I, 1, DemandedMask))
return UpdateValueUsesWith(I, I);
RHSKnownZero = KnownZeroOut;
RHSKnownOne = KnownOneOut;
break;
}
case Instruction::Select:
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperand(2), DemandedMask,
RHSKnownZero, RHSKnownOne, Depth+1))
return true;
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperand(1), DemandedMask,
LHSKnownZero, LHSKnownOne, Depth+1))
return true;
assert((RHSKnownZero & RHSKnownOne) == 0 &&
"Bits known to be one AND zero?");
assert((LHSKnownZero & LHSKnownOne) == 0 &&
"Bits known to be one AND zero?");
// If the operands are constants, see if we can simplify them.
if (ShrinkDemandedConstant(I, 1, DemandedMask))
return UpdateValueUsesWith(I, I);
if (ShrinkDemandedConstant(I, 2, DemandedMask))
return UpdateValueUsesWith(I, I);
// Only known if known in both the LHS and RHS.
RHSKnownOne &= LHSKnownOne;
RHSKnownZero &= LHSKnownZero;
break;
case Instruction::Trunc: {
uint32_t truncBf =
cast<IntegerType>(I->getOperand(0)->getType())->getBitWidth();
DemandedMask.zext(truncBf);
RHSKnownZero.zext(truncBf);
RHSKnownOne.zext(truncBf);
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperand(0), DemandedMask,
RHSKnownZero, RHSKnownOne, Depth+1))
return true;
DemandedMask.trunc(BitWidth);
RHSKnownZero.trunc(BitWidth);
RHSKnownOne.trunc(BitWidth);
assert((RHSKnownZero & RHSKnownOne) == 0 &&
"Bits known to be one AND zero?");
break;
}
case Instruction::BitCast:
if (!I->getOperand(0)->getType()->isInteger())
return false;
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperand(0), DemandedMask,
RHSKnownZero, RHSKnownOne, Depth+1))
return true;
assert((RHSKnownZero & RHSKnownOne) == 0 &&
"Bits known to be one AND zero?");
break;
case Instruction::ZExt: {
// Compute the bits in the result that are not present in the input.
const IntegerType *SrcTy = cast<IntegerType>(I->getOperand(0)->getType());
uint32_t SrcBitWidth = SrcTy->getBitWidth();
DemandedMask.trunc(SrcBitWidth);
RHSKnownZero.trunc(SrcBitWidth);
RHSKnownOne.trunc(SrcBitWidth);
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperand(0), DemandedMask,
RHSKnownZero, RHSKnownOne, Depth+1))
return true;
DemandedMask.zext(BitWidth);
RHSKnownZero.zext(BitWidth);
RHSKnownOne.zext(BitWidth);
assert((RHSKnownZero & RHSKnownOne) == 0 &&
"Bits known to be one AND zero?");
// The top bits are known to be zero.
RHSKnownZero |= APInt::getHighBitsSet(BitWidth, BitWidth - SrcBitWidth);
break;
}
case Instruction::SExt: {
// Compute the bits in the result that are not present in the input.
const IntegerType *SrcTy = cast<IntegerType>(I->getOperand(0)->getType());
uint32_t SrcBitWidth = SrcTy->getBitWidth();
APInt InputDemandedBits = DemandedMask &
APInt::getLowBitsSet(BitWidth, SrcBitWidth);
APInt NewBits(APInt::getHighBitsSet(BitWidth, BitWidth - SrcBitWidth));
// If any of the sign extended bits are demanded, we know that the sign
// bit is demanded.
if ((NewBits & DemandedMask) != 0)
InputDemandedBits.set(SrcBitWidth-1);
InputDemandedBits.trunc(SrcBitWidth);
RHSKnownZero.trunc(SrcBitWidth);
RHSKnownOne.trunc(SrcBitWidth);
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperand(0), InputDemandedBits,
RHSKnownZero, RHSKnownOne, Depth+1))
return true;
InputDemandedBits.zext(BitWidth);
RHSKnownZero.zext(BitWidth);
RHSKnownOne.zext(BitWidth);
assert((RHSKnownZero & RHSKnownOne) == 0 &&
"Bits known to be one AND zero?");
// If the sign bit of the input is known set or clear, then we know the
// top bits of the result.
// If the input sign bit is known zero, or if the NewBits are not demanded
// convert this into a zero extension.
if (RHSKnownZero[SrcBitWidth-1] || (NewBits & ~DemandedMask) == NewBits)
{
// Convert to ZExt cast
CastInst *NewCast = new ZExtInst(I->getOperand(0), VTy, I->getName(), I);
return UpdateValueUsesWith(I, NewCast);
} else if (RHSKnownOne[SrcBitWidth-1]) { // Input sign bit known set
RHSKnownOne |= NewBits;
}
break;
}
case Instruction::Add: {
// Figure out what the input bits are. If the top bits of the and result
// are not demanded, then the add doesn't demand them from its input
// either.
uint32_t NLZ = DemandedMask.countLeadingZeros();
// If there is a constant on the RHS, there are a variety of xformations
// we can do.
if (ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) {
// If null, this should be simplified elsewhere. Some of the xforms here
// won't work if the RHS is zero.
if (RHS->isZero())
break;
// If the top bit of the output is demanded, demand everything from the
// input. Otherwise, we demand all the input bits except NLZ top bits.
APInt InDemandedBits(APInt::getLowBitsSet(BitWidth, BitWidth - NLZ));
// Find information about known zero/one bits in the input.
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperand(0), InDemandedBits,
LHSKnownZero, LHSKnownOne, Depth+1))
return true;
// If the RHS of the add has bits set that can't affect the input, reduce
// the constant.
if (ShrinkDemandedConstant(I, 1, InDemandedBits))
return UpdateValueUsesWith(I, I);
// Avoid excess work.
if (LHSKnownZero == 0 && LHSKnownOne == 0)
break;
// Turn it into OR if input bits are zero.
if ((LHSKnownZero & RHS->getValue()) == RHS->getValue()) {
Instruction *Or =
BinaryOperator::CreateOr(I->getOperand(0), I->getOperand(1),
I->getName());
InsertNewInstBefore(Or, *I);
return UpdateValueUsesWith(I, Or);
}
// We can say something about the output known-zero and known-one bits,
// depending on potential carries from the input constant and the
// unknowns. For example if the LHS is known to have at most the 0x0F0F0
// bits set and the RHS constant is 0x01001, then we know we have a known
// one mask of 0x00001 and a known zero mask of 0xE0F0E.
// To compute this, we first compute the potential carry bits. These are
// the bits which may be modified. I'm not aware of a better way to do
// this scan.
const APInt& RHSVal = RHS->getValue();
APInt CarryBits((~LHSKnownZero + RHSVal) ^ (~LHSKnownZero ^ RHSVal));
// Now that we know which bits have carries, compute the known-1/0 sets.
// Bits are known one if they are known zero in one operand and one in the
// other, and there is no input carry.
RHSKnownOne = ((LHSKnownZero & RHSVal) |
(LHSKnownOne & ~RHSVal)) & ~CarryBits;
// Bits are known zero if they are known zero in both operands and there
// is no input carry.
RHSKnownZero = LHSKnownZero & ~RHSVal & ~CarryBits;
} else {
// If the high-bits of this ADD are not demanded, then it does not demand
// the high bits of its LHS or RHS.
if (DemandedMask[BitWidth-1] == 0) {
// Right fill the mask of bits for this ADD to demand the most
// significant bit and all those below it.
APInt DemandedFromOps(APInt::getLowBitsSet(BitWidth, BitWidth-NLZ));
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperand(0), DemandedFromOps,
LHSKnownZero, LHSKnownOne, Depth+1))
return true;
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperand(1), DemandedFromOps,
LHSKnownZero, LHSKnownOne, Depth+1))
return true;
}
}
break;
}
case Instruction::Sub:
// If the high-bits of this SUB are not demanded, then it does not demand
// the high bits of its LHS or RHS.
if (DemandedMask[BitWidth-1] == 0) {
// Right fill the mask of bits for this SUB to demand the most
// significant bit and all those below it.
uint32_t NLZ = DemandedMask.countLeadingZeros();
APInt DemandedFromOps(APInt::getLowBitsSet(BitWidth, BitWidth-NLZ));
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperand(0), DemandedFromOps,
LHSKnownZero, LHSKnownOne, Depth+1))
return true;
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperand(1), DemandedFromOps,
LHSKnownZero, LHSKnownOne, Depth+1))
return true;
}
// Otherwise just hand the sub off to ComputeMaskedBits to fill in
// the known zeros and ones.
ComputeMaskedBits(V, DemandedMask, RHSKnownZero, RHSKnownOne, Depth);
break;
case Instruction::Shl:
if (ConstantInt *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) {
uint64_t ShiftAmt = SA->getLimitedValue(BitWidth);
APInt DemandedMaskIn(DemandedMask.lshr(ShiftAmt));
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperand(0), DemandedMaskIn,
RHSKnownZero, RHSKnownOne, Depth+1))
return true;
assert((RHSKnownZero & RHSKnownOne) == 0 &&
"Bits known to be one AND zero?");
RHSKnownZero <<= ShiftAmt;
RHSKnownOne <<= ShiftAmt;
// low bits known zero.
if (ShiftAmt)
RHSKnownZero |= APInt::getLowBitsSet(BitWidth, ShiftAmt);
}
break;
case Instruction::LShr:
// For a logical shift right
if (ConstantInt *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) {
uint64_t ShiftAmt = SA->getLimitedValue(BitWidth);
// Unsigned shift right.
APInt DemandedMaskIn(DemandedMask.shl(ShiftAmt));
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperand(0), DemandedMaskIn,
RHSKnownZero, RHSKnownOne, Depth+1))
return true;
assert((RHSKnownZero & RHSKnownOne) == 0 &&
"Bits known to be one AND zero?");
RHSKnownZero = APIntOps::lshr(RHSKnownZero, ShiftAmt);
RHSKnownOne = APIntOps::lshr(RHSKnownOne, ShiftAmt);
if (ShiftAmt) {
// Compute the new bits that are at the top now.
APInt HighBits(APInt::getHighBitsSet(BitWidth, ShiftAmt));
RHSKnownZero |= HighBits; // high bits known zero.
}
}
break;
case Instruction::AShr:
// If this is an arithmetic shift right and only the low-bit is set, we can
// always convert this into a logical shr, even if the shift amount is
// variable. The low bit of the shift cannot be an input sign bit unless
// the shift amount is >= the size of the datatype, which is undefined.
if (DemandedMask == 1) {
// Perform the logical shift right.
Value *NewVal = BinaryOperator::CreateLShr(
I->getOperand(0), I->getOperand(1), I->getName());
InsertNewInstBefore(cast<Instruction>(NewVal), *I);
return UpdateValueUsesWith(I, NewVal);
}
// If the sign bit is the only bit demanded by this ashr, then there is no
// need to do it, the shift doesn't change the high bit.
if (DemandedMask.isSignBit())
return UpdateValueUsesWith(I, I->getOperand(0));
if (ConstantInt *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) {
uint32_t ShiftAmt = SA->getLimitedValue(BitWidth);
// Signed shift right.
APInt DemandedMaskIn(DemandedMask.shl(ShiftAmt));
// If any of the "high bits" are demanded, we should set the sign bit as
// demanded.
if (DemandedMask.countLeadingZeros() <= ShiftAmt)
DemandedMaskIn.set(BitWidth-1);
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperand(0),
DemandedMaskIn,
RHSKnownZero, RHSKnownOne, Depth+1))
return true;
assert((RHSKnownZero & RHSKnownOne) == 0 &&
"Bits known to be one AND zero?");
// Compute the new bits that are at the top now.
APInt HighBits(APInt::getHighBitsSet(BitWidth, ShiftAmt));
RHSKnownZero = APIntOps::lshr(RHSKnownZero, ShiftAmt);
RHSKnownOne = APIntOps::lshr(RHSKnownOne, ShiftAmt);
// Handle the sign bits.
APInt SignBit(APInt::getSignBit(BitWidth));
// Adjust to where it is now in the mask.
SignBit = APIntOps::lshr(SignBit, ShiftAmt);
// If the input sign bit is known to be zero, or if none of the top bits
// are demanded, turn this into an unsigned shift right.
if (BitWidth <= ShiftAmt || RHSKnownZero[BitWidth-ShiftAmt-1] ||
(HighBits & ~DemandedMask) == HighBits) {
// Perform the logical shift right.
Value *NewVal = BinaryOperator::CreateLShr(
I->getOperand(0), SA, I->getName());
InsertNewInstBefore(cast<Instruction>(NewVal), *I);
return UpdateValueUsesWith(I, NewVal);
} else if ((RHSKnownOne & SignBit) != 0) { // New bits are known one.
RHSKnownOne |= HighBits;
}
}
break;
case Instruction::SRem:
if (ConstantInt *Rem = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) {
APInt RA = Rem->getValue();
if (RA.isPowerOf2() || (-RA).isPowerOf2()) {
if (DemandedMask.ule(RA)) // srem won't affect demanded bits
return UpdateValueUsesWith(I, I->getOperand(0));
APInt LowBits = RA.isStrictlyPositive() ? (RA - 1) : ~RA;
APInt Mask2 = LowBits | APInt::getSignBit(BitWidth);
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperand(0), Mask2,
LHSKnownZero, LHSKnownOne, Depth+1))
return true;
if (LHSKnownZero[BitWidth-1] || ((LHSKnownZero & LowBits) == LowBits))
LHSKnownZero |= ~LowBits;
else if (LHSKnownOne[BitWidth-1])
LHSKnownOne |= ~LowBits;
KnownZero |= LHSKnownZero & DemandedMask;
KnownOne |= LHSKnownOne & DemandedMask;
assert((KnownZero & KnownOne) == 0&&"Bits known to be one AND zero?");
}
}
break;
case Instruction::URem: {
APInt KnownZero2(BitWidth, 0), KnownOne2(BitWidth, 0);
APInt AllOnes = APInt::getAllOnesValue(BitWidth);
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperand(0), AllOnes,
KnownZero2, KnownOne2, Depth+1))
return true;
uint32_t Leaders = KnownZero2.countLeadingOnes();
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperand(1), AllOnes,
KnownZero2, KnownOne2, Depth+1))
return true;
Leaders = std::max(Leaders,
KnownZero2.countLeadingOnes());
KnownZero = APInt::getHighBitsSet(BitWidth, Leaders) & DemandedMask;
break;
}
case Instruction::Call:
if (IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(I)) {
switch (II->getIntrinsicID()) {
default: break;
case Intrinsic::bswap: {
// If the only bits demanded come from one byte of the bswap result,
// just shift the input byte into position to eliminate the bswap.
unsigned NLZ = DemandedMask.countLeadingZeros();
unsigned NTZ = DemandedMask.countTrailingZeros();
// Round NTZ down to the next byte. If we have 11 trailing zeros, then
// we need all the bits down to bit 8. Likewise, round NLZ. If we
// have 14 leading zeros, round to 8.
NLZ &= ~7;
NTZ &= ~7;
// If we need exactly one byte, we can do this transformation.
if (BitWidth-NLZ-NTZ == 8) {
unsigned ResultBit = NTZ;
unsigned InputBit = BitWidth-NTZ-8;
// Replace this with either a left or right shift to get the byte into
// the right place.
Instruction *NewVal;
if (InputBit > ResultBit)
NewVal = BinaryOperator::CreateLShr(I->getOperand(1),
ConstantInt::get(I->getType(), InputBit-ResultBit));
else
NewVal = BinaryOperator::CreateShl(I->getOperand(1),
ConstantInt::get(I->getType(), ResultBit-InputBit));
NewVal->takeName(I);
InsertNewInstBefore(NewVal, *I);
return UpdateValueUsesWith(I, NewVal);
}
// TODO: Could compute known zero/one bits based on the input.
break;
}
}
}
ComputeMaskedBits(V, DemandedMask, RHSKnownZero, RHSKnownOne, Depth);
break;
}
// If the client is only demanding bits that we know, return the known
// constant.
if ((DemandedMask & (RHSKnownZero|RHSKnownOne)) == DemandedMask)
return UpdateValueUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::get(RHSKnownOne));
return false;
}
/// SimplifyDemandedVectorElts - The specified value producecs a vector with
/// 64 or fewer elements. DemandedElts contains the set of elements that are
/// actually used by the caller. This method analyzes which elements of the
/// operand are undef and returns that information in UndefElts.
///
/// If the information about demanded elements can be used to simplify the
/// operation, the operation is simplified, then the resultant value is
/// returned. This returns null if no change was made.
Value *InstCombiner::SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(Value *V, uint64_t DemandedElts,
uint64_t &UndefElts,
unsigned Depth) {
unsigned VWidth = cast<VectorType>(V->getType())->getNumElements();
assert(VWidth <= 64 && "Vector too wide to analyze!");
uint64_t EltMask = ~0ULL >> (64-VWidth);
assert(DemandedElts != EltMask && (DemandedElts & ~EltMask) == 0 &&
"Invalid DemandedElts!");
if (isa<UndefValue>(V)) {
// If the entire vector is undefined, just return this info.
UndefElts = EltMask;
return 0;
} else if (DemandedElts == 0) { // If nothing is demanded, provide undef.
UndefElts = EltMask;
return UndefValue::get(V->getType());
}
UndefElts = 0;
if (ConstantVector *CP = dyn_cast<ConstantVector>(V)) {
const Type *EltTy = cast<VectorType>(V->getType())->getElementType();
Constant *Undef = UndefValue::get(EltTy);
std::vector<Constant*> Elts;
for (unsigned i = 0; i != VWidth; ++i)
if (!(DemandedElts & (1ULL << i))) { // If not demanded, set to undef.
Elts.push_back(Undef);
UndefElts |= (1ULL << i);
} else if (isa<UndefValue>(CP->getOperand(i))) { // Already undef.
Elts.push_back(Undef);
UndefElts |= (1ULL << i);
} else { // Otherwise, defined.
Elts.push_back(CP->getOperand(i));
}
// If we changed the constant, return it.
Constant *NewCP = ConstantVector::get(Elts);
return NewCP != CP ? NewCP : 0;
} else if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(V)) {
// Simplify the CAZ to a ConstantVector where the non-demanded elements are
// set to undef.
const Type *EltTy = cast<VectorType>(V->getType())->getElementType();
Constant *Zero = Constant::getNullValue(EltTy);
Constant *Undef = UndefValue::get(EltTy);
std::vector<Constant*> Elts;
for (unsigned i = 0; i != VWidth; ++i)
Elts.push_back((DemandedElts & (1ULL << i)) ? Zero : Undef);
UndefElts = DemandedElts ^ EltMask;
return ConstantVector::get(Elts);
}
if (!V->hasOneUse()) { // Other users may use these bits.
if (Depth != 0) { // Not at the root.
// TODO: Just compute the UndefElts information recursively.
return false;
}
return false;
} else if (Depth == 10) { // Limit search depth.
return false;
}
Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
if (!I) return false; // Only analyze instructions.
bool MadeChange = false;
uint64_t UndefElts2;
Value *TmpV;
switch (I->getOpcode()) {
default: break;
case Instruction::InsertElement: {
// If this is a variable index, we don't know which element it overwrites.
// demand exactly the same input as we produce.
ConstantInt *Idx = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(2));
if (Idx == 0) {
// Note that we can't propagate undef elt info, because we don't know
// which elt is getting updated.
TmpV = SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(I->getOperand(0), DemandedElts,
UndefElts2, Depth+1);
if (TmpV) { I->setOperand(0, TmpV); MadeChange = true; }
break;
}
// If this is inserting an element that isn't demanded, remove this
// insertelement.
unsigned IdxNo = Idx->getZExtValue();
if (IdxNo >= VWidth || (DemandedElts & (1ULL << IdxNo)) == 0)
return AddSoonDeadInstToWorklist(*I, 0);
// Otherwise, the element inserted overwrites whatever was there, so the
// input demanded set is simpler than the output set.
TmpV = SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(I->getOperand(0),
DemandedElts & ~(1ULL << IdxNo),
UndefElts, Depth+1);
if (TmpV) { I->setOperand(0, TmpV); MadeChange = true; }
// The inserted element is defined.
UndefElts |= 1ULL << IdxNo;
break;
}
case Instruction::BitCast: {
// Vector->vector casts only.
const VectorType *VTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(I->getOperand(0)->getType());
if (!VTy) break;
unsigned InVWidth = VTy->getNumElements();
uint64_t InputDemandedElts = 0;
unsigned Ratio;
if (VWidth == InVWidth) {
// If we are converting from <4 x i32> -> <4 x f32>, we demand the same
// elements as are demanded of us.
Ratio = 1;
InputDemandedElts = DemandedElts;
} else if (VWidth > InVWidth) {
// Untested so far.
break;
// If there are more elements in the result than there are in the source,
// then an input element is live if any of the corresponding output
// elements are live.
Ratio = VWidth/InVWidth;
for (unsigned OutIdx = 0; OutIdx != VWidth; ++OutIdx) {
if (DemandedElts & (1ULL << OutIdx))
InputDemandedElts |= 1ULL << (OutIdx/Ratio);
}
} else {
// Untested so far.
break;
// If there are more elements in the source than there are in the result,
// then an input element is live if the corresponding output element is
// live.
Ratio = InVWidth/VWidth;
for (unsigned InIdx = 0; InIdx != InVWidth; ++InIdx)
if (DemandedElts & (1ULL << InIdx/Ratio))
InputDemandedElts |= 1ULL << InIdx;
}
// div/rem demand all inputs, because they don't want divide by zero.
TmpV = SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(I->getOperand(0), InputDemandedElts,
UndefElts2, Depth+1);
if (TmpV) {
I->setOperand(0, TmpV);
MadeChange = true;
}
UndefElts = UndefElts2;
if (VWidth > InVWidth) {
assert(0 && "Unimp");
// If there are more elements in the result than there are in the source,
// then an output element is undef if the corresponding input element is
// undef.
for (unsigned OutIdx = 0; OutIdx != VWidth; ++OutIdx)
if (UndefElts2 & (1ULL << (OutIdx/Ratio)))
UndefElts |= 1ULL << OutIdx;
} else if (VWidth < InVWidth) {
assert(0 && "Unimp");
// If there are more elements in the source than there are in the result,
// then a result element is undef if all of the corresponding input
// elements are undef.
UndefElts = ~0ULL >> (64-VWidth); // Start out all undef.
for (unsigned InIdx = 0; InIdx != InVWidth; ++InIdx)
if ((UndefElts2 & (1ULL << InIdx)) == 0) // Not undef?
UndefElts &= ~(1ULL << (InIdx/Ratio)); // Clear undef bit.
}
break;
}
case Instruction::And:
case Instruction::Or:
case Instruction::Xor:
case Instruction::Add:
case Instruction::Sub:
case Instruction::Mul:
// div/rem demand all inputs, because they don't want divide by zero.
TmpV = SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(I->getOperand(0), DemandedElts,
UndefElts, Depth+1);
if (TmpV) { I->setOperand(0, TmpV); MadeChange = true; }
TmpV = SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(I->getOperand(1), DemandedElts,
UndefElts2, Depth+1);
if (TmpV) { I->setOperand(1, TmpV); MadeChange = true; }
// Output elements are undefined if both are undefined. Consider things
// like undef&0. The result is known zero, not undef.
UndefElts &= UndefElts2;
break;
case Instruction::Call: {
IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(I);
if (!II) break;
switch (II->getIntrinsicID()) {
default: break;
// Binary vector operations that work column-wise. A dest element is a
// function of the corresponding input elements from the two inputs.
case Intrinsic::x86_sse_sub_ss:
case Intrinsic::x86_sse_mul_ss:
case Intrinsic::x86_sse_min_ss:
case Intrinsic::x86_sse_max_ss:
case Intrinsic::x86_sse2_sub_sd:
case Intrinsic::x86_sse2_mul_sd:
case Intrinsic::x86_sse2_min_sd:
case Intrinsic::x86_sse2_max_sd:
TmpV = SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(II->getOperand(1), DemandedElts,
UndefElts, Depth+1);
if (TmpV) { II->setOperand(1, TmpV); MadeChange = true; }
TmpV = SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(II->getOperand(2), DemandedElts,
UndefElts2, Depth+1);
if (TmpV) { II->setOperand(2, TmpV); MadeChange = true; }
// If only the low elt is demanded and this is a scalarizable intrinsic,
// scalarize it now.
if (DemandedElts == 1) {
switch (II->getIntrinsicID()) {
default: break;
case Intrinsic::x86_sse_sub_ss:
case Intrinsic::x86_sse_mul_ss:
case Intrinsic::x86_sse2_sub_sd:
case Intrinsic::x86_sse2_mul_sd:
// TODO: Lower MIN/MAX/ABS/etc
Value *LHS = II->getOperand(1);
Value *RHS = II->getOperand(2);
// Extract the element as scalars.
LHS = InsertNewInstBefore(new ExtractElementInst(LHS, 0U,"tmp"), *II);
RHS = InsertNewInstBefore(new ExtractElementInst(RHS, 0U,"tmp"), *II);
switch (II->getIntrinsicID()) {
default: assert(0 && "Case stmts out of sync!");
case Intrinsic::x86_sse_sub_ss:
case Intrinsic::x86_sse2_sub_sd:
TmpV = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::CreateSub(LHS, RHS,
II->getName()), *II);
break;
case Intrinsic::x86_sse_mul_ss:
case Intrinsic::x86_sse2_mul_sd:
TmpV = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::CreateMul(LHS, RHS,
II->getName()), *II);
break;
}
Instruction *New =
InsertElementInst::Create(UndefValue::get(II->getType()), TmpV, 0U,
II->getName());
InsertNewInstBefore(New, *II);
AddSoonDeadInstToWorklist(*II, 0);
return New;
}
}
// Output elements are undefined if both are undefined. Consider things
// like undef&0. The result is known zero, not undef.
UndefElts &= UndefElts2;
break;
}
break;
}
}
return MadeChange ? I : 0;
}
/// AssociativeOpt - Perform an optimization on an associative operator. This
/// function is designed to check a chain of associative operators for a
/// potential to apply a certain optimization. Since the optimization may be
/// applicable if the expression was reassociated, this checks the chain, then
/// reassociates the expression as necessary to expose the optimization
/// opportunity. This makes use of a special Functor, which must define
/// 'shouldApply' and 'apply' methods.
///
template<typename Functor>
static Instruction *AssociativeOpt(BinaryOperator &Root, const Functor &F) {
unsigned Opcode = Root.getOpcode();
Value *LHS = Root.getOperand(0);
// Quick check, see if the immediate LHS matches...
if (F.shouldApply(LHS))
return F.apply(Root);
// Otherwise, if the LHS is not of the same opcode as the root, return.
Instruction *LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(LHS);
while (LHSI && LHSI->getOpcode() == Opcode && LHSI->hasOneUse()) {
// Should we apply this transform to the RHS?
bool ShouldApply = F.shouldApply(LHSI->getOperand(1));
// If not to the RHS, check to see if we should apply to the LHS...
if (!ShouldApply && F.shouldApply(LHSI->getOperand(0))) {
cast<BinaryOperator>(LHSI)->swapOperands(); // Make the LHS the RHS
ShouldApply = true;
}
// If the functor wants to apply the optimization to the RHS of LHSI,
// reassociate the expression from ((? op A) op B) to (? op (A op B))
if (ShouldApply) {
// Now all of the instructions are in the current basic block, go ahead
// and perform the reassociation.
Instruction *TmpLHSI = cast<Instruction>(Root.getOperand(0));
// First move the selected RHS to the LHS of the root...
Root.setOperand(0, LHSI->getOperand(1));
// Make what used to be the LHS of the root be the user of the root...
Value *ExtraOperand = TmpLHSI->getOperand(1);
if (&Root == TmpLHSI) {
Root.replaceAllUsesWith(Constant::getNullValue(TmpLHSI->getType()));
return 0;
}
Root.replaceAllUsesWith(TmpLHSI); // Users now use TmpLHSI
TmpLHSI->setOperand(1, &Root); // TmpLHSI now uses the root
BasicBlock::iterator ARI = &Root; ++ARI;
TmpLHSI->moveBefore(ARI); // Move TmpLHSI to after Root
ARI = Root;
// Now propagate the ExtraOperand down the chain of instructions until we
// get to LHSI.
while (TmpLHSI != LHSI) {
Instruction *NextLHSI = cast<Instruction>(TmpLHSI->getOperand(0));
// Move the instruction to immediately before the chain we are
// constructing to avoid breaking dominance properties.
NextLHSI->moveBefore(ARI);
ARI = NextLHSI;
Value *NextOp = NextLHSI->getOperand(1);
NextLHSI->setOperand(1, ExtraOperand);
TmpLHSI = NextLHSI;
ExtraOperand = NextOp;
}
// Now that the instructions are reassociated, have the functor perform
// the transformation...
return F.apply(Root);
}
LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(LHSI->getOperand(0));
}
return 0;
}
namespace {
// AddRHS - Implements: X + X --> X << 1
struct AddRHS {
Value *RHS;
AddRHS(Value *rhs) : RHS(rhs) {}
bool shouldApply(Value *LHS) const { return LHS == RHS; }
Instruction *apply(BinaryOperator &Add) const {
return BinaryOperator::CreateShl(Add.getOperand(0),
ConstantInt::get(Add.getType(), 1));
}
};
// AddMaskingAnd - Implements (A & C1)+(B & C2) --> (A & C1)|(B & C2)
// iff C1&C2 == 0
struct AddMaskingAnd {
Constant *C2;
AddMaskingAnd(Constant *c) : C2(c) {}
bool shouldApply(Value *LHS) const {
ConstantInt *C1;
return match(LHS, m_And(m_Value(), m_ConstantInt(C1))) &&
ConstantExpr::getAnd(C1, C2)->isNullValue();
}
Instruction *apply(BinaryOperator &Add) const {
return BinaryOperator::CreateOr(Add.getOperand(0), Add.getOperand(1));
}
};
}
static Value *FoldOperationIntoSelectOperand(Instruction &I, Value *SO,
InstCombiner *IC) {
if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(&I)) {
if (Constant *SOC = dyn_cast<Constant>(SO))
return ConstantExpr::getCast(CI->getOpcode(), SOC, I.getType());
return IC->InsertNewInstBefore(CastInst::Create(
CI->getOpcode(), SO, I.getType(), SO->getName() + ".cast"), I);
}
// Figure out if the constant is the left or the right argument.
bool ConstIsRHS = isa<Constant>(I.getOperand(1));
Constant *ConstOperand = cast<Constant>(I.getOperand(ConstIsRHS));
if (Constant *SOC = dyn_cast<Constant>(SO)) {
if (ConstIsRHS)
return ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), SOC, ConstOperand);
return ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), ConstOperand, SOC);
}
Value *Op0 = SO, *Op1 = ConstOperand;
if (!ConstIsRHS)
std::swap(Op0, Op1);
Instruction *New;
if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(&I))
New = BinaryOperator::Create(BO->getOpcode(), Op0, Op1,SO->getName()+".op");
else if (CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(&I))
New = CmpInst::Create(CI->getOpcode(), CI->getPredicate(), Op0, Op1,
SO->getName()+".cmp");
else {
assert(0 && "Unknown binary instruction type!");
abort();
}
return IC->InsertNewInstBefore(New, I);
}
// FoldOpIntoSelect - Given an instruction with a select as one operand and a
// constant as the other operand, try to fold the binary operator into the
// select arguments. This also works for Cast instructions, which obviously do
// not have a second operand.
static Instruction *FoldOpIntoSelect(Instruction &Op, SelectInst *SI,
InstCombiner *IC) {
// Don't modify shared select instructions
if (!SI->hasOneUse()) return 0;
Value *TV = SI->getOperand(1);
Value *FV = SI->getOperand(2);
if (isa<Constant>(TV) || isa<Constant>(FV)) {
// Bool selects with constant operands can be folded to logical ops.
if (SI->getType() == Type::Int1Ty) return 0;
Value *SelectTrueVal = FoldOperationIntoSelectOperand(Op, TV, IC);
Value *SelectFalseVal = FoldOperationIntoSelectOperand(Op, FV, IC);
return SelectInst::Create(SI->getCondition(), SelectTrueVal,
SelectFalseVal);
}
return 0;
}
/// FoldOpIntoPhi - Given a binary operator or cast instruction which has a PHI
/// node as operand #0, see if we can fold the instruction into the PHI (which
/// is only possible if all operands to the PHI are constants).
Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldOpIntoPhi(Instruction &I) {
PHINode *PN = cast<PHINode>(I.getOperand(0));
unsigned NumPHIValues = PN->getNumIncomingValues();
if (!PN->hasOneUse() || NumPHIValues == 0) return 0;
// Check to see if all of the operands of the PHI are constants. If there is
// one non-constant value, remember the BB it is. If there is more than one
// or if *it* is a PHI, bail out.
BasicBlock *NonConstBB = 0;
for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumPHIValues; ++i)
if (!isa<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(i))) {
if (NonConstBB) return 0; // More than one non-const value.
if (isa<PHINode>(PN->getIncomingValue(i))) return 0; // Itself a phi.
NonConstBB = PN->getIncomingBlock(i);
// If the incoming non-constant value is in I's block, we have an infinite
// loop.
if (NonConstBB == I.getParent())
return 0;
}
// If there is exactly one non-constant value, we can insert a copy of the
// operation in that block. However, if this is a critical edge, we would be
// inserting the computation one some other paths (e.g. inside a loop). Only
// do this if the pred block is unconditionally branching into the phi block.
if (NonConstBB) {
BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(NonConstBB->getTerminator());
if (!BI || !BI->isUnconditional()) return 0;
}
// Okay, we can do the transformation: create the new PHI node.
PHINode *NewPN = PHINode::Create(I.getType(), "");
NewPN->reserveOperandSpace(PN->getNumOperands()/2);
InsertNewInstBefore(NewPN, *PN);
NewPN->takeName(PN);
// Next, add all of the operands to the PHI.
if (I.getNumOperands() == 2) {
Constant *C = cast<Constant>(I.getOperand(1));
for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumPHIValues; ++i) {
Value *InV = 0;
if (Constant *InC = dyn_cast<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(i))) {
if (CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(&I))
InV = ConstantExpr::getCompare(CI->getPredicate(), InC, C);
else
InV = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), InC, C);
} else {
assert(PN->getIncomingBlock(i) == NonConstBB);
if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(&I))
InV = BinaryOperator::Create(BO->getOpcode(),
PN->getIncomingValue(i), C, "phitmp",
NonConstBB->getTerminator());
else if (CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(&I))
InV = CmpInst::Create(CI->getOpcode(),
CI->getPredicate(),
PN->getIncomingValue(i), C, "phitmp",
NonConstBB->getTerminator());
else
assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
AddToWorkList(cast<Instruction>(InV));
}
NewPN->addIncoming(InV, PN->getIncomingBlock(i));
}
} else {
CastInst *CI = cast<CastInst>(&I);
const Type *RetTy = CI->getType();
for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumPHIValues; ++i) {
Value *InV;
if (Constant *InC = dyn_cast<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(i))) {
InV = ConstantExpr::getCast(CI->getOpcode(), InC, RetTy);
} else {
assert(PN->getIncomingBlock(i) == NonConstBB);
InV = CastInst::Create(CI->getOpcode(), PN->getIncomingValue(i),
I.getType(), "phitmp",
NonConstBB->getTerminator());
AddToWorkList(cast<Instruction>(InV));
}
NewPN->addIncoming(InV, PN->getIncomingBlock(i));
}
}
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, NewPN);
}
/// WillNotOverflowSignedAdd - Return true if we can prove that:
/// (sext (add LHS, RHS)) === (add (sext LHS), (sext RHS))
/// This basically requires proving that the add in the original type would not
/// overflow to change the sign bit or have a carry out.
bool InstCombiner::WillNotOverflowSignedAdd(Value *LHS, Value *RHS) {
// There are different heuristics we can use for this. Here are some simple
// ones.
// Add has the property that adding any two 2's complement numbers can only
// have one carry bit which can change a sign. As such, if LHS and RHS each
// have at least two sign bits, we know that the addition of the two values will
// sign extend fine.
if (ComputeNumSignBits(LHS) > 1 && ComputeNumSignBits(RHS) > 1)
return true;
// If one of the operands only has one non-zero bit, and if the other operand
// has a known-zero bit in a more significant place than it (not including the
// sign bit) the ripple may go up to and fill the zero, but won't change the
// sign. For example, (X & ~4) + 1.
// TODO: Implement.
return false;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitAdd(BinaryOperator &I) {
bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Value *LHS = I.getOperand(0), *RHS = I.getOperand(1);
if (Constant *RHSC = dyn_cast<Constant>(RHS)) {
// X + undef -> undef
if (isa<UndefValue>(RHS))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
// X + 0 --> X
if (!I.getType()->isFPOrFPVector()) { // NOTE: -0 + +0 = +0.
if (RHSC->isNullValue())
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
} else if (ConstantFP *CFP = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(RHSC)) {
if (CFP->isExactlyValue(ConstantFP::getNegativeZero
(I.getType())->getValueAPF()))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
}
if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(RHSC)) {
// X + (signbit) --> X ^ signbit
const APInt& Val = CI->getValue();
uint32_t BitWidth = Val.getBitWidth();
if (Val == APInt::getSignBit(BitWidth))
return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(LHS, RHS);
// See if SimplifyDemandedBits can simplify this. This handles stuff like
// (X & 254)+1 -> (X&254)|1
if (!isa<VectorType>(I.getType())) {
APInt KnownZero(BitWidth, 0), KnownOne(BitWidth, 0);
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(&I, APInt::getAllOnesValue(BitWidth),
KnownZero, KnownOne))
return &I;
}
}
if (isa<PHINode>(LHS))
if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
return NV;
ConstantInt *XorRHS = 0;
Value *XorLHS = 0;
if (isa<ConstantInt>(RHSC) &&
match(LHS, m_Xor(m_Value(XorLHS), m_ConstantInt(XorRHS)))) {
uint32_t TySizeBits = I.getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
const APInt& RHSVal = cast<ConstantInt>(RHSC)->getValue();
uint32_t Size = TySizeBits / 2;
APInt C0080Val(APInt(TySizeBits, 1ULL).shl(Size - 1));
APInt CFF80Val(-C0080Val);
do {
if (TySizeBits > Size) {
// If we have ADD(XOR(AND(X, 0xFF), 0x80), 0xF..F80), it's a sext.
// If we have ADD(XOR(AND(X, 0xFF), 0xF..F80), 0x80), it's a sext.
if ((RHSVal == CFF80Val && XorRHS->getValue() == C0080Val) ||
(RHSVal == C0080Val && XorRHS->getValue() == CFF80Val)) {
// This is a sign extend if the top bits are known zero.
if (!MaskedValueIsZero(XorLHS,
APInt::getHighBitsSet(TySizeBits, TySizeBits - Size)))
Size = 0; // Not a sign ext, but can't be any others either.
break;
}
}
Size >>= 1;
C0080Val = APIntOps::lshr(C0080Val, Size);
CFF80Val = APIntOps::ashr(CFF80Val, Size);
} while (Size >= 1);
// FIXME: This shouldn't be necessary. When the backends can handle types
// with funny bit widths then this switch statement should be removed. It
// is just here to get the size of the "middle" type back up to something
// that the back ends can handle.
const Type *MiddleType = 0;
switch (Size) {
default: break;
case 32: MiddleType = Type::Int32Ty; break;
case 16: MiddleType = Type::Int16Ty; break;
case 8: MiddleType = Type::Int8Ty; break;
}
if (MiddleType) {
Instruction *NewTrunc = new TruncInst(XorLHS, MiddleType, "sext");
InsertNewInstBefore(NewTrunc, I);
return new SExtInst(NewTrunc, I.getType(), I.getName());
}
}
}
if (I.getType() == Type::Int1Ty)
return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(LHS, RHS);
// X + X --> X << 1
if (I.getType()->isInteger()) {
if (Instruction *Result = AssociativeOpt(I, AddRHS(RHS))) return Result;
if (Instruction *RHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(RHS)) {
if (RHSI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub)
if (LHS == RHSI->getOperand(1)) // A + (B - A) --> B
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHSI->getOperand(0));
}
if (Instruction *LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(LHS)) {
if (LHSI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub)
if (RHS == LHSI->getOperand(1)) // (B - A) + A --> B
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHSI->getOperand(0));
}
}
// -A + B --> B - A
// -A + -B --> -(A + B)
if (Value *LHSV = dyn_castNegVal(LHS)) {
if (LHS->getType()->isIntOrIntVector()) {
if (Value *RHSV = dyn_castNegVal(RHS)) {
Instruction *NewAdd = BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(LHSV, RHSV, "sum");
InsertNewInstBefore(NewAdd, I);
return BinaryOperator::CreateNeg(NewAdd);
}
}
return BinaryOperator::CreateSub(RHS, LHSV);
}
// A + -B --> A - B
if (!isa<Constant>(RHS))
if (Value *V = dyn_castNegVal(RHS))
return BinaryOperator::CreateSub(LHS, V);
ConstantInt *C2;
if (Value *X = dyn_castFoldableMul(LHS, C2)) {
if (X == RHS) // X*C + X --> X * (C+1)
return BinaryOperator::CreateMul(RHS, AddOne(C2));
// X*C1 + X*C2 --> X * (C1+C2)
ConstantInt *C1;
if (X == dyn_castFoldableMul(RHS, C1))
return BinaryOperator::CreateMul(X, Add(C1, C2));
}
// X + X*C --> X * (C+1)
if (dyn_castFoldableMul(RHS, C2) == LHS)
return BinaryOperator::CreateMul(LHS, AddOne(C2));
// X + ~X --> -1 since ~X = -X-1
if (dyn_castNotVal(LHS) == RHS || dyn_castNotVal(RHS) == LHS)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
// (A & C1)+(B & C2) --> (A & C1)|(B & C2) iff C1&C2 == 0
if (match(RHS, m_And(m_Value(), m_ConstantInt(C2))))
if (Instruction *R = AssociativeOpt(I, AddMaskingAnd(C2)))
return R;
// A+B --> A|B iff A and B have no bits set in common.
if (const IntegerType *IT = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(I.getType())) {
APInt Mask = APInt::getAllOnesValue(IT->getBitWidth());
APInt LHSKnownOne(IT->getBitWidth(), 0);
APInt LHSKnownZero(IT->getBitWidth(), 0);
ComputeMaskedBits(LHS, Mask, LHSKnownZero, LHSKnownOne);
if (LHSKnownZero != 0) {
APInt RHSKnownOne(IT->getBitWidth(), 0);
APInt RHSKnownZero(IT->getBitWidth(), 0);
ComputeMaskedBits(RHS, Mask, RHSKnownZero, RHSKnownOne);
// No bits in common -> bitwise or.
if ((LHSKnownZero|RHSKnownZero).isAllOnesValue())
return BinaryOperator::CreateOr(LHS, RHS);
}
}
// W*X + Y*Z --> W * (X+Z) iff W == Y
if (I.getType()->isIntOrIntVector()) {
Value *W, *X, *Y, *Z;
if (match(LHS, m_Mul(m_Value(W), m_Value(X))) &&
match(RHS, m_Mul(m_Value(Y), m_Value(Z)))) {
if (W != Y) {
if (W == Z) {
std::swap(Y, Z);
} else if (Y == X) {
std::swap(W, X);
} else if (X == Z) {
std::swap(Y, Z);
std::swap(W, X);
}
}
if (W == Y) {
Value *NewAdd = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(X, Z,
LHS->getName()), I);
return BinaryOperator::CreateMul(W, NewAdd);
}
}
}
if (ConstantInt *CRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(RHS)) {
Value *X = 0;
if (match(LHS, m_Not(m_Value(X)))) // ~X + C --> (C-1) - X
return BinaryOperator::CreateSub(SubOne(CRHS), X);
// (X & FF00) + xx00 -> (X+xx00) & FF00
if (LHS->hasOneUse() && match(LHS, m_And(m_Value(X), m_ConstantInt(C2)))) {
Constant *Anded = And(CRHS, C2);
if (Anded == CRHS) {
// See if all bits from the first bit set in the Add RHS up are included
// in the mask. First, get the rightmost bit.
const APInt& AddRHSV = CRHS->getValue();
// Form a mask of all bits from the lowest bit added through the top.
APInt AddRHSHighBits(~((AddRHSV & -AddRHSV)-1));
// See if the and mask includes all of these bits.
APInt AddRHSHighBitsAnd(AddRHSHighBits & C2->getValue());
if (AddRHSHighBits == AddRHSHighBitsAnd) {
// Okay, the xform is safe. Insert the new add pronto.
Value *NewAdd = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(X, CRHS,
LHS->getName()), I);
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(NewAdd, C2);
}
}
}
// Try to fold constant add into select arguments.
if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(LHS))
if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
return R;
}
// add (cast *A to intptrtype) B ->
// cast (GEP (cast *A to sbyte*) B) --> intptrtype
{
CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(LHS);
Value *Other = RHS;
if (!CI) {
CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(RHS);
Other = LHS;
}
if (CI && CI->getType()->isSized() &&
(CI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() ==
TD->getIntPtrType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits())
&& isa<PointerType>(CI->getOperand(0)->getType())) {
unsigned AS =
cast<PointerType>(CI->getOperand(0)->getType())->getAddressSpace();
Value *I2 = InsertBitCastBefore(CI->getOperand(0),
PointerType::get(Type::Int8Ty, AS), I);
I2 = InsertNewInstBefore(GetElementPtrInst::Create(I2, Other, "ctg2"), I);
return new PtrToIntInst(I2, CI->getType());
}
}
// add (select X 0 (sub n A)) A --> select X A n
{
SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(LHS);
Value *Other = RHS;
if (!SI) {
SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(RHS);
Other = LHS;
}
if (SI && SI->hasOneUse()) {
Value *TV = SI->getTrueValue();
Value *FV = SI->getFalseValue();
Value *A, *N;
// Can we fold the add into the argument of the select?
// We check both true and false select arguments for a matching subtract.
if (match(FV, m_Zero()) && match(TV, m_Sub(m_Value(N), m_Value(A))) &&
A == Other) // Fold the add into the true select value.
return SelectInst::Create(SI->getCondition(), N, A);
if (match(TV, m_Zero()) && match(FV, m_Sub(m_Value(N), m_Value(A))) &&
A == Other) // Fold the add into the false select value.
return SelectInst::Create(SI->getCondition(), A, N);
}
}
// Check for X+0.0. Simplify it to X if we know X is not -0.0.
if (ConstantFP *CFP = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(RHS))
if (CFP->getValueAPF().isPosZero() && CannotBeNegativeZero(LHS))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
// Check for (add (sext x), y), see if we can merge this into an
// integer add followed by a sext.
if (SExtInst *LHSConv = dyn_cast<SExtInst>(LHS)) {
// (add (sext x), cst) --> (sext (add x, cst'))
if (ConstantInt *RHSC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(RHS)) {
Constant *CI =
ConstantExpr::getTrunc(RHSC, LHSConv->getOperand(0)->getType());
if (LHSConv->hasOneUse() &&
ConstantExpr::getSExt(CI, I.getType()) == RHSC &&
WillNotOverflowSignedAdd(LHSConv->getOperand(0), CI)) {
// Insert the new, smaller add.
Instruction *NewAdd = BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(LHSConv->getOperand(0),
CI, "addconv");
InsertNewInstBefore(NewAdd, I);
return new SExtInst(NewAdd, I.getType());
}
}
// (add (sext x), (sext y)) --> (sext (add int x, y))
if (SExtInst *RHSConv = dyn_cast<SExtInst>(RHS)) {
// Only do this if x/y have the same type, if at last one of them has a
// single use (so we don't increase the number of sexts), and if the
// integer add will not overflow.
if (LHSConv->getOperand(0)->getType()==RHSConv->getOperand(0)->getType()&&
(LHSConv->hasOneUse() || RHSConv->hasOneUse()) &&
WillNotOverflowSignedAdd(LHSConv->getOperand(0),
RHSConv->getOperand(0))) {
// Insert the new integer add.
Instruction *NewAdd = BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(LHSConv->getOperand(0),
RHSConv->getOperand(0),
"addconv");
InsertNewInstBefore(NewAdd, I);
return new SExtInst(NewAdd, I.getType());
}
}
}
// Check for (add double (sitofp x), y), see if we can merge this into an
// integer add followed by a promotion.
if (SIToFPInst *LHSConv = dyn_cast<SIToFPInst>(LHS)) {
// (add double (sitofp x), fpcst) --> (sitofp (add int x, intcst))
// ... if the constant fits in the integer value. This is useful for things
// like (double)(x & 1234) + 4.0 -> (double)((X & 1234)+4) which no longer
// requires a constant pool load, and generally allows the add to be better
// instcombined.
if (ConstantFP *CFP = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(RHS)) {
Constant *CI =
ConstantExpr::getFPToSI(CFP, LHSConv->getOperand(0)->getType());
if (LHSConv->hasOneUse() &&
ConstantExpr::getSIToFP(CI, I.getType()) == CFP &&
WillNotOverflowSignedAdd(LHSConv->getOperand(0), CI)) {
// Insert the new integer add.
Instruction *NewAdd = BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(LHSConv->getOperand(0),
CI, "addconv");
InsertNewInstBefore(NewAdd, I);
return new SIToFPInst(NewAdd, I.getType());
}
}
// (add double (sitofp x), (sitofp y)) --> (sitofp (add int x, y))
if (SIToFPInst *RHSConv = dyn_cast<SIToFPInst>(RHS)) {
// Only do this if x/y have the same type, if at last one of them has a
// single use (so we don't increase the number of int->fp conversions),
// and if the integer add will not overflow.
if (LHSConv->getOperand(0)->getType()==RHSConv->getOperand(0)->getType()&&
(LHSConv->hasOneUse() || RHSConv->hasOneUse()) &&
WillNotOverflowSignedAdd(LHSConv->getOperand(0),
RHSConv->getOperand(0))) {
// Insert the new integer add.
Instruction *NewAdd = BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(LHSConv->getOperand(0),
RHSConv->getOperand(0),
"addconv");
InsertNewInstBefore(NewAdd, I);
return new SIToFPInst(NewAdd, I.getType());
}
}
}
return Changed ? &I : 0;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSub(BinaryOperator &I) {
Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
if (Op0 == Op1 && // sub X, X -> 0
!I.getType()->isFPOrFPVector())
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
// If this is a 'B = x-(-A)', change to B = x+A...
if (Value *V = dyn_castNegVal(Op1))
return BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(Op0, V);
if (isa<UndefValue>(Op0))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0); // undef - X -> undef
if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1); // X - undef -> undef
if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0)) {
// Replace (-1 - A) with (~A)...
if (C->isAllOnesValue())
return BinaryOperator::CreateNot(Op1);
// C - ~X == X + (1+C)
Value *X = 0;
if (match(Op1, m_Not(m_Value(X))))
return BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(X, AddOne(C));
// -(X >>u 31) -> (X >>s 31)
// -(X >>s 31) -> (X >>u 31)
if (C->isZero()) {
if (BinaryOperator *SI = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op1)) {
if (SI->getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr) {
if (ConstantInt *CU = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(SI->getOperand(1))) {
// Check to see if we are shifting out everything but the sign bit.
if (CU->getLimitedValue(SI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()) ==
SI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()-1) {
// Ok, the transformation is safe. Insert AShr.
return BinaryOperator::Create(Instruction::AShr,
SI->getOperand(0), CU, SI->getName());
}
}
}
else if (SI->getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr) {
if (ConstantInt *CU = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(SI->getOperand(1))) {
// Check to see if we are shifting out everything but the sign bit.
if (CU->getLimitedValue(SI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()) ==
SI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()-1) {
// Ok, the transformation is safe. Insert LShr.
return BinaryOperator::CreateLShr(
SI->getOperand(0), CU, SI->getName());
}
}
}
}
}
// Try to fold constant sub into select arguments.
if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op1))
if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
return R;
if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
return NV;
}
if (I.getType() == Type::Int1Ty)
return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(Op0, Op1);
if (BinaryOperator *Op1I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op1)) {
if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add &&
!Op0->getType()->isFPOrFPVector()) {
if (Op1I->getOperand(0) == Op0) // X-(X+Y) == -Y
return BinaryOperator::CreateNeg(Op1I->getOperand(1), I.getName());
else if (Op1I->getOperand(1) == Op0) // X-(Y+X) == -Y
return BinaryOperator::CreateNeg(Op1I->getOperand(0), I.getName());
else if (ConstantInt *CI1 = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I.getOperand(0))) {
if (ConstantInt *CI2 = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1I->getOperand(1)))
// C1-(X+C2) --> (C1-C2)-X
return BinaryOperator::CreateSub(Subtract(CI1, CI2),
Op1I->getOperand(0));
}
}
if (Op1I->hasOneUse()) {
// Replace (x - (y - z)) with (x + (z - y)) if the (y - z) subexpression
// is not used by anyone else...
//
if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub &&
!Op1I->getType()->isFPOrFPVector()) {
// Swap the two operands of the subexpr...
Value *IIOp0 = Op1I->getOperand(0), *IIOp1 = Op1I->getOperand(1);
Op1I->setOperand(0, IIOp1);
Op1I->setOperand(1, IIOp0);
// Create the new top level add instruction...
return BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(Op0, Op1);
}
// Replace (A - (A & B)) with (A & ~B) if this is the only use of (A&B)...
//
if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::And &&
(Op1I->getOperand(0) == Op0 || Op1I->getOperand(1) == Op0)) {
Value *OtherOp = Op1I->getOperand(Op1I->getOperand(0) == Op0);
Value *NewNot =
InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::CreateNot(OtherOp, "B.not"), I);
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Op0, NewNot);
}
// 0 - (X sdiv C) -> (X sdiv -C)
if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::SDiv)
if (ConstantInt *CSI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0))
if (CSI->isZero())
if (Constant *DivRHS = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op1I->getOperand(1)))
return BinaryOperator::CreateSDiv(Op1I->getOperand(0),
ConstantExpr::getNeg(DivRHS));
// X - X*C --> X * (1-C)
ConstantInt *C2 = 0;
if (dyn_castFoldableMul(Op1I, C2) == Op0) {
Constant *CP1 = Subtract(ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1), C2);
return BinaryOperator::CreateMul(Op0, CP1);
}
// X - ((X / Y) * Y) --> X % Y
if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Mul)
if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op1I->getOperand(0)))
if (Op0 == I->getOperand(0) &&
Op1I->getOperand(1) == I->getOperand(1)) {
if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::SDiv)
return BinaryOperator::CreateSRem(Op0, Op1I->getOperand(1));
if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::UDiv)
return BinaryOperator::CreateURem(Op0, Op1I->getOperand(1));
}
}
}
if (!Op0->getType()->isFPOrFPVector())
if (BinaryOperator *Op0I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0)) {
if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add) {
if (Op0I->getOperand(0) == Op1) // (Y+X)-Y == X
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0I->getOperand(1));
else if (Op0I->getOperand(1) == Op1) // (X+Y)-Y == X
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0I->getOperand(0));
} else if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub) {
if (Op0I->getOperand(0) == Op1) // (X-Y)-X == -Y
return BinaryOperator::CreateNeg(Op0I->getOperand(1), I.getName());
}
}
ConstantInt *C1;
if (Value *X = dyn_castFoldableMul(Op0, C1)) {
if (X == Op1) // X*C - X --> X * (C-1)
return BinaryOperator::CreateMul(Op1, SubOne(C1));
ConstantInt *C2; // X*C1 - X*C2 -> X * (C1-C2)
if (X == dyn_castFoldableMul(Op1, C2))
return BinaryOperator::CreateMul(X, Subtract(C1, C2));
}
return 0;
}
/// isSignBitCheck - Given an exploded icmp instruction, return true if the
/// comparison only checks the sign bit. If it only checks the sign bit, set
/// TrueIfSigned if the result of the comparison is true when the input value is
/// signed.
static bool isSignBitCheck(ICmpInst::Predicate pred, ConstantInt *RHS,
bool &TrueIfSigned) {
switch (pred) {
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // True if LHS s< 0
TrueIfSigned = true;
return RHS->isZero();
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE: // True if LHS s<= RHS and RHS == -1
TrueIfSigned = true;
return RHS->isAllOnesValue();
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // True if LHS s> -1
TrueIfSigned = false;
return RHS->isAllOnesValue();
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
// True if LHS u> RHS and RHS == high-bit-mask - 1
TrueIfSigned = true;
return RHS->getValue() ==
APInt::getSignedMaxValue(RHS->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits());
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
// True if LHS u>= RHS and RHS == high-bit-mask (2^7, 2^15, 2^31, etc)
TrueIfSigned = true;
return RHS->getValue().isSignBit();
default:
return false;
}
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitMul(BinaryOperator &I) {
bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0);
if (isa<UndefValue>(I.getOperand(1))) // undef * X -> 0
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
// Simplify mul instructions with a constant RHS...
if (Constant *Op1 = dyn_cast<Constant>(I.getOperand(1))) {
if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
// ((X << C1)*C2) == (X * (C2 << C1))
if (BinaryOperator *SI = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0))
if (SI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl)
if (Constant *ShOp = dyn_cast<Constant>(SI->getOperand(1)))
return BinaryOperator::CreateMul(SI->getOperand(0),
ConstantExpr::getShl(CI, ShOp));
if (CI->isZero())
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1); // X * 0 == 0
if (CI->equalsInt(1)) // X * 1 == X
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
if (CI->isAllOnesValue()) // X * -1 == 0 - X
return BinaryOperator::CreateNeg(Op0, I.getName());
const APInt& Val = cast<ConstantInt>(CI)->getValue();
if (Val.isPowerOf2()) { // Replace X*(2^C) with X << C
return BinaryOperator::CreateShl(Op0,
ConstantInt::get(Op0->getType(), Val.logBase2()));
}
} else if (ConstantFP *Op1F = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(Op1)) {
if (Op1F->isNullValue())
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1);
// "In IEEE floating point, x*1 is not equivalent to x for nans. However,
// ANSI says we can drop signals, so we can do this anyway." (from GCC)
// We need a better interface for long double here.
if (Op1->getType() == Type::FloatTy || Op1->getType() == Type::DoubleTy)
if (Op1F->isExactlyValue(1.0))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0); // Eliminate 'mul double %X, 1.0'
}
if (BinaryOperator *Op0I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0))
if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add && Op0I->hasOneUse() &&
isa<ConstantInt>(Op0I->getOperand(1)) && isa<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
// Canonicalize (X+C1)*C2 -> X*C2+C1*C2.
Instruction *Add = BinaryOperator::CreateMul(Op0I->getOperand(0),
Op1, "tmp");
InsertNewInstBefore(Add, I);
Value *C1C2 = ConstantExpr::getMul(Op1,
cast<Constant>(Op0I->getOperand(1)));
return BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(Add, C1C2);
}
// Try to fold constant mul into select arguments.
if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
return R;
if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
return NV;
}
if (Value *Op0v = dyn_castNegVal(Op0)) // -X * -Y = X*Y
if (Value *Op1v = dyn_castNegVal(I.getOperand(1)))
return BinaryOperator::CreateMul(Op0v, Op1v);
if (I.getType() == Type::Int1Ty)
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Op0, I.getOperand(1));
// If one of the operands of the multiply is a cast from a boolean value, then
// we know the bool is either zero or one, so this is a 'masking' multiply.
// See if we can simplify things based on how the boolean was originally
// formed.
CastInst *BoolCast = 0;
if (ZExtInst *CI = dyn_cast<ZExtInst>(Op0))
if (CI->getOperand(0)->getType() == Type::Int1Ty)
BoolCast = CI;
if (!BoolCast)
if (ZExtInst *CI = dyn_cast<ZExtInst>(I.getOperand(1)))
if (CI->getOperand(0)->getType() == Type::Int1Ty)
BoolCast = CI;
if (BoolCast) {
if (ICmpInst *SCI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(BoolCast->getOperand(0))) {
Value *SCIOp0 = SCI->getOperand(0), *SCIOp1 = SCI->getOperand(1);
const Type *SCOpTy = SCIOp0->getType();
bool TIS = false;
// If the icmp is true iff the sign bit of X is set, then convert this
// multiply into a shift/and combination.
if (isa<ConstantInt>(SCIOp1) &&
isSignBitCheck(SCI->getPredicate(), cast<ConstantInt>(SCIOp1), TIS) &&
TIS) {
// Shift the X value right to turn it into "all signbits".
Constant *Amt = ConstantInt::get(SCIOp0->getType(),
SCOpTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()-1);
Value *V =
InsertNewInstBefore(
BinaryOperator::Create(Instruction::AShr, SCIOp0, Amt,
BoolCast->getOperand(0)->getName()+
".mask"), I);
// If the multiply type is not the same as the source type, sign extend
// or truncate to the multiply type.
if (I.getType() != V->getType()) {
uint32_t SrcBits = V->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
uint32_t DstBits = I.getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
Instruction::CastOps opcode =
(SrcBits == DstBits ? Instruction::BitCast :
(SrcBits < DstBits ? Instruction::SExt : Instruction::Trunc));
V = InsertCastBefore(opcode, V, I.getType(), I);
}
Value *OtherOp = Op0 == BoolCast ? I.getOperand(1) : Op0;
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(V, OtherOp);
}
}
}
return Changed ? &I : 0;
}
/// SimplifyDivRemOfSelect - Try to fold a divide or remainder of a select
/// instruction.
bool InstCombiner::SimplifyDivRemOfSelect(BinaryOperator &I) {
SelectInst *SI = cast<SelectInst>(I.getOperand(1));
// div/rem X, (Cond ? 0 : Y) -> div/rem X, Y
int NonNullOperand = -1;
if (Constant *ST = dyn_cast<Constant>(SI->getOperand(1)))
if (ST->isNullValue())
NonNullOperand = 2;
// div/rem X, (Cond ? Y : 0) -> div/rem X, Y
if (Constant *ST = dyn_cast<Constant>(SI->getOperand(2)))
if (ST->isNullValue())
NonNullOperand = 1;
if (NonNullOperand == -1)
return false;
Value *SelectCond = SI->getOperand(0);
// Change the div/rem to use 'Y' instead of the select.
I.setOperand(1, SI->getOperand(NonNullOperand));
// Okay, we know we replace the operand of the div/rem with 'Y' with no
// problem. However, the select, or the condition of the select may have
// multiple uses. Based on our knowledge that the operand must be non-zero,
// propagate the known value for the select into other uses of it, and
// propagate a known value of the condition into its other users.
// If the select and condition only have a single use, don't bother with this,
// early exit.
if (SI->use_empty() && SelectCond->hasOneUse())
return true;
// Scan the current block backward, looking for other uses of SI.
BasicBlock::iterator BBI = &I, BBFront = I.getParent()->begin();
while (BBI != BBFront) {
--BBI;
// If we found a call to a function, we can't assume it will return, so
// information from below it cannot be propagated above it.
if (isa<CallInst>(BBI) && !isa<IntrinsicInst>(BBI))
break;
// Replace uses of the select or its condition with the known values.
for (Instruction::op_iterator I = BBI->op_begin(), E = BBI->op_end();
I != E; ++I) {
if (*I == SI) {
*I = SI->getOperand(NonNullOperand);
AddToWorkList(BBI);
} else if (*I == SelectCond) {
*I = NonNullOperand == 1 ? ConstantInt::getTrue() :
ConstantInt::getFalse();
AddToWorkList(BBI);
}
}
// If we past the instruction, quit looking for it.
if (&*BBI == SI)
SI = 0;
if (&*BBI == SelectCond)
SelectCond = 0;
// If we ran out of things to eliminate, break out of the loop.
if (SelectCond == 0 && SI == 0)
break;
}
return true;
}
/// This function implements the transforms on div instructions that work
/// regardless of the kind of div instruction it is (udiv, sdiv, or fdiv). It is
/// used by the visitors to those instructions.
/// @brief Transforms common to all three div instructions
Instruction *InstCombiner::commonDivTransforms(BinaryOperator &I) {
Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
// undef / X -> 0 for integer.
// undef / X -> undef for FP (the undef could be a snan).
if (isa<UndefValue>(Op0)) {
if (Op0->getType()->isFPOrFPVector())
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
}
// X / undef -> undef
if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1);
return 0;
}
/// This function implements the transforms common to both integer division
/// instructions (udiv and sdiv). It is called by the visitors to those integer
/// division instructions.
/// @brief Common integer divide transforms
Instruction *InstCombiner::commonIDivTransforms(BinaryOperator &I) {
Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
// (sdiv X, X) --> 1 (udiv X, X) --> 1
if (Op0 == Op1) {
if (const VectorType *Ty = dyn_cast<VectorType>(I.getType())) {
ConstantInt *CI = ConstantInt::get(Ty->getElementType(), 1);
std::vector<Constant*> Elts(Ty->getNumElements(), CI);
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantVector::get(Elts));
}
ConstantInt *CI = ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1);
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, CI);
}
if (Instruction *Common = commonDivTransforms(I))
return Common;
// Handle cases involving: [su]div X, (select Cond, Y, Z)
// This does not apply for fdiv.
if (isa<SelectInst>(Op1) && SimplifyDivRemOfSelect(I))
return &I;
if (ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
// div X, 1 == X
if (RHS->equalsInt(1))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
// (X / C1) / C2 -> X / (C1*C2)
if (Instruction *LHS = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op0))
if (Instruction::BinaryOps(LHS->getOpcode()) == I.getOpcode())
if (ConstantInt *LHSRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(LHS->getOperand(1))) {
if (MultiplyOverflows(RHS, LHSRHS, I.getOpcode()==Instruction::SDiv))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
else
return BinaryOperator::Create(I.getOpcode(), LHS->getOperand(0),
Multiply(RHS, LHSRHS));
}
if (!RHS->isZero()) { // avoid X udiv 0
if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
return R;
if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
return NV;
}
}
// 0 / X == 0, we don't need to preserve faults!
if (ConstantInt *LHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0))
if (LHS->equalsInt(0))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
// It can't be division by zero, hence it must be division by one.
if (I.getType() == Type::Int1Ty)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
return 0;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitUDiv(BinaryOperator &I) {
Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
// Handle the integer div common cases
if (Instruction *Common = commonIDivTransforms(I))
return Common;
// X udiv C^2 -> X >> C
// Check to see if this is an unsigned division with an exact power of 2,
// if so, convert to a right shift.
if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
if (C->getValue().isPowerOf2()) // 0 not included in isPowerOf2
return BinaryOperator::CreateLShr(Op0,
ConstantInt::get(Op0->getType(), C->getValue().logBase2()));
}
// X udiv (C1 << N), where C1 is "1<<C2" --> X >> (N+C2)
if (BinaryOperator *RHSI = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(I.getOperand(1))) {
if (RHSI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl &&
isa<ConstantInt>(RHSI->getOperand(0))) {
const APInt& C1 = cast<ConstantInt>(RHSI->getOperand(0))->getValue();
if (C1.isPowerOf2()) {
Value *N = RHSI->getOperand(1);
const Type *NTy = N->getType();
if (uint32_t C2 = C1.logBase2()) {
Constant *C2V = ConstantInt::get(NTy, C2);
N = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(N, C2V, "tmp"), I);
}
return BinaryOperator::CreateLShr(Op0, N);
}
}
}
// udiv X, (Select Cond, C1, C2) --> Select Cond, (shr X, C1), (shr X, C2)
// where C1&C2 are powers of two.
if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op1))
if (ConstantInt *STO = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(SI->getOperand(1)))
if (ConstantInt *SFO = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(SI->getOperand(2))) {
const APInt &TVA = STO->getValue(), &FVA = SFO->getValue();
if (TVA.isPowerOf2() && FVA.isPowerOf2()) {
// Compute the shift amounts
uint32_t TSA = TVA.logBase2(), FSA = FVA.logBase2();
// Construct the "on true" case of the select
Constant *TC = ConstantInt::get(Op0->getType(), TSA);
Instruction *TSI = BinaryOperator::CreateLShr(
Op0, TC, SI->getName()+".t");
TSI = InsertNewInstBefore(TSI, I);
// Construct the "on false" case of the select
Constant *FC = ConstantInt::get(Op0->getType(), FSA);
Instruction *FSI = BinaryOperator::CreateLShr(
Op0, FC, SI->getName()+".f");
FSI = InsertNewInstBefore(FSI, I);
// construct the select instruction and return it.
return SelectInst::Create(SI->getOperand(0), TSI, FSI, SI->getName());
}
}
return 0;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSDiv(BinaryOperator &I) {
Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
// Handle the integer div common cases
if (Instruction *Common = commonIDivTransforms(I))
return Common;
if (ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
// sdiv X, -1 == -X
if (RHS->isAllOnesValue())
return BinaryOperator::CreateNeg(Op0);
// -X/C -> X/-C
if (Value *LHSNeg = dyn_castNegVal(Op0))
return BinaryOperator::CreateSDiv(LHSNeg, ConstantExpr::getNeg(RHS));
}
// If the sign bits of both operands are zero (i.e. we can prove they are
// unsigned inputs), turn this into a udiv.
if (I.getType()->isInteger()) {
APInt Mask(APInt::getSignBit(I.getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()));
if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op1, Mask) && MaskedValueIsZero(Op0, Mask)) {
// X sdiv Y -> X udiv Y, iff X and Y don't have sign bit set
return BinaryOperator::CreateUDiv(Op0, Op1, I.getName());
}
}
return 0;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFDiv(BinaryOperator &I) {
return commonDivTransforms(I);
}
/// This function implements the transforms on rem instructions that work
/// regardless of the kind of rem instruction it is (urem, srem, or frem). It
/// is used by the visitors to those instructions.
/// @brief Transforms common to all three rem instructions
Instruction *InstCombiner::commonRemTransforms(BinaryOperator &I) {
Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
// 0 % X == 0 for integer, we don't need to preserve faults!
if (Constant *LHS = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op0))
if (LHS->isNullValue())
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
if (isa<UndefValue>(Op0)) { // undef % X -> 0
if (I.getType()->isFPOrFPVector())
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0); // X % undef -> undef (could be SNaN)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
}
if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1); // X % undef -> undef
// Handle cases involving: rem X, (select Cond, Y, Z)
if (isa<SelectInst>(Op1) && SimplifyDivRemOfSelect(I))
return &I;
return 0;
}
/// This function implements the transforms common to both integer remainder
/// instructions (urem and srem). It is called by the visitors to those integer
/// remainder instructions.
/// @brief Common integer remainder transforms
Instruction *InstCombiner::commonIRemTransforms(BinaryOperator &I) {
Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
if (Instruction *common = commonRemTransforms(I))
return common;
if (ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
// X % 0 == undef, we don't need to preserve faults!
if (RHS->equalsInt(0))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, UndefValue::get(I.getType()));
if (RHS->equalsInt(1)) // X % 1 == 0
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
if (Instruction *Op0I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op0)) {
if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0I)) {
if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
return R;
} else if (isa<PHINode>(Op0I)) {
if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
return NV;
}
// See if we can fold away this rem instruction.
uint32_t BitWidth = cast<IntegerType>(I.getType())->getBitWidth();
APInt KnownZero(BitWidth, 0), KnownOne(BitWidth, 0);
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(&I, APInt::getAllOnesValue(BitWidth),
KnownZero, KnownOne))
return &I;
}
}
return 0;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitURem(BinaryOperator &I) {
Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
if (Instruction *common = commonIRemTransforms(I))
return common;
if (ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
// X urem C^2 -> X and C
// Check to see if this is an unsigned remainder with an exact power of 2,
// if so, convert to a bitwise and.
if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(RHS))
if (C->getValue().isPowerOf2())
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Op0, SubOne(C));
}
if (Instruction *RHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(I.getOperand(1))) {
// Turn A % (C << N), where C is 2^k, into A & ((C << N)-1)
if (RHSI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl &&
isa<ConstantInt>(RHSI->getOperand(0))) {
if (cast<ConstantInt>(RHSI->getOperand(0))->getValue().isPowerOf2()) {
Constant *N1 = ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(I.getType());
Value *Add = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(RHSI, N1,
"tmp"), I);
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Op0, Add);
}
}
}
// urem X, (select Cond, 2^C1, 2^C2) --> select Cond, (and X, C1), (and X, C2)
// where C1&C2 are powers of two.
if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op1)) {
if (ConstantInt *STO = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(SI->getOperand(1)))
if (ConstantInt *SFO = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(SI->getOperand(2))) {
// STO == 0 and SFO == 0 handled above.
if ((STO->getValue().isPowerOf2()) &&
(SFO->getValue().isPowerOf2())) {
Value *TrueAnd = InsertNewInstBefore(
BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Op0, SubOne(STO), SI->getName()+".t"), I);
Value *FalseAnd = InsertNewInstBefore(
BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Op0, SubOne(SFO), SI->getName()+".f"), I);
return SelectInst::Create(SI->getOperand(0), TrueAnd, FalseAnd);
}
}
}
return 0;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSRem(BinaryOperator &I) {
Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
// Handle the integer rem common cases
if (Instruction *common = commonIRemTransforms(I))
return common;
if (Value *RHSNeg = dyn_castNegVal(Op1))
if (!isa<ConstantInt>(RHSNeg) ||
cast<ConstantInt>(RHSNeg)->getValue().isStrictlyPositive()) {
// X % -Y -> X % Y
AddUsesToWorkList(I);
I.setOperand(1, RHSNeg);
return &I;
}
// If the sign bits of both operands are zero (i.e. we can prove they are
// unsigned inputs), turn this into a urem.
if (I.getType()->isInteger()) {
APInt Mask(APInt::getSignBit(I.getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()));
if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op1, Mask) && MaskedValueIsZero(Op0, Mask)) {
// X srem Y -> X urem Y, iff X and Y don't have sign bit set
return BinaryOperator::CreateURem(Op0, Op1, I.getName());
}
}
return 0;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFRem(BinaryOperator &I) {
return commonRemTransforms(I);
}
// isOneBitSet - Return true if there is exactly one bit set in the specified
// constant.
static bool isOneBitSet(const ConstantInt *CI) {
return CI->getValue().isPowerOf2();
}
// isHighOnes - Return true if the constant is of the form 1+0+.
// This is the same as lowones(~X).
static bool isHighOnes(const ConstantInt *CI) {
return (~CI->getValue() + 1).isPowerOf2();
}
/// getICmpCode - Encode a icmp predicate into a three bit mask. These bits
/// are carefully arranged to allow folding of expressions such as:
///
/// (A < B) | (A > B) --> (A != B)
///
/// Note that this is only valid if the first and second predicates have the
/// same sign. Is illegal to do: (A u< B) | (A s> B)
///
/// Three bits are used to represent the condition, as follows:
/// 0 A > B
/// 1 A == B
/// 2 A < B
///
/// <=> Value Definition
/// 000 0 Always false
/// 001 1 A > B
/// 010 2 A == B
/// 011 3 A >= B
/// 100 4 A < B
/// 101 5 A != B
/// 110 6 A <= B
/// 111 7 Always true
///
static unsigned getICmpCode(const ICmpInst *ICI) {
switch (ICI->getPredicate()) {
// False -> 0
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: return 1; // 001
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: return 1; // 001
case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: return 2; // 010
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE: return 3; // 011
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE: return 3; // 011
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: return 4; // 100
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: return 4; // 100
case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: return 5; // 101
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE: return 6; // 110
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE: return 6; // 110
// True -> 7
default:
assert(0 && "Invalid ICmp predicate!");
return 0;
}
}
/// getICmpValue - This is the complement of getICmpCode, which turns an
/// opcode and two operands into either a constant true or false, or a brand
/// new ICmp instruction. The sign is passed in to determine which kind
/// of predicate to use in new icmp instructions.
static Value *getICmpValue(bool sign, unsigned code, Value *LHS, Value *RHS) {
switch (code) {
default: assert(0 && "Illegal ICmp code!");
case 0: return ConstantInt::getFalse();
case 1:
if (sign)
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT, LHS, RHS);
else
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT, LHS, RHS);
case 2: return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ, LHS, RHS);
case 3:
if (sign)
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE, LHS, RHS);
else
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, LHS, RHS);
case 4:
if (sign)
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT, LHS, RHS);
else
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, LHS, RHS);
case 5: return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, LHS, RHS);
case 6:
if (sign)
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE, LHS, RHS);
else
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE, LHS, RHS);
case 7: return ConstantInt::getTrue();
}
}
static bool PredicatesFoldable(ICmpInst::Predicate p1, ICmpInst::Predicate p2) {
return (ICmpInst::isSignedPredicate(p1) == ICmpInst::isSignedPredicate(p2)) ||
(ICmpInst::isSignedPredicate(p1) &&
(p2 == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ || p2 == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE)) ||
(ICmpInst::isSignedPredicate(p2) &&
(p1 == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ || p1 == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE));
}
namespace {
// FoldICmpLogical - Implements (icmp1 A, B) & (icmp2 A, B) --> (icmp3 A, B)
struct FoldICmpLogical {
InstCombiner &IC;
Value *LHS, *RHS;
ICmpInst::Predicate pred;
FoldICmpLogical(InstCombiner &ic, ICmpInst *ICI)
: IC(ic), LHS(ICI->getOperand(0)), RHS(ICI->getOperand(1)),
pred(ICI->getPredicate()) {}
bool shouldApply(Value *V) const {
if (ICmpInst *ICI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(V))
if (PredicatesFoldable(pred, ICI->getPredicate()))
return ((ICI->getOperand(0) == LHS && ICI->getOperand(1) == RHS) ||
(ICI->getOperand(0) == RHS && ICI->getOperand(1) == LHS));
return false;
}
Instruction *apply(Instruction &Log) const {
ICmpInst *ICI = cast<ICmpInst>(Log.getOperand(0));
if (ICI->getOperand(0) != LHS) {
assert(ICI->getOperand(1) == LHS);
ICI->swapOperands(); // Swap the LHS and RHS of the ICmp
}
ICmpInst *RHSICI = cast<ICmpInst>(Log.getOperand(1));
unsigned LHSCode = getICmpCode(ICI);
unsigned RHSCode = getICmpCode(RHSICI);
unsigned Code;
switch (Log.getOpcode()) {
case Instruction::And: Code = LHSCode & RHSCode; break;
case Instruction::Or: Code = LHSCode | RHSCode; break;
case Instruction::Xor: Code = LHSCode ^ RHSCode; break;
default: assert(0 && "Illegal logical opcode!"); return 0;
}
bool isSigned = ICmpInst::isSignedPredicate(RHSICI->getPredicate()) ||
ICmpInst::isSignedPredicate(ICI->getPredicate());
Value *RV = getICmpValue(isSigned, Code, LHS, RHS);
if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(RV))
return I;
// Otherwise, it's a constant boolean value...
return IC.ReplaceInstUsesWith(Log, RV);
}
};
} // end anonymous namespace
// OptAndOp - This handles expressions of the form ((val OP C1) & C2). Where
// the Op parameter is 'OP', OpRHS is 'C1', and AndRHS is 'C2'. Op is
// guaranteed to be a binary operator.
Instruction *InstCombiner::OptAndOp(Instruction *Op,
ConstantInt *OpRHS,
ConstantInt *AndRHS,
BinaryOperator &TheAnd) {
Value *X = Op->getOperand(0);
Constant *Together = 0;
if (!Op->isShift())
Together = And(AndRHS, OpRHS);
switch (Op->getOpcode()) {
case Instruction::Xor:
if (Op->hasOneUse()) {
// (X ^ C1) & C2 --> (X & C2) ^ (C1&C2)
Instruction *And = BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(X, AndRHS);
InsertNewInstBefore(And, TheAnd);
And->takeName(Op);
return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(And, Together);
}
break;
case Instruction::Or:
if (Together == AndRHS) // (X | C) & C --> C
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(TheAnd, AndRHS);
if (Op->hasOneUse() && Together != OpRHS) {
// (X | C1) & C2 --> (X | (C1&C2)) & C2
Instruction *Or = BinaryOperator::CreateOr(X, Together);
InsertNewInstBefore(Or, TheAnd);
Or->takeName(Op);
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Or, AndRHS);
}
break;
case Instruction::Add:
if (Op->hasOneUse()) {
// Adding a one to a single bit bit-field should be turned into an XOR
// of the bit. First thing to check is to see if this AND is with a
// single bit constant.
const APInt& AndRHSV = cast<ConstantInt>(AndRHS)->getValue();
// If there is only one bit set...
if (isOneBitSet(cast<ConstantInt>(AndRHS))) {
// Ok, at this point, we know that we are masking the result of the
// ADD down to exactly one bit. If the constant we are adding has
// no bits set below this bit, then we can eliminate the ADD.
const APInt& AddRHS = cast<ConstantInt>(OpRHS)->getValue();
// Check to see if any bits below the one bit set in AndRHSV are set.
if ((AddRHS & (AndRHSV-1)) == 0) {
// If not, the only thing that can effect the output of the AND is
// the bit specified by AndRHSV. If that bit is set, the effect of
// the XOR is to toggle the bit. If it is clear, then the ADD has
// no effect.
if ((AddRHS & AndRHSV) == 0) { // Bit is not set, noop
TheAnd.setOperand(0, X);
return &TheAnd;
} else {
// Pull the XOR out of the AND.
Instruction *NewAnd = BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(X, AndRHS);
InsertNewInstBefore(NewAnd, TheAnd);
NewAnd->takeName(Op);
return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(NewAnd, AndRHS);
}
}
}
}
break;
case Instruction::Shl: {
// We know that the AND will not produce any of the bits shifted in, so if
// the anded constant includes them, clear them now!
//
uint32_t BitWidth = AndRHS->getType()->getBitWidth();
uint32_t OpRHSVal = OpRHS->getLimitedValue(BitWidth);
APInt ShlMask(APInt::getHighBitsSet(BitWidth, BitWidth-OpRHSVal));
ConstantInt *CI = ConstantInt::get(AndRHS->getValue() & ShlMask);
if (CI->getValue() == ShlMask) {
// Masking out bits that the shift already masks
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(TheAnd, Op); // No need for the and.
} else if (CI != AndRHS) { // Reducing bits set in and.
TheAnd.setOperand(1, CI);
return &TheAnd;
}
break;
}
case Instruction::LShr:
{
// We know that the AND will not produce any of the bits shifted in, so if
// the anded constant includes them, clear them now! This only applies to
// unsigned shifts, because a signed shr may bring in set bits!
//
uint32_t BitWidth = AndRHS->getType()->getBitWidth();
uint32_t OpRHSVal = OpRHS->getLimitedValue(BitWidth);
APInt ShrMask(APInt::getLowBitsSet(BitWidth, BitWidth - OpRHSVal));
ConstantInt *CI = ConstantInt::get(AndRHS->getValue() & ShrMask);
if (CI->getValue() == ShrMask) {
// Masking out bits that the shift already masks.
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(TheAnd, Op);
} else if (CI != AndRHS) {
TheAnd.setOperand(1, CI); // Reduce bits set in and cst.
return &TheAnd;
}
break;
}
case Instruction::AShr:
// Signed shr.
// See if this is shifting in some sign extension, then masking it out
// with an and.
if (Op->hasOneUse()) {
uint32_t BitWidth = AndRHS->getType()->getBitWidth();
uint32_t OpRHSVal = OpRHS->getLimitedValue(BitWidth);
APInt ShrMask(APInt::getLowBitsSet(BitWidth, BitWidth - OpRHSVal));
Constant *C = ConstantInt::get(AndRHS->getValue() & ShrMask);
if (C == AndRHS) { // Masking out bits shifted in.
// (Val ashr C1) & C2 -> (Val lshr C1) & C2
// Make the argument unsigned.
Value *ShVal = Op->getOperand(0);
ShVal = InsertNewInstBefore(
BinaryOperator::CreateLShr(ShVal, OpRHS,
Op->getName()), TheAnd);
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(ShVal, AndRHS, TheAnd.getName());
}
}
break;
}
return 0;
}
/// InsertRangeTest - Emit a computation of: (V >= Lo && V < Hi) if Inside is
/// true, otherwise (V < Lo || V >= Hi). In pratice, we emit the more efficient
/// (V-Lo) <u Hi-Lo. This method expects that Lo <= Hi. isSigned indicates
/// whether to treat the V, Lo and HI as signed or not. IB is the location to
/// insert new instructions.
Instruction *InstCombiner::InsertRangeTest(Value *V, Constant *Lo, Constant *Hi,
bool isSigned, bool Inside,
Instruction &IB) {
assert(cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getICmp((isSigned ?
ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE), Lo, Hi))->getZExtValue() &&
"Lo is not <= Hi in range emission code!");
if (Inside) {
if (Lo == Hi) // Trivially false.
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, V, V);
// V >= Min && V < Hi --> V < Hi
if (cast<ConstantInt>(Lo)->isMinValue(isSigned)) {
ICmpInst::Predicate pred = (isSigned ?
ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT : ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT);
return new ICmpInst(pred, V, Hi);
}
// Emit V-Lo <u Hi-Lo
Constant *NegLo = ConstantExpr::getNeg(Lo);
Instruction *Add = BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(V, NegLo, V->getName()+".off");
InsertNewInstBefore(Add, IB);
Constant *UpperBound = ConstantExpr::getAdd(NegLo, Hi);
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, Add, UpperBound);
}
if (Lo == Hi) // Trivially true.
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ, V, V);
// V < Min || V >= Hi -> V > Hi-1
Hi = SubOne(cast<ConstantInt>(Hi));
if (cast<ConstantInt>(Lo)->isMinValue(isSigned)) {
ICmpInst::Predicate pred = (isSigned ?
ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT : ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT);
return new ICmpInst(pred, V, Hi);
}
// Emit V-Lo >u Hi-1-Lo
// Note that Hi has already had one subtracted from it, above.
ConstantInt *NegLo = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getNeg(Lo));
Instruction *Add = BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(V, NegLo, V->getName()+".off");
InsertNewInstBefore(Add, IB);
Constant *LowerBound = ConstantExpr::getAdd(NegLo, Hi);
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT, Add, LowerBound);
}
// isRunOfOnes - Returns true iff Val consists of one contiguous run of 1s with
// any number of 0s on either side. The 1s are allowed to wrap from LSB to
// MSB, so 0x000FFF0, 0x0000FFFF, and 0xFF0000FF are all runs. 0x0F0F0000 is
// not, since all 1s are not contiguous.
static bool isRunOfOnes(ConstantInt *Val, uint32_t &MB, uint32_t &ME) {
const APInt& V = Val->getValue();
uint32_t BitWidth = Val->getType()->getBitWidth();
if (!APIntOps::isShiftedMask(BitWidth, V)) return false;
// look for the first zero bit after the run of ones
MB = BitWidth - ((V - 1) ^ V).countLeadingZeros();
// look for the first non-zero bit
ME = V.getActiveBits();
return true;
}
/// FoldLogicalPlusAnd - This is part of an expression (LHS +/- RHS) & Mask,
/// where isSub determines whether the operator is a sub. If we can fold one of
/// the following xforms:
///
/// ((A & N) +/- B) & Mask -> (A +/- B) & Mask iff N&Mask == Mask
/// ((A | N) +/- B) & Mask -> (A +/- B) & Mask iff N&Mask == 0
/// ((A ^ N) +/- B) & Mask -> (A +/- B) & Mask iff N&Mask == 0
///
/// return (A +/- B).
///
Value *InstCombiner::FoldLogicalPlusAnd(Value *LHS, Value *RHS,
ConstantInt *Mask, bool isSub,
Instruction &I) {
Instruction *LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(LHS);
if (!LHSI || LHSI->getNumOperands() != 2 ||
!isa<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1))) return 0;
ConstantInt *N = cast<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1));
switch (LHSI->getOpcode()) {
default: return 0;
case Instruction::And:
if (And(N, Mask) == Mask) {
// If the AndRHS is a power of two minus one (0+1+), this is simple.
if ((Mask->getValue().countLeadingZeros() +
Mask->getValue().countPopulation()) ==
Mask->getValue().getBitWidth())
break;
// Otherwise, if Mask is 0+1+0+, and if B is known to have the low 0+
// part, we don't need any explicit masks to take them out of A. If that
// is all N is, ignore it.
uint32_t MB = 0, ME = 0;
if (isRunOfOnes(Mask, MB, ME)) { // begin/end bit of run, inclusive
uint32_t BitWidth = cast<IntegerType>(RHS->getType())->getBitWidth();
APInt Mask(APInt::getLowBitsSet(BitWidth, MB-1));
if (MaskedValueIsZero(RHS, Mask))
break;
}
}
return 0;
case Instruction::Or:
case Instruction::Xor:
// If the AndRHS is a power of two minus one (0+1+), and N&Mask == 0
if ((Mask->getValue().countLeadingZeros() +
Mask->getValue().countPopulation()) == Mask->getValue().getBitWidth()
&& And(N, Mask)->isZero())
break;
return 0;
}
Instruction *New;
if (isSub)
New = BinaryOperator::CreateSub(LHSI->getOperand(0), RHS, "fold");
else
New = BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(LHSI->getOperand(0), RHS, "fold");
return InsertNewInstBefore(New, I);
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitAnd(BinaryOperator &I) {
bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1)) // X & undef -> 0
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
// and X, X = X
if (Op0 == Op1)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1);
// See if we can simplify any instructions used by the instruction whose sole
// purpose is to compute bits we don't care about.
if (!isa<VectorType>(I.getType())) {
uint32_t BitWidth = cast<IntegerType>(I.getType())->getBitWidth();
APInt KnownZero(BitWidth, 0), KnownOne(BitWidth, 0);
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(&I, APInt::getAllOnesValue(BitWidth),
KnownZero, KnownOne))
return &I;
} else {
if (ConstantVector *CP = dyn_cast<ConstantVector>(Op1)) {
if (CP->isAllOnesValue()) // X & <-1,-1> -> X
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, I.getOperand(0));
} else if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(Op1)) {
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1); // X & <0,0> -> <0,0>
}
}
if (ConstantInt *AndRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
const APInt& AndRHSMask = AndRHS->getValue();
APInt NotAndRHS(~AndRHSMask);
// Optimize a variety of ((val OP C1) & C2) combinations...
if (isa<BinaryOperator>(Op0)) {
Instruction *Op0I = cast<Instruction>(Op0);
Value *Op0LHS = Op0I->getOperand(0);
Value *Op0RHS = Op0I->getOperand(1);
switch (Op0I->getOpcode()) {
case Instruction::Xor:
case Instruction::Or:
// If the mask is only needed on one incoming arm, push it up.
if (Op0I->hasOneUse()) {
if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0LHS, NotAndRHS)) {
// Not masking anything out for the LHS, move to RHS.
Instruction *NewRHS = BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Op0RHS, AndRHS,
Op0RHS->getName()+".masked");
InsertNewInstBefore(NewRHS, I);
return BinaryOperator::Create(
cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0I)->getOpcode(), Op0LHS, NewRHS);
}
if (!isa<Constant>(Op0RHS) &&
MaskedValueIsZero(Op0RHS, NotAndRHS)) {
// Not masking anything out for the RHS, move to LHS.
Instruction *NewLHS = BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Op0LHS, AndRHS,
Op0LHS->getName()+".masked");
InsertNewInstBefore(NewLHS, I);
return BinaryOperator::Create(
cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0I)->getOpcode(), NewLHS, Op0RHS);
}
}
break;
case Instruction::Add:
// ((A & N) + B) & AndRHS -> (A + B) & AndRHS iff N&AndRHS == AndRHS.
// ((A | N) + B) & AndRHS -> (A + B) & AndRHS iff N&AndRHS == 0
// ((A ^ N) + B) & AndRHS -> (A + B) & AndRHS iff N&AndRHS == 0
if (Value *V = FoldLogicalPlusAnd(Op0LHS, Op0RHS, AndRHS, false, I))
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(V, AndRHS);
if (Value *V = FoldLogicalPlusAnd(Op0RHS, Op0LHS, AndRHS, false, I))
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(V, AndRHS); // Add commutes
break;
case Instruction::Sub:
// ((A & N) - B) & AndRHS -> (A - B) & AndRHS iff N&AndRHS == AndRHS.
// ((A | N) - B) & AndRHS -> (A - B) & AndRHS iff N&AndRHS == 0
// ((A ^ N) - B) & AndRHS -> (A - B) & AndRHS iff N&AndRHS == 0
if (Value *V = FoldLogicalPlusAnd(Op0LHS, Op0RHS, AndRHS, true, I))
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(V, AndRHS);
// (A - N) & AndRHS -> -N & AndRHS iff A&AndRHS==0 and AndRHS
// has 1's for all bits that the subtraction with A might affect.
if (Op0I->hasOneUse()) {
uint32_t BitWidth = AndRHSMask.getBitWidth();
uint32_t Zeros = AndRHSMask.countLeadingZeros();
APInt Mask = APInt::getLowBitsSet(BitWidth, BitWidth - Zeros);
ConstantInt *A = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0LHS);
if (!(A && A->isZero()) && // avoid infinite recursion.
MaskedValueIsZero(Op0LHS, Mask)) {
Instruction *NewNeg = BinaryOperator::CreateNeg(Op0RHS);
InsertNewInstBefore(NewNeg, I);
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(NewNeg, AndRHS);
}
}
break;
case Instruction::Shl:
case Instruction::LShr:
// (1 << x) & 1 --> zext(x == 0)
// (1 >> x) & 1 --> zext(x == 0)
if (AndRHSMask == 1 && Op0LHS == AndRHS) {
Instruction *NewICmp = new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ, Op0RHS,
Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
InsertNewInstBefore(NewICmp, I);
return new ZExtInst(NewICmp, I.getType());
}
break;
}
if (ConstantInt *Op0CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0I->getOperand(1)))
if (Instruction *Res = OptAndOp(Op0I, Op0CI, AndRHS, I))
return Res;
} else if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0)) {
// If this is an integer truncation or change from signed-to-unsigned, and
// if the source is an and/or with immediate, transform it. This
// frequently occurs for bitfield accesses.
if (Instruction *CastOp = dyn_cast<Instruction>(CI->getOperand(0))) {
if ((isa<TruncInst>(CI) || isa<BitCastInst>(CI)) &&
CastOp->getNumOperands() == 2)
if (ConstantInt *AndCI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(CastOp->getOperand(1))) {
if (CastOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::And) {
// Change: and (cast (and X, C1) to T), C2
// into : and (cast X to T), trunc_or_bitcast(C1)&C2
// This will fold the two constants together, which may allow
// other simplifications.
Instruction *NewCast = CastInst::CreateTruncOrBitCast(
CastOp->getOperand(0), I.getType(),
CastOp->getName()+".shrunk");
NewCast = InsertNewInstBefore(NewCast, I);
// trunc_or_bitcast(C1)&C2
Constant *C3 = ConstantExpr::getTruncOrBitCast(AndCI,I.getType());
C3 = ConstantExpr::getAnd(C3, AndRHS);
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(NewCast, C3);
} else if (CastOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) {
// Change: and (cast (or X, C1) to T), C2
// into : trunc(C1)&C2 iff trunc(C1)&C2 == C2
Constant *C3 = ConstantExpr::getTruncOrBitCast(AndCI,I.getType());
if (ConstantExpr::getAnd(C3, AndRHS) == AndRHS) // trunc(C1)&C2
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, AndRHS);
}
}
}
}
// Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
return R;
if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
return NV;
}
Value *Op0NotVal = dyn_castNotVal(Op0);
Value *Op1NotVal = dyn_castNotVal(Op1);
if (Op0NotVal == Op1 || Op1NotVal == Op0) // A & ~A == ~A & A == 0
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
// (~A & ~B) == (~(A | B)) - De Morgan's Law
if (Op0NotVal && Op1NotVal && isOnlyUse(Op0) && isOnlyUse(Op1)) {
Instruction *Or = BinaryOperator::CreateOr(Op0NotVal, Op1NotVal,
I.getName()+".demorgan");
InsertNewInstBefore(Or, I);
return BinaryOperator::CreateNot(Or);
}
{
Value *A = 0, *B = 0, *C = 0, *D = 0;
if (match(Op0, m_Or(m_Value(A), m_Value(B)))) {
if (A == Op1 || B == Op1) // (A | ?) & A --> A
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1);
// (A|B) & ~(A&B) -> A^B
if (match(Op1, m_Not(m_And(m_Value(C), m_Value(D))))) {
if ((A == C && B == D) || (A == D && B == C))
return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(A, B);
}
}
if (match(Op1, m_Or(m_Value(A), m_Value(B)))) {
if (A == Op0 || B == Op0) // A & (A | ?) --> A
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
// ~(A&B) & (A|B) -> A^B
if (match(Op0, m_Not(m_And(m_Value(C), m_Value(D))))) {
if ((A == C && B == D) || (A == D && B == C))
return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(A, B);
}
}
if (Op0->hasOneUse() &&
match(Op0, m_Xor(m_Value(A), m_Value(B)))) {
if (A == Op1) { // (A^B)&A -> A&(A^B)
I.swapOperands(); // Simplify below
std::swap(Op0, Op1);
} else if (B == Op1) { // (A^B)&B -> B&(B^A)
cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0)->swapOperands();
I.swapOperands(); // Simplify below
std::swap(Op0, Op1);
}
}
if (Op1->hasOneUse() &&
match(Op1, m_Xor(m_Value(A), m_Value(B)))) {
if (B == Op0) { // B&(A^B) -> B&(B^A)
cast<BinaryOperator>(Op1)->swapOperands();
std::swap(A, B);
}
if (A == Op0) { // A&(A^B) -> A & ~B
Instruction *NotB = BinaryOperator::CreateNot(B, "tmp");
InsertNewInstBefore(NotB, I);
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(A, NotB);
}
}
}
{ // (icmp ult A, C) & (icmp ult B, C) --> (icmp ult (A|B), C)
// where C is a power of 2
Value *A, *B;
ConstantInt *C1, *C2;
ICmpInst::Predicate LHSCC, RHSCC;
if (match(&I, m_And(m_ICmp(LHSCC, m_Value(A), m_ConstantInt(C1)),
m_ICmp(RHSCC, m_Value(B), m_ConstantInt(C2)))))
if (C1 == C2 && LHSCC == RHSCC && LHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT &&
C1->getValue().isPowerOf2()) {
Instruction *NewOr = BinaryOperator::CreateOr(A, B);
InsertNewInstBefore(NewOr, I);
return new ICmpInst(LHSCC, NewOr, C1);
}
}
if (ICmpInst *RHS = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(Op1)) {
// (icmp1 A, B) & (icmp2 A, B) --> (icmp3 A, B)
if (Instruction *R = AssociativeOpt(I, FoldICmpLogical(*this, RHS)))
return R;
Value *LHSVal, *RHSVal;
ConstantInt *LHSCst, *RHSCst;
ICmpInst::Predicate LHSCC, RHSCC;
if (match(Op0, m_ICmp(LHSCC, m_Value(LHSVal), m_ConstantInt(LHSCst))))
if (match(RHS, m_ICmp(RHSCC, m_Value(RHSVal), m_ConstantInt(RHSCst))))
if (LHSVal == RHSVal && // Found (X icmp C1) & (X icmp C2)
// ICMP_[GL]E X, CST is folded to ICMP_[GL]T elsewhere.
LHSCC != ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE && LHSCC != ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE &&
RHSCC != ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE && RHSCC != ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE &&
LHSCC != ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE && LHSCC != ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE &&
RHSCC != ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE && RHSCC != ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE &&
// Don't try to fold ICMP_SLT + ICMP_ULT.
(ICmpInst::isEquality(LHSCC) || ICmpInst::isEquality(RHSCC) ||
ICmpInst::isSignedPredicate(LHSCC) ==
ICmpInst::isSignedPredicate(RHSCC))) {
// Ensure that the larger constant is on the RHS.
ICmpInst::Predicate GT;
if (ICmpInst::isSignedPredicate(LHSCC) ||
(ICmpInst::isEquality(LHSCC) &&
ICmpInst::isSignedPredicate(RHSCC)))
GT = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
else
GT = ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT;
Constant *Cmp = ConstantExpr::getICmp(GT, LHSCst, RHSCst);
ICmpInst *LHS = cast<ICmpInst>(Op0);
if (cast<ConstantInt>(Cmp)->getZExtValue()) {
std::swap(LHS, RHS);
std::swap(LHSCst, RHSCst);
std::swap(LHSCC, RHSCC);
}
// At this point, we know we have have two icmp instructions
// comparing a value against two constants and and'ing the result
// together. Because of the above check, we know that we only have
// icmp eq, icmp ne, icmp [su]lt, and icmp [SU]gt here. We also know
// (from the FoldICmpLogical check above), that the two constants
// are not equal and that the larger constant is on the RHS
assert(LHSCst != RHSCst && "Compares not folded above?");
switch (LHSCC) {
default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
switch (RHSCC) {
default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X == 13 & X == 15) -> false
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X == 13 & X > 15) -> false
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X == 13 & X > 15) -> false
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse());
case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // (X == 13 & X != 15) -> X == 13
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X == 13 & X < 15) -> X == 13
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X == 13 & X < 15) -> X == 13
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
}
case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
switch (RHSCC) {
default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
if (LHSCst == SubOne(RHSCst)) // (X != 13 & X u< 14) -> X < 13
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, LHSVal, LHSCst);
break; // (X != 13 & X u< 15) -> no change
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
if (LHSCst == SubOne(RHSCst)) // (X != 13 & X s< 14) -> X < 13
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT, LHSVal, LHSCst);
break; // (X != 13 & X s< 15) -> no change
case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X != 13 & X == 15) -> X == 15
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X != 13 & X u> 15) -> X u> 15
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X != 13 & X s> 15) -> X s> 15
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
if (LHSCst == SubOne(RHSCst)){// (X != 13 & X != 14) -> X-13 >u 1
Constant *AddCST = ConstantExpr::getNeg(LHSCst);
Instruction *Add = BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(LHSVal, AddCST,
LHSVal->getName()+".off");
InsertNewInstBefore(Add, I);
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT, Add,
ConstantInt::get(Add->getType(), 1));
}
break; // (X != 13 & X != 15) -> no change
}
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
switch (RHSCC) {
default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X u< 13 & X == 15) -> false
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X u< 13 & X u> 15) -> false
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse());
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X u< 13 & X s> 15) -> no change
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // (X u< 13 & X != 15) -> X u< 13
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X u< 13 & X u< 15) -> X u< 13
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X u< 13 & X s< 15) -> no change
break;
}
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
switch (RHSCC) {
default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X s< 13 & X == 15) -> false
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X s< 13 & X s> 15) -> false
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse());
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X s< 13 & X u> 15) -> no change
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // (X s< 13 & X != 15) -> X < 13
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X s< 13 & X s< 15) -> X < 13
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X s< 13 & X u< 15) -> no change
break;
}
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
switch (RHSCC) {
default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X u> 13 & X == 15) -> X == 15
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X u> 13 & X u> 15) -> X u> 15
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X u> 13 & X s> 15) -> no change
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
if (RHSCst == AddOne(LHSCst)) // (X u> 13 & X != 14) -> X u> 14
return new ICmpInst(LHSCC, LHSVal, RHSCst);
break; // (X u> 13 & X != 15) -> no change
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X u> 13 & X u< 15) ->(X-14) <u 1
return InsertRangeTest(LHSVal, AddOne(LHSCst), RHSCst, false,
true, I);
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X u> 13 & X s< 15) -> no change
break;
}
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
switch (RHSCC) {
default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X s> 13 & X == 15) -> X == 15
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X s> 13 & X s> 15) -> X s> 15
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X s> 13 & X u> 15) -> no change
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
if (RHSCst == AddOne(LHSCst)) // (X s> 13 & X != 14) -> X s> 14
return new ICmpInst(LHSCC, LHSVal, RHSCst);
break; // (X s> 13 & X != 15) -> no change
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X s> 13 & X s< 15) ->(X-14) s< 1
return InsertRangeTest(LHSVal, AddOne(LHSCst), RHSCst, true,
true, I);
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X s> 13 & X u< 15) -> no change
break;
}
break;
}
}
}
// fold (and (cast A), (cast B)) -> (cast (and A, B))
if (CastInst *Op0C = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0))
if (CastInst *Op1C = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op1))
if (Op0C->getOpcode() == Op1C->getOpcode()) { // same cast kind ?
const Type *SrcTy = Op0C->getOperand(0)->getType();
if (SrcTy == Op1C->getOperand(0)->getType() && SrcTy->isInteger() &&
// Only do this if the casts both really cause code to be generated.
ValueRequiresCast(Op0C->getOpcode(), Op0C->getOperand(0),
I.getType(), TD) &&
ValueRequiresCast(Op1C->getOpcode(), Op1C->getOperand(0),
I.getType(), TD)) {
Instruction *NewOp = BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Op0C->getOperand(0),
Op1C->getOperand(0),
I.getName());
InsertNewInstBefore(NewOp, I);
return CastInst::Create(Op0C->getOpcode(), NewOp, I.getType());
}
}
// (X >> Z) & (Y >> Z) -> (X&Y) >> Z for all shifts.
if (BinaryOperator *SI1 = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op1)) {
if (BinaryOperator *SI0 = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0))
if (SI0->isShift() && SI0->getOpcode() == SI1->getOpcode() &&
SI0->getOperand(1) == SI1->getOperand(1) &&
(SI0->hasOneUse() || SI1->hasOneUse())) {
Instruction *NewOp =
InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(SI0->getOperand(0),
SI1->getOperand(0),
SI0->getName()), I);
return BinaryOperator::Create(SI1->getOpcode(), NewOp,
SI1->getOperand(1));
}
}
// (fcmp ord x, c) & (fcmp ord y, c) -> (fcmp ord x, y)
if (FCmpInst *LHS = dyn_cast<FCmpInst>(I.getOperand(0))) {
if (FCmpInst *RHS = dyn_cast<FCmpInst>(I.getOperand(1))) {
if (LHS->getPredicate() == FCmpInst::FCMP_ORD &&
RHS->getPredicate() == FCmpInst::FCMP_ORD)
if (ConstantFP *LHSC = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(LHS->getOperand(1)))
if (ConstantFP *RHSC = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(RHS->getOperand(1))) {
// If either of the constants are nans, then the whole thing returns
// false.
if (LHSC->getValueAPF().isNaN() || RHSC->getValueAPF().isNaN())
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse());
return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_ORD, LHS->getOperand(0),
RHS->getOperand(0));
}
}
}
return Changed ? &I : 0;
}
/// CollectBSwapParts - Look to see if the specified value defines a single byte
/// in the result. If it does, and if the specified byte hasn't been filled in
/// yet, fill it in and return false.
static bool CollectBSwapParts(Value *V, SmallVector<Value*, 8> &ByteValues) {
Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
if (I == 0) return true;
// If this is an or instruction, it is an inner node of the bswap.
if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or)
return CollectBSwapParts(I->getOperand(0), ByteValues) ||
CollectBSwapParts(I->getOperand(1), ByteValues);
uint32_t BitWidth = I->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
// If this is a shift by a constant int, and it is "24", then its operand
// defines a byte. We only handle unsigned types here.
if (I->isShift() && isa<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) {
// Not shifting the entire input by N-1 bytes?
if (cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))->getLimitedValue(BitWidth) !=
8*(ByteValues.size()-1))
return true;
unsigned DestNo;
if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl) {
// X << 24 defines the top byte with the lowest of the input bytes.
DestNo = ByteValues.size()-1;
} else {
// X >>u 24 defines the low byte with the highest of the input bytes.
DestNo = 0;
}
// If the destination byte value is already defined, the values are or'd
// together, which isn't a bswap (unless it's an or of the same bits).
if (ByteValues[DestNo] && ByteValues[DestNo] != I->getOperand(0))
return true;
ByteValues[DestNo] = I->getOperand(0);
return false;
}
// Otherwise, we can only handle and(shift X, imm), imm). Bail out of if we
// don't have this.
Value *Shift = 0, *ShiftLHS = 0;
ConstantInt *AndAmt = 0, *ShiftAmt = 0;
if (!match(I, m_And(m_Value(Shift), m_ConstantInt(AndAmt))) ||
!match(Shift, m_Shift(m_Value(ShiftLHS), m_ConstantInt(ShiftAmt))))
return true;
Instruction *SI = cast<Instruction>(Shift);
// Make sure that the shift amount is by a multiple of 8 and isn't too big.
if (ShiftAmt->getLimitedValue(BitWidth) & 7 ||
ShiftAmt->getLimitedValue(BitWidth) > 8*ByteValues.size())
return true;
// Turn 0xFF -> 0, 0xFF00 -> 1, 0xFF0000 -> 2, etc.
unsigned DestByte;
if (AndAmt->getValue().getActiveBits() > 64)
return true;
uint64_t AndAmtVal = AndAmt->getZExtValue();
for (DestByte = 0; DestByte != ByteValues.size(); ++DestByte)
if (AndAmtVal == uint64_t(0xFF) << 8*DestByte)
break;
// Unknown mask for bswap.
if (DestByte == ByteValues.size()) return true;
unsigned ShiftBytes = ShiftAmt->getZExtValue()/8;
unsigned SrcByte;
if (SI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl)
SrcByte = DestByte - ShiftBytes;
else
SrcByte = DestByte + ShiftBytes;
// If the SrcByte isn't a bswapped value from the DestByte, reject it.
if (SrcByte != ByteValues.size()-DestByte-1)
return true;
// If the destination byte value is already defined, the values are or'd
// together, which isn't a bswap (unless it's an or of the same bits).
if (ByteValues[DestByte] && ByteValues[DestByte] != SI->getOperand(0))
return true;
ByteValues[DestByte] = SI->getOperand(0);
return false;
}
/// MatchBSwap - Given an OR instruction, check to see if this is a bswap idiom.
/// If so, insert the new bswap intrinsic and return it.
Instruction *InstCombiner::MatchBSwap(BinaryOperator &I) {
const IntegerType *ITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(I.getType());
if (!ITy || ITy->getBitWidth() % 16)
return 0; // Can only bswap pairs of bytes. Can't do vectors.
/// ByteValues - For each byte of the result, we keep track of which value
/// defines each byte.
SmallVector<Value*, 8> ByteValues;
ByteValues.resize(ITy->getBitWidth()/8);
// Try to find all the pieces corresponding to the bswap.
if (CollectBSwapParts(I.getOperand(0), ByteValues) ||
CollectBSwapParts(I.getOperand(1), ByteValues))
return 0;
// Check to see if all of the bytes come from the same value.
Value *V = ByteValues[0];
if (V == 0) return 0; // Didn't find a byte? Must be zero.
// Check to make sure that all of the bytes come from the same value.
for (unsigned i = 1, e = ByteValues.size(); i != e; ++i)
if (ByteValues[i] != V)
return 0;
const Type *Tys[] = { ITy };
Module *M = I.getParent()->getParent()->getParent();
Function *F = Intrinsic::getDeclaration(M, Intrinsic::bswap, Tys, 1);
return CallInst::Create(F, V);
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitOr(BinaryOperator &I) {
bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1)) // X | undef -> -1
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
// or X, X = X
if (Op0 == Op1)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
// See if we can simplify any instructions used by the instruction whose sole
// purpose is to compute bits we don't care about.
if (!isa<VectorType>(I.getType())) {
uint32_t BitWidth = cast<IntegerType>(I.getType())->getBitWidth();
APInt KnownZero(BitWidth, 0), KnownOne(BitWidth, 0);
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(&I, APInt::getAllOnesValue(BitWidth),
KnownZero, KnownOne))
return &I;
} else if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(Op1)) {
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0); // X | <0,0> -> X
} else if (ConstantVector *CP = dyn_cast<ConstantVector>(Op1)) {
if (CP->isAllOnesValue()) // X | <-1,-1> -> <-1,-1>
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, I.getOperand(1));
}
// or X, -1 == -1
if (ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
ConstantInt *C1 = 0; Value *X = 0;
// (X & C1) | C2 --> (X | C2) & (C1|C2)
if (match(Op0, m_And(m_Value(X), m_ConstantInt(C1))) && isOnlyUse(Op0)) {
Instruction *Or = BinaryOperator::CreateOr(X, RHS);
InsertNewInstBefore(Or, I);
Or->takeName(Op0);
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Or,
ConstantInt::get(RHS->getValue() | C1->getValue()));
}
// (X ^ C1) | C2 --> (X | C2) ^ (C1&~C2)
if (match(Op0, m_Xor(m_Value(X), m_ConstantInt(C1))) && isOnlyUse(Op0)) {
Instruction *Or = BinaryOperator::CreateOr(X, RHS);
InsertNewInstBefore(Or, I);
Or->takeName(Op0);
return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(Or,
ConstantInt::get(C1->getValue() & ~RHS->getValue()));
}
// Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
return R;
if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
return NV;
}
Value *A = 0, *B = 0;
ConstantInt *C1 = 0, *C2 = 0;
if (match(Op0, m_And(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))))
if (A == Op1 || B == Op1) // (A & ?) | A --> A
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1);
if (match(Op1, m_And(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))))
if (A == Op0 || B == Op0) // A | (A & ?) --> A
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
// (A | B) | C and A | (B | C) -> bswap if possible.
// (A >> B) | (C << D) and (A << B) | (B >> C) -> bswap if possible.
if (match(Op0, m_Or(m_Value(), m_Value())) ||
match(Op1, m_Or(m_Value(), m_Value())) ||
(match(Op0, m_Shift(m_Value(), m_Value())) &&
match(Op1, m_Shift(m_Value(), m_Value())))) {
if (Instruction *BSwap = MatchBSwap(I))
return BSwap;
}
// (X^C)|Y -> (X|Y)^C iff Y&C == 0
if (Op0->hasOneUse() && match(Op0, m_Xor(m_Value(A), m_ConstantInt(C1))) &&
MaskedValueIsZero(Op1, C1->getValue())) {
Instruction *NOr = BinaryOperator::CreateOr(A, Op1);
InsertNewInstBefore(NOr, I);
NOr->takeName(Op0);
return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(NOr, C1);
}
// Y|(X^C) -> (X|Y)^C iff Y&C == 0
if (Op1->hasOneUse() && match(Op1, m_Xor(m_Value(A), m_ConstantInt(C1))) &&
MaskedValueIsZero(Op0, C1->getValue())) {
Instruction *NOr = BinaryOperator::CreateOr(A, Op0);
InsertNewInstBefore(NOr, I);
NOr->takeName(Op0);
return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(NOr, C1);
}
// (A & C)|(B & D)
Value *C = 0, *D = 0;
if (match(Op0, m_And(m_Value(A), m_Value(C))) &&
match(Op1, m_And(m_Value(B), m_Value(D)))) {
Value *V1 = 0, *V2 = 0, *V3 = 0;
C1 = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(C);
C2 = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(D);
if (C1 && C2) { // (A & C1)|(B & C2)
// If we have: ((V + N) & C1) | (V & C2)
// .. and C2 = ~C1 and C2 is 0+1+ and (N & C2) == 0
// replace with V+N.
if (C1->getValue() == ~C2->getValue()) {
if ((C2->getValue() & (C2->getValue()+1)) == 0 && // C2 == 0+1+
match(A, m_Add(m_Value(V1), m_Value(V2)))) {
// Add commutes, try both ways.
if (V1 == B && MaskedValueIsZero(V2, C2->getValue()))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, A);
if (V2 == B && MaskedValueIsZero(V1, C2->getValue()))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, A);
}
// Or commutes, try both ways.
if ((C1->getValue() & (C1->getValue()+1)) == 0 &&
match(B, m_Add(m_Value(V1), m_Value(V2)))) {
// Add commutes, try both ways.
if (V1 == A && MaskedValueIsZero(V2, C1->getValue()))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, B);
if (V2 == A && MaskedValueIsZero(V1, C1->getValue()))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, B);
}
}
V1 = 0; V2 = 0; V3 = 0;
}
// Check to see if we have any common things being and'ed. If so, find the
// terms for V1 & (V2|V3).
if (isOnlyUse(Op0) || isOnlyUse(Op1)) {
if (A == B) // (A & C)|(A & D) == A & (C|D)
V1 = A, V2 = C, V3 = D;
else if (A == D) // (A & C)|(B & A) == A & (B|C)
V1 = A, V2 = B, V3 = C;
else if (C == B) // (A & C)|(C & D) == C & (A|D)
V1 = C, V2 = A, V3 = D;
else if (C == D) // (A & C)|(B & C) == C & (A|B)
V1 = C, V2 = A, V3 = B;
if (V1) {
Value *Or =
InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::CreateOr(V2, V3, "tmp"), I);
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(V1, Or);
}
}
}
// (X >> Z) | (Y >> Z) -> (X|Y) >> Z for all shifts.
if (BinaryOperator *SI1 = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op1)) {
if (BinaryOperator *SI0 = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0))
if (SI0->isShift() && SI0->getOpcode() == SI1->getOpcode() &&
SI0->getOperand(1) == SI1->getOperand(1) &&
(SI0->hasOneUse() || SI1->hasOneUse())) {
Instruction *NewOp =
InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::CreateOr(SI0->getOperand(0),
SI1->getOperand(0),
SI0->getName()), I);
return BinaryOperator::Create(SI1->getOpcode(), NewOp,
SI1->getOperand(1));
}
}
if (match(Op0, m_Not(m_Value(A)))) { // ~A | Op1
if (A == Op1) // ~A | A == -1
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
} else {
A = 0;
}
// Note, A is still live here!
if (match(Op1, m_Not(m_Value(B)))) { // Op0 | ~B
if (Op0 == B)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
// (~A | ~B) == (~(A & B)) - De Morgan's Law
if (A && isOnlyUse(Op0) && isOnlyUse(Op1)) {
Value *And = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(A, B,
I.getName()+".demorgan"), I);
return BinaryOperator::CreateNot(And);
}
}
// (icmp1 A, B) | (icmp2 A, B) --> (icmp3 A, B)
if (ICmpInst *RHS = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(I.getOperand(1))) {
if (Instruction *R = AssociativeOpt(I, FoldICmpLogical(*this, RHS)))
return R;
Value *LHSVal, *RHSVal;
ConstantInt *LHSCst, *RHSCst;
ICmpInst::Predicate LHSCC, RHSCC;
if (match(Op0, m_ICmp(LHSCC, m_Value(LHSVal), m_ConstantInt(LHSCst))))
if (match(RHS, m_ICmp(RHSCC, m_Value(RHSVal), m_ConstantInt(RHSCst))))
if (LHSVal == RHSVal && // Found (X icmp C1) | (X icmp C2)
// icmp [us][gl]e x, cst is folded to icmp [us][gl]t elsewhere.
LHSCC != ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE && LHSCC != ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE &&
RHSCC != ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE && RHSCC != ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE &&
LHSCC != ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE && LHSCC != ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE &&
RHSCC != ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE && RHSCC != ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE &&
// We can't fold (ugt x, C) | (sgt x, C2).
PredicatesFoldable(LHSCC, RHSCC)) {
// Ensure that the larger constant is on the RHS.
ICmpInst *LHS = cast<ICmpInst>(Op0);
bool NeedsSwap;
if (ICmpInst::isSignedPredicate(LHSCC))
NeedsSwap = LHSCst->getValue().sgt(RHSCst->getValue());
else
NeedsSwap = LHSCst->getValue().ugt(RHSCst->getValue());
if (NeedsSwap) {
std::swap(LHS, RHS);
std::swap(LHSCst, RHSCst);
std::swap(LHSCC, RHSCC);
}
// At this point, we know we have have two icmp instructions
// comparing a value against two constants and or'ing the result
// together. Because of the above check, we know that we only have
// ICMP_EQ, ICMP_NE, ICMP_LT, and ICMP_GT here. We also know (from the
// FoldICmpLogical check above), that the two constants are not
// equal.
assert(LHSCst != RHSCst && "Compares not folded above?");
switch (LHSCC) {
default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
switch (RHSCC) {
default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
if (LHSCst == SubOne(RHSCst)) {// (X == 13 | X == 14) -> X-13 <u 2
Constant *AddCST = ConstantExpr::getNeg(LHSCst);
Instruction *Add = BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(LHSVal, AddCST,
LHSVal->getName()+".off");
InsertNewInstBefore(Add, I);
AddCST = Subtract(AddOne(RHSCst), LHSCst);
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, Add, AddCST);
}
break; // (X == 13 | X == 15) -> no change
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X == 13 | X u> 14) -> no change
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X == 13 | X s> 14) -> no change
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // (X == 13 | X != 15) -> X != 15
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X == 13 | X u< 15) -> X u< 15
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X == 13 | X s< 15) -> X s< 15
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
}
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
switch (RHSCC) {
default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X != 13 | X == 15) -> X != 13
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X != 13 | X u> 15) -> X != 13
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X != 13 | X s> 15) -> X != 13
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // (X != 13 | X != 15) -> true
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X != 13 | X u< 15) -> true
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X != 13 | X s< 15) -> true
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue());
}
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
switch (RHSCC) {
default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X u< 13 | X == 14) -> no change
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X u< 13 | X u> 15) ->(X-13) u> 2
// If RHSCst is [us]MAXINT, it is always false. Not handling
// this can cause overflow.
if (RHSCst->isMaxValue(false))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
return InsertRangeTest(LHSVal, LHSCst, AddOne(RHSCst), false,
false, I);
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X u< 13 | X s> 15) -> no change
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // (X u< 13 | X != 15) -> X != 15
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X u< 13 | X u< 15) -> X u< 15
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X u< 13 | X s< 15) -> no change
break;
}
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
switch (RHSCC) {
default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X s< 13 | X == 14) -> no change
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X s< 13 | X s> 15) ->(X-13) s> 2
// If RHSCst is [us]MAXINT, it is always false. Not handling
// this can cause overflow.
if (RHSCst->isMaxValue(true))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
return InsertRangeTest(LHSVal, LHSCst, AddOne(RHSCst), true,
false, I);
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X s< 13 | X u> 15) -> no change
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // (X s< 13 | X != 15) -> X != 15
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X s< 13 | X s< 15) -> X s< 15
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X s< 13 | X u< 15) -> no change
break;
}
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
switch (RHSCC) {
default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X u> 13 | X == 15) -> X u> 13
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X u> 13 | X u> 15) -> X u> 13
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X u> 13 | X s> 15) -> no change
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // (X u> 13 | X != 15) -> true
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X u> 13 | X u< 15) -> true
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue());
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X u> 13 | X s< 15) -> no change
break;
}
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
switch (RHSCC) {
default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X s> 13 | X == 15) -> X > 13
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X s> 13 | X s> 15) -> X > 13
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X s> 13 | X u> 15) -> no change
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // (X s> 13 | X != 15) -> true
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X s> 13 | X s< 15) -> true
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue());
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X s> 13 | X u< 15) -> no change
break;
}
break;
}
}
}
// fold (or (cast A), (cast B)) -> (cast (or A, B))
if (CastInst *Op0C = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0)) {
if (CastInst *Op1C = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op1))
if (Op0C->getOpcode() == Op1C->getOpcode()) {// same cast kind ?
if (!isa<ICmpInst>(Op0C->getOperand(0)) ||
!isa<ICmpInst>(Op1C->getOperand(0))) {
const Type *SrcTy = Op0C->getOperand(0)->getType();
if (SrcTy == Op1C->getOperand(0)->getType() && SrcTy->isInteger() &&
// Only do this if the casts both really cause code to be
// generated.
ValueRequiresCast(Op0C->getOpcode(), Op0C->getOperand(0),
I.getType(), TD) &&
ValueRequiresCast(Op1C->getOpcode(), Op1C->getOperand(0),
I.getType(), TD)) {
Instruction *NewOp = BinaryOperator::CreateOr(Op0C->getOperand(0),
Op1C->getOperand(0),
I.getName());
InsertNewInstBefore(NewOp, I);
return CastInst::Create(Op0C->getOpcode(), NewOp, I.getType());
}
}
}
}
// (fcmp uno x, c) | (fcmp uno y, c) -> (fcmp uno x, y)
if (FCmpInst *LHS = dyn_cast<FCmpInst>(I.getOperand(0))) {
if (FCmpInst *RHS = dyn_cast<FCmpInst>(I.getOperand(1))) {
if (LHS->getPredicate() == FCmpInst::FCMP_UNO &&
RHS->getPredicate() == FCmpInst::FCMP_UNO &&
LHS->getOperand(0)->getType() == RHS->getOperand(0)->getType())
if (ConstantFP *LHSC = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(LHS->getOperand(1)))
if (ConstantFP *RHSC = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(RHS->getOperand(1))) {
// If either of the constants are nans, then the whole thing returns
// true.
if (LHSC->getValueAPF().isNaN() || RHSC->getValueAPF().isNaN())
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue());
// Otherwise, no need to compare the two constants, compare the
// rest.
return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_UNO, LHS->getOperand(0),
RHS->getOperand(0));
}
}
}
return Changed ? &I : 0;
}
namespace {
// XorSelf - Implements: X ^ X --> 0
struct XorSelf {
Value *RHS;
XorSelf(Value *rhs) : RHS(rhs) {}
bool shouldApply(Value *LHS) const { return LHS == RHS; }
Instruction *apply(BinaryOperator &Xor) const {
return &Xor;
}
};
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitXor(BinaryOperator &I) {
bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1)) {
if (isa<UndefValue>(Op0))
// Handle undef ^ undef -> 0 special case. This is a common
// idiom (misuse).
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1); // X ^ undef -> undef
}
// xor X, X = 0, even if X is nested in a sequence of Xor's.
if (Instruction *Result = AssociativeOpt(I, XorSelf(Op1))) {
assert(Result == &I && "AssociativeOpt didn't work?"); Result=Result;
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
}
// See if we can simplify any instructions used by the instruction whose sole
// purpose is to compute bits we don't care about.
if (!isa<VectorType>(I.getType())) {
uint32_t BitWidth = cast<IntegerType>(I.getType())->getBitWidth();
APInt KnownZero(BitWidth, 0), KnownOne(BitWidth, 0);
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(&I, APInt::getAllOnesValue(BitWidth),
KnownZero, KnownOne))
return &I;
} else if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(Op1)) {
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0); // X ^ <0,0> -> X
}
// Is this a ~ operation?
if (Value *NotOp = dyn_castNotVal(&I)) {
// ~(~X & Y) --> (X | ~Y) - De Morgan's Law
// ~(~X | Y) === (X & ~Y) - De Morgan's Law
if (BinaryOperator *Op0I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(NotOp)) {
if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::And ||
Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) {
if (dyn_castNotVal(Op0I->getOperand(1))) Op0I->swapOperands();
if (Value *Op0NotVal = dyn_castNotVal(Op0I->getOperand(0))) {
Instruction *NotY =
BinaryOperator::CreateNot(Op0I->getOperand(1),
Op0I->getOperand(1)->getName()+".not");
InsertNewInstBefore(NotY, I);
if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::And)
return BinaryOperator::CreateOr(Op0NotVal, NotY);
else
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Op0NotVal, NotY);
}
}
}
}
if (ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
// xor (cmp A, B), true = not (cmp A, B) = !cmp A, B
if (RHS == ConstantInt::getTrue() && Op0->hasOneUse()) {
if (ICmpInst *ICI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(Op0))
return new ICmpInst(ICI->getInversePredicate(),
ICI->getOperand(0), ICI->getOperand(1));
if (FCmpInst *FCI = dyn_cast<FCmpInst>(Op0))
return new FCmpInst(FCI->getInversePredicate(),
FCI->getOperand(0), FCI->getOperand(1));
}
// fold (xor(zext(cmp)), 1) and (xor(sext(cmp)), -1) to ext(!cmp).
if (CastInst *Op0C = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0)) {
if (CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(Op0C->getOperand(0))) {
if (CI->hasOneUse() && Op0C->hasOneUse()) {
Instruction::CastOps Opcode = Op0C->getOpcode();
if (Opcode == Instruction::ZExt || Opcode == Instruction::SExt) {
if (RHS == ConstantExpr::getCast(Opcode, ConstantInt::getTrue(),
Op0C->getDestTy())) {
Instruction *NewCI = InsertNewInstBefore(CmpInst::Create(
CI->getOpcode(), CI->getInversePredicate(),
CI->getOperand(0), CI->getOperand(1)), I);
NewCI->takeName(CI);
return CastInst::Create(Opcode, NewCI, Op0C->getType());
}
}
}
}
}
if (BinaryOperator *Op0I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0)) {
// ~(c-X) == X-c-1 == X+(-c-1)
if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub && RHS->isAllOnesValue())
if (Constant *Op0I0C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op0I->getOperand(0))) {
Constant *NegOp0I0C = ConstantExpr::getNeg(Op0I0C);
Constant *ConstantRHS = ConstantExpr::getSub(NegOp0I0C,
ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1));
return BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(Op0I->getOperand(1), ConstantRHS);
}
if (ConstantInt *Op0CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0I->getOperand(1))) {
if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add) {
// ~(X-c) --> (-c-1)-X
if (RHS->isAllOnesValue()) {
Constant *NegOp0CI = ConstantExpr::getNeg(Op0CI);
return BinaryOperator::CreateSub(
ConstantExpr::getSub(NegOp0CI,
ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1)),
Op0I->getOperand(0));
} else if (RHS->getValue().isSignBit()) {
// (X + C) ^ signbit -> (X + C + signbit)
Constant *C = ConstantInt::get(RHS->getValue() + Op0CI->getValue());
return BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(Op0I->getOperand(0), C);
}
} else if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) {
// (X|C1)^C2 -> X^(C1|C2) iff X&~C1 == 0
if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0I->getOperand(0), Op0CI->getValue())) {
Constant *NewRHS = ConstantExpr::getOr(Op0CI, RHS);
// Anything in both C1 and C2 is known to be zero, remove it from
// NewRHS.
Constant *CommonBits = And(Op0CI, RHS);
NewRHS = ConstantExpr::getAnd(NewRHS,
ConstantExpr::getNot(CommonBits));
AddToWorkList(Op0I);
I.setOperand(0, Op0I->getOperand(0));
I.setOperand(1, NewRHS);
return &I;
}
}
}
}
// Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
return R;
if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
return NV;
}
if (Value *X = dyn_castNotVal(Op0)) // ~A ^ A == -1
if (X == Op1)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
if (Value *X = dyn_castNotVal(Op1)) // A ^ ~A == -1
if (X == Op0)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
BinaryOperator *Op1I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op1);
if (Op1I) {
Value *A, *B;
if (match(Op1I, m_Or(m_Value(A), m_Value(B)))) {
if (A == Op0) { // B^(B|A) == (A|B)^B
Op1I->swapOperands();
I.swapOperands();
std::swap(Op0, Op1);
} else if (B == Op0) { // B^(A|B) == (A|B)^B
I.swapOperands(); // Simplified below.
std::swap(Op0, Op1);
}
} else if (match(Op1I, m_Xor(m_Value(A), m_Value(B)))) {
if (Op0 == A) // A^(A^B) == B
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, B);
else if (Op0 == B) // A^(B^A) == B
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, A);
} else if (match(Op1I, m_And(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) && Op1I->hasOneUse()){
if (A == Op0) { // A^(A&B) -> A^(B&A)
Op1I->swapOperands();
std::swap(A, B);
}
if (B == Op0) { // A^(B&A) -> (B&A)^A
I.swapOperands(); // Simplified below.
std::swap(Op0, Op1);
}
}
}
BinaryOperator *Op0I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0);
if (Op0I) {
Value *A, *B;
if (match(Op0I, m_Or(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) && Op0I->hasOneUse()) {
if (A == Op1) // (B|A)^B == (A|B)^B
std::swap(A, B);
if (B == Op1) { // (A|B)^B == A & ~B
Instruction *NotB =
InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::CreateNot(Op1, "tmp"), I);
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(A, NotB);
}
} else if (match(Op0I, m_Xor(m_Value(A), m_Value(B)))) {
if (Op1 == A) // (A^B)^A == B
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, B);
else if (Op1 == B) // (B^A)^A == B
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, A);
} else if (match(Op0I, m_And(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) && Op0I->hasOneUse()){
if (A == Op1) // (A&B)^A -> (B&A)^A
std::swap(A, B);
if (B == Op1 && // (B&A)^A == ~B & A
!isa<ConstantInt>(Op1)) { // Canonical form is (B&C)^C
Instruction *N =
InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::CreateNot(A, "tmp"), I);
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(N, Op1);
}
}
}
// (X >> Z) ^ (Y >> Z) -> (X^Y) >> Z for all shifts.
if (Op0I && Op1I && Op0I->isShift() &&
Op0I->getOpcode() == Op1I->getOpcode() &&
Op0I->getOperand(1) == Op1I->getOperand(1) &&
(Op1I->hasOneUse() || Op1I->hasOneUse())) {
Instruction *NewOp =
InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::CreateXor(Op0I->getOperand(0),
Op1I->getOperand(0),
Op0I->getName()), I);
return BinaryOperator::Create(Op1I->getOpcode(), NewOp,
Op1I->getOperand(1));
}
if (Op0I && Op1I) {
Value *A, *B, *C, *D;
// (A & B)^(A | B) -> A ^ B
if (match(Op0I, m_And(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) &&
match(Op1I, m_Or(m_Value(C), m_Value(D)))) {
if ((A == C && B == D) || (A == D && B == C))
return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(A, B);
}
// (A | B)^(A & B) -> A ^ B
if (match(Op0I, m_Or(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) &&
match(Op1I, m_And(m_Value(C), m_Value(D)))) {
if ((A == C && B == D) || (A == D && B == C))
return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(A, B);
}
// (A & B)^(C & D)
if ((Op0I->hasOneUse() || Op1I->hasOneUse()) &&
match(Op0I, m_And(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) &&
match(Op1I, m_And(m_Value(C), m_Value(D)))) {
// (X & Y)^(X & Y) -> (Y^Z) & X
Value *X = 0, *Y = 0, *Z = 0;
if (A == C)
X = A, Y = B, Z = D;
else if (A == D)
X = A, Y = B, Z = C;
else if (B == C)
X = B, Y = A, Z = D;
else if (B == D)
X = B, Y = A, Z = C;
if (X) {
Instruction *NewOp =
InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::CreateXor(Y, Z, Op0->getName()), I);
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(NewOp, X);
}
}
}
// (icmp1 A, B) ^ (icmp2 A, B) --> (icmp3 A, B)
if (ICmpInst *RHS = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(I.getOperand(1)))
if (Instruction *R = AssociativeOpt(I, FoldICmpLogical(*this, RHS)))
return R;
// fold (xor (cast A), (cast B)) -> (cast (xor A, B))
if (CastInst *Op0C = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0)) {
if (CastInst *Op1C = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op1))
if (Op0C->getOpcode() == Op1C->getOpcode()) { // same cast kind?
const Type *SrcTy = Op0C->getOperand(0)->getType();
if (SrcTy == Op1C->getOperand(0)->getType() && SrcTy->isInteger() &&
// Only do this if the casts both really cause code to be generated.
ValueRequiresCast(Op0C->getOpcode(), Op0C->getOperand(0),
I.getType(), TD) &&
ValueRequiresCast(Op1C->getOpcode(), Op1C->getOperand(0),
I.getType(), TD)) {
Instruction *NewOp = BinaryOperator::CreateXor(Op0C->getOperand(0),
Op1C->getOperand(0),
I.getName());
InsertNewInstBefore(NewOp, I);
return CastInst::Create(Op0C->getOpcode(), NewOp, I.getType());
}
}
}
return Changed ? &I : 0;
}
/// AddWithOverflow - Compute Result = In1+In2, returning true if the result
/// overflowed for this type.
static bool AddWithOverflow(ConstantInt *&Result, ConstantInt *In1,
ConstantInt *In2, bool IsSigned = false) {
Result = cast<ConstantInt>(Add(In1, In2));
if (IsSigned)
if (In2->getValue().isNegative())
return Result->getValue().sgt(In1->getValue());
else
return Result->getValue().slt(In1->getValue());
else
return Result->getValue().ult(In1->getValue());
}
/// EmitGEPOffset - Given a getelementptr instruction/constantexpr, emit the
/// code necessary to compute the offset from the base pointer (without adding
/// in the base pointer). Return the result as a signed integer of intptr size.
static Value *EmitGEPOffset(User *GEP, Instruction &I, InstCombiner &IC) {
TargetData &TD = IC.getTargetData();
gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(GEP);
const Type *IntPtrTy = TD.getIntPtrType();
Value *Result = Constant::getNullValue(IntPtrTy);
// Build a mask for high order bits.
unsigned IntPtrWidth = TD.getPointerSizeInBits();
uint64_t PtrSizeMask = ~0ULL >> (64-IntPtrWidth);
for (User::op_iterator i = GEP->op_begin() + 1, e = GEP->op_end(); i != e;
++i, ++GTI) {
Value *Op = *i;
uint64_t Size = TD.getABITypeSize(GTI.getIndexedType()) & PtrSizeMask;
if (ConstantInt *OpC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op)) {
if (OpC->isZero()) continue;
// Handle a struct index, which adds its field offset to the pointer.
if (const StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(*GTI)) {
Size = TD.getStructLayout(STy)->getElementOffset(OpC->getZExtValue());
if (ConstantInt *RC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Result))
Result = ConstantInt::get(RC->getValue() + APInt(IntPtrWidth, Size));
else
Result = IC.InsertNewInstBefore(
BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(Result,
ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, Size),
GEP->getName()+".offs"), I);
continue;
}
Constant *Scale = ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, Size);
Constant *OC = ConstantExpr::getIntegerCast(OpC, IntPtrTy, true /*SExt*/);
Scale = ConstantExpr::getMul(OC, Scale);
if (Constant *RC = dyn_cast<Constant>(Result))
Result = ConstantExpr::getAdd(RC, Scale);
else {
// Emit an add instruction.
Result = IC.InsertNewInstBefore(
BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(Result, Scale,
GEP->getName()+".offs"), I);
}
continue;
}
// Convert to correct type.
if (Op->getType() != IntPtrTy) {
if (Constant *OpC = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op))
Op = ConstantExpr::getSExt(OpC, IntPtrTy);
else
Op = IC.InsertNewInstBefore(new SExtInst(Op, IntPtrTy,
Op->getName()+".c"), I);
}
if (Size != 1) {
Constant *Scale = ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, Size);
if (Constant *OpC = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op))
Op = ConstantExpr::getMul(OpC, Scale);
else // We'll let instcombine(mul) convert this to a shl if possible.
Op = IC.InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::CreateMul(Op, Scale,
GEP->getName()+".idx"), I);
}
// Emit an add instruction.
if (isa<Constant>(Op) && isa<Constant>(Result))
Result = ConstantExpr::getAdd(cast<Constant>(Op),
cast<Constant>(Result));
else
Result = IC.InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(Op, Result,
GEP->getName()+".offs"), I);
}
return Result;
}
/// EvaluateGEPOffsetExpression - Return an value that can be used to compare of
/// the *offset* implied by GEP to zero. For example, if we have &A[i], we want
/// to return 'i' for "icmp ne i, 0". Note that, in general, indices can be
/// complex, and scales are involved. The above expression would also be legal
/// to codegen as "icmp ne (i*4), 0" (assuming A is a pointer to i32). This
/// later form is less amenable to optimization though, and we are allowed to
/// generate the first by knowing that pointer arithmetic doesn't overflow.
///
/// If we can't emit an optimized form for this expression, this returns null.
///
static Value *EvaluateGEPOffsetExpression(User *GEP, Instruction &I,
InstCombiner &IC) {
TargetData &TD = IC.getTargetData();
gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(GEP);
// Check to see if this gep only has a single variable index. If so, and if
// any constant indices are a multiple of its scale, then we can compute this
// in terms of the scale of the variable index. For example, if the GEP
// implies an offset of "12 + i*4", then we can codegen this as "3 + i",
// because the expression will cross zero at the same point.
unsigned i, e = GEP->getNumOperands();
int64_t Offset = 0;
for (i = 1; i != e; ++i, ++GTI) {
if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(GEP->getOperand(i))) {
// Compute the aggregate offset of constant indices.
if (CI->isZero()) continue;
// Handle a struct index, which adds its field offset to the pointer.
if (const StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(*GTI)) {
Offset += TD.getStructLayout(STy)->getElementOffset(CI->getZExtValue());
} else {
uint64_t Size = TD.getABITypeSize(GTI.getIndexedType());
Offset += Size*CI->getSExtValue();
}
} else {
// Found our variable index.
break;
}
}
// If there are no variable indices, we must have a constant offset, just
// evaluate it the general way.
if (i == e) return 0;
Value *VariableIdx = GEP->getOperand(i);
// Determine the scale factor of the variable element. For example, this is
// 4 if the variable index is into an array of i32.
uint64_t VariableScale = TD.getABITypeSize(GTI.getIndexedType());
// Verify that there are no other variable indices. If so, emit the hard way.
for (++i, ++GTI; i != e; ++i, ++GTI) {
ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(GEP->getOperand(i));
if (!CI) return 0;
// Compute the aggregate offset of constant indices.
if (CI->isZero()) continue;
// Handle a struct index, which adds its field offset to the pointer.
if (const StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(*GTI)) {
Offset += TD.getStructLayout(STy)->getElementOffset(CI->getZExtValue());
} else {
uint64_t Size = TD.getABITypeSize(GTI.getIndexedType());
Offset += Size*CI->getSExtValue();
}
}
// Okay, we know we have a single variable index, which must be a
// pointer/array/vector index. If there is no offset, life is simple, return
// the index.
unsigned IntPtrWidth = TD.getPointerSizeInBits();
if (Offset == 0) {
// Cast to intptrty in case a truncation occurs. If an extension is needed,
// we don't need to bother extending: the extension won't affect where the
// computation crosses zero.
if (VariableIdx->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() > IntPtrWidth)
VariableIdx = new TruncInst(VariableIdx, TD.getIntPtrType(),
VariableIdx->getNameStart(), &I);
return VariableIdx;
}
// Otherwise, there is an index. The computation we will do will be modulo
// the pointer size, so get it.
uint64_t PtrSizeMask = ~0ULL >> (64-IntPtrWidth);
Offset &= PtrSizeMask;
VariableScale &= PtrSizeMask;
// To do this transformation, any constant index must be a multiple of the
// variable scale factor. For example, we can evaluate "12 + 4*i" as "3 + i",
// but we can't evaluate "10 + 3*i" in terms of i. Check that the offset is a
// multiple of the variable scale.
int64_t NewOffs = Offset / (int64_t)VariableScale;
if (Offset != NewOffs*(int64_t)VariableScale)
return 0;
// Okay, we can do this evaluation. Start by converting the index to intptr.
const Type *IntPtrTy = TD.getIntPtrType();
if (VariableIdx->getType() != IntPtrTy)
VariableIdx = CastInst::CreateIntegerCast(VariableIdx, IntPtrTy,
true /*SExt*/,
VariableIdx->getNameStart(), &I);
Constant *OffsetVal = ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, NewOffs);
return BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(VariableIdx, OffsetVal, "offset", &I);
}
/// FoldGEPICmp - Fold comparisons between a GEP instruction and something
/// else. At this point we know that the GEP is on the LHS of the comparison.
Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldGEPICmp(User *GEPLHS, Value *RHS,
ICmpInst::Predicate Cond,
Instruction &I) {
assert(dyn_castGetElementPtr(GEPLHS) && "LHS is not a getelementptr!");
// Look through bitcasts.
if (BitCastInst *BCI = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(RHS))
RHS = BCI->getOperand(0);
Value *PtrBase = GEPLHS->getOperand(0);
if (PtrBase == RHS) {
// ((gep Ptr, OFFSET) cmp Ptr) ---> (OFFSET cmp 0).
// This transformation (ignoring the base and scales) is valid because we
// know pointers can't overflow. See if we can output an optimized form.
Value *Offset = EvaluateGEPOffsetExpression(GEPLHS, I, *this);
// If not, synthesize the offset the hard way.
if (Offset == 0)
Offset = EmitGEPOffset(GEPLHS, I, *this);
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::getSignedPredicate(Cond), Offset,
Constant::getNullValue(Offset->getType()));
} else if (User *GEPRHS = dyn_castGetElementPtr(RHS)) {
// If the base pointers are different, but the indices are the same, just
// compare the base pointer.
if (PtrBase != GEPRHS->getOperand(0)) {
bool IndicesTheSame = GEPLHS->getNumOperands()==GEPRHS->getNumOperands();
IndicesTheSame &= GEPLHS->getOperand(0)->getType() ==
GEPRHS->getOperand(0)->getType();
if (IndicesTheSame)
for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEPLHS->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
if (GEPLHS->getOperand(i) != GEPRHS->getOperand(i)) {
IndicesTheSame = false;
break;
}
// If all indices are the same, just compare the base pointers.
if (IndicesTheSame)
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::getSignedPredicate(Cond),
GEPLHS->getOperand(0), GEPRHS->getOperand(0));
// Otherwise, the base pointers are different and the indices are
// different, bail out.
return 0;
}
// If one of the GEPs has all zero indices, recurse.
bool AllZeros = true;
for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEPLHS->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
if (!isa<Constant>(GEPLHS->getOperand(i)) ||
!cast<Constant>(GEPLHS->getOperand(i))->isNullValue()) {
AllZeros = false;
break;
}
if (AllZeros)
return FoldGEPICmp(GEPRHS, GEPLHS->getOperand(0),
ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Cond), I);
// If the other GEP has all zero indices, recurse.
AllZeros = true;
for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEPRHS->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
if (!isa<Constant>(GEPRHS->getOperand(i)) ||
!cast<Constant>(GEPRHS->getOperand(i))->isNullValue()) {
AllZeros = false;
break;
}
if (AllZeros)
return FoldGEPICmp(GEPLHS, GEPRHS->getOperand(0), Cond, I);
if (GEPLHS->getNumOperands() == GEPRHS->getNumOperands()) {
// If the GEPs only differ by one index, compare it.
unsigned NumDifferences = 0; // Keep track of # differences.
unsigned DiffOperand = 0; // The operand that differs.
for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEPRHS->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
if (GEPLHS->getOperand(i) != GEPRHS->getOperand(i)) {
if (GEPLHS->getOperand(i)->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() !=
GEPRHS->getOperand(i)->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()) {
// Irreconcilable differences.
NumDifferences = 2;
break;
} else {
if (NumDifferences++) break;
DiffOperand = i;
}
}
if (NumDifferences == 0) // SAME GEP?
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, // No comparison is needed here.
ConstantInt::get(Type::Int1Ty,
ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Cond)));
else if (NumDifferences == 1) {
Value *LHSV = GEPLHS->getOperand(DiffOperand);
Value *RHSV = GEPRHS->getOperand(DiffOperand);
// Make sure we do a signed comparison here.
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::getSignedPredicate(Cond), LHSV, RHSV);
}
}
// Only lower this if the icmp is the only user of the GEP or if we expect
// the result to fold to a constant!
if ((isa<ConstantExpr>(GEPLHS) || GEPLHS->hasOneUse()) &&
(isa<ConstantExpr>(GEPRHS) || GEPRHS->hasOneUse())) {
// ((gep Ptr, OFFSET1) cmp (gep Ptr, OFFSET2) ---> (OFFSET1 cmp OFFSET2)
Value *L = EmitGEPOffset(GEPLHS, I, *this);
Value *R = EmitGEPOffset(GEPRHS, I, *this);
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::getSignedPredicate(Cond), L, R);
}
}
return 0;
}
/// FoldFCmp_IntToFP_Cst - Fold fcmp ([us]itofp x, cst) if possible.
///
Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldFCmp_IntToFP_Cst(FCmpInst &I,
Instruction *LHSI,
Constant *RHSC) {
if (!isa<ConstantFP>(RHSC)) return 0;
const APFloat &RHS = cast<ConstantFP>(RHSC)->getValueAPF();
// Get the width of the mantissa. We don't want to hack on conversions that
// might lose information from the integer, e.g. "i64 -> float"
int MantissaWidth = LHSI->getType()->getFPMantissaWidth();
if (MantissaWidth == -1) return 0; // Unknown.
// Check to see that the input is converted from an integer type that is small
// enough that preserves all bits. TODO: check here for "known" sign bits.
// This would allow us to handle (fptosi (x >>s 62) to float) if x is i64 f.e.
unsigned InputSize = LHSI->getOperand(0)->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
// If this is a uitofp instruction, we need an extra bit to hold the sign.
if (isa<UIToFPInst>(LHSI))
++InputSize;
// If the conversion would lose info, don't hack on this.
if ((int)InputSize > MantissaWidth)
return 0;
// Otherwise, we can potentially simplify the comparison. We know that it
// will always come through as an integer value and we know the constant is
// not a NAN (it would have been previously simplified).
assert(!RHS.isNaN() && "NaN comparison not already folded!");
ICmpInst::Predicate Pred;
switch (I.getPredicate()) {
default: assert(0 && "Unexpected predicate!");
case FCmpInst::FCMP_UEQ:
case FCmpInst::FCMP_OEQ: Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ; break;
case FCmpInst::FCMP_UGT:
case FCmpInst::FCMP_OGT: Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT; break;
case FCmpInst::FCMP_UGE:
case FCmpInst::FCMP_OGE: Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE; break;
case FCmpInst::FCMP_ULT:
case FCmpInst::FCMP_OLT: Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT; break;
case FCmpInst::FCMP_ULE:
case FCmpInst::FCMP_OLE: Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE; break;
case FCmpInst::FCMP_UNE:
case FCmpInst::FCMP_ONE: Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE; break;
case FCmpInst::FCMP_ORD:
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::get(Type::Int1Ty, 1));
case FCmpInst::FCMP_UNO:
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::get(Type::Int1Ty, 0));
}
const IntegerType *IntTy = cast<IntegerType>(LHSI->getOperand(0)->getType());
// Now we know that the APFloat is a normal number, zero or inf.
// See if the FP constant is too large for the integer. For example,
// comparing an i8 to 300.0.
unsigned IntWidth = IntTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
// If the RHS value is > SignedMax, fold the comparison. This handles +INF
// and large values.
APFloat SMax(RHS.getSemantics(), APFloat::fcZero, false);
SMax.convertFromAPInt(APInt::getSignedMaxValue(IntWidth), true,
APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven);
if (SMax.compare(RHS) == APFloat::cmpLessThan) { // smax < 13123.0
if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE || Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT ||
Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::get(Type::Int1Ty, 1));
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::get(Type::Int1Ty, 0));
}
// See if the RHS value is < SignedMin.
APFloat SMin(RHS.getSemantics(), APFloat::fcZero, false);
SMin.convertFromAPInt(APInt::getSignedMinValue(IntWidth), true,
APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven);
if (SMin.compare(RHS) == APFloat::cmpGreaterThan) { // smin > 12312.0
if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE || Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT ||
Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::get(Type::Int1Ty, 1));
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::get(Type::Int1Ty, 0));
}
// Okay, now we know that the FP constant fits in the range [SMIN, SMAX] but
// it may still be fractional. See if it is fractional by casting the FP
// value to the integer value and back, checking for equality. Don't do this
// for zero, because -0.0 is not fractional.
Constant *RHSInt = ConstantExpr::getFPToSI(RHSC, IntTy);
if (!RHS.isZero() &&
ConstantExpr::getSIToFP(RHSInt, RHSC->getType()) != RHSC) {
// If we had a comparison against a fractional value, we have to adjust
// the compare predicate and sometimes the value. RHSC is rounded towards
// zero at this point.
switch (Pred) {
default: assert(0 && "Unexpected integer comparison!");
case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // (float)int != 4.4 --> true
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::get(Type::Int1Ty, 1));
case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (float)int == 4.4 --> false
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::get(Type::Int1Ty, 0));
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
// (float)int <= 4.4 --> int <= 4
// (float)int <= -4.4 --> int < -4
if (RHS.isNegative())
Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT;
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
// (float)int < -4.4 --> int < -4
// (float)int < 4.4 --> int <= 4
if (!RHS.isNegative())
Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE;
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
// (float)int > 4.4 --> int > 4
// (float)int > -4.4 --> int >= -4
if (RHS.isNegative())
Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE;
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
// (float)int >= -4.4 --> int >= -4
// (float)int >= 4.4 --> int > 4
if (!RHS.isNegative())
Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
break;
}
}
// Lower this FP comparison into an appropriate integer version of the
// comparison.
return new ICmpInst(Pred, LHSI->getOperand(0), RHSInt);
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFCmpInst(FCmpInst &I) {
bool Changed = SimplifyCompare(I);
Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
// Fold trivial predicates.
if (I.getPredicate() == FCmpInst::FCMP_FALSE)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(Type::Int1Ty));
if (I.getPredicate() == FCmpInst::FCMP_TRUE)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::get(Type::Int1Ty, 1));
// Simplify 'fcmp pred X, X'
if (Op0 == Op1) {
switch (I.getPredicate()) {
default: assert(0 && "Unknown predicate!");
case FCmpInst::FCMP_UEQ: // True if unordered or equal
case FCmpInst::FCMP_UGE: // True if unordered, greater than, or equal
case FCmpInst::FCMP_ULE: // True if unordered, less than, or equal
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::get(Type::Int1Ty, 1));
case FCmpInst::FCMP_OGT: // True if ordered and greater than
case FCmpInst::FCMP_OLT: // True if ordered and less than
case FCmpInst::FCMP_ONE: // True if ordered and operands are unequal
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::get(Type::Int1Ty, 0));
case FCmpInst::FCMP_UNO: // True if unordered: isnan(X) | isnan(Y)
case FCmpInst::FCMP_ULT: // True if unordered or less than
case FCmpInst::FCMP_UGT: // True if unordered or greater than
case FCmpInst::FCMP_UNE: // True if unordered or not equal
// Canonicalize these to be 'fcmp uno %X, 0.0'.
I.setPredicate(FCmpInst::FCMP_UNO);
I.setOperand(1, Constant::getNullValue(Op0->getType()));
return &I;
case FCmpInst::FCMP_ORD: // True if ordered (no nans)
case FCmpInst::FCMP_OEQ: // True if ordered and equal
case FCmpInst::FCMP_OGE: // True if ordered and greater than or equal
case FCmpInst::FCMP_OLE: // True if ordered and less than or equal
// Canonicalize these to be 'fcmp ord %X, 0.0'.
I.setPredicate(FCmpInst::FCMP_ORD);
I.setOperand(1, Constant::getNullValue(Op0->getType()));
return &I;
}
}
if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1)) // fcmp pred X, undef -> undef
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, UndefValue::get(Type::Int1Ty));
// Handle fcmp with constant RHS
if (Constant *RHSC = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op1)) {
// If the constant is a nan, see if we can fold the comparison based on it.
if (ConstantFP *CFP = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(RHSC)) {
if (CFP->getValueAPF().isNaN()) {
if (FCmpInst::isOrdered(I.getPredicate())) // True if ordered and...
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::get(Type::Int1Ty, 0));
assert(FCmpInst::isUnordered(I.getPredicate()) &&
"Comparison must be either ordered or unordered!");
// True if unordered.
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::get(Type::Int1Ty, 1));
}
}
if (Instruction *LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op0))
switch (LHSI->getOpcode()) {
case Instruction::PHI:
// Only fold fcmp into the PHI if the phi and fcmp are in the same
// block. If in the same block, we're encouraging jump threading. If
// not, we are just pessimizing the code by making an i1 phi.
if (LHSI->getParent() == I.getParent())
if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
return NV;
break;
case Instruction::SIToFP:
case Instruction::UIToFP:
if (Instruction *NV = FoldFCmp_IntToFP_Cst(I, LHSI, RHSC))
return NV;
break;
case Instruction::Select:
// If either operand of the select is a constant, we can fold the
// comparison into the select arms, which will cause one to be
// constant folded and the select turned into a bitwise or.
Value *Op1 = 0, *Op2 = 0;
if (LHSI->hasOneUse()) {
if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(LHSI->getOperand(1))) {
// Fold the known value into the constant operand.
Op1 = ConstantExpr::getCompare(I.getPredicate(), C, RHSC);
// Insert a new FCmp of the other select operand.
Op2 = InsertNewInstBefore(new FCmpInst(I.getPredicate(),
LHSI->getOperand(2), RHSC,
I.getName()), I);
} else if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(LHSI->getOperand(2))) {
// Fold the known value into the constant operand.
Op2 = ConstantExpr::getCompare(I.getPredicate(), C, RHSC);
// Insert a new FCmp of the other select operand.
Op1 = InsertNewInstBefore(new FCmpInst(I.getPredicate(),
LHSI->getOperand(1), RHSC,
I.getName()), I);
}
}
if (Op1)
return SelectInst::Create(LHSI->getOperand(0), Op1, Op2);
break;
}
}
return Changed ? &I : 0;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitICmpInst(ICmpInst &I) {
bool Changed = SimplifyCompare(I);
Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
const Type *Ty = Op0->getType();
// icmp X, X
if (Op0 == Op1)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::get(Type::Int1Ty,
I.isTrueWhenEqual()));
if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1)) // X icmp undef -> undef
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, UndefValue::get(Type::Int1Ty));
// icmp <global/alloca*/null>, <global/alloca*/null> - Global/Stack value
// addresses never equal each other! We already know that Op0 != Op1.
if ((isa<GlobalValue>(Op0) || isa<AllocaInst>(Op0) ||
isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Op0)) &&
(isa<GlobalValue>(Op1) || isa<AllocaInst>(Op1) ||
isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Op1)))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::get(Type::Int1Ty,
!I.isTrueWhenEqual()));
// icmp's with boolean values can always be turned into bitwise operations
if (Ty == Type::Int1Ty) {
switch (I.getPredicate()) {
default: assert(0 && "Invalid icmp instruction!");
case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: { // icmp eq i1 A, B -> ~(A^B)
Instruction *Xor = BinaryOperator::CreateXor(Op0, Op1, I.getName()+"tmp");
InsertNewInstBefore(Xor, I);
return BinaryOperator::CreateNot(Xor);
}
case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // icmp eq i1 A, B -> A^B
return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(Op0, Op1);
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
std::swap(Op0, Op1); // Change icmp ugt -> icmp ult
// FALL THROUGH
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:{ // icmp ult i1 A, B -> ~A & B
Instruction *Not = BinaryOperator::CreateNot(Op0, I.getName()+"tmp");
InsertNewInstBefore(Not, I);
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Not, Op1);
}
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
std::swap(Op0, Op1); // Change icmp sgt -> icmp slt
// FALL THROUGH
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: { // icmp slt i1 A, B -> A & ~B
Instruction *Not = BinaryOperator::CreateNot(Op1, I.getName()+"tmp");
InsertNewInstBefore(Not, I);
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Not, Op0);
}
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
std::swap(Op0, Op1); // Change icmp uge -> icmp ule
// FALL THROUGH
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE: { // icmp ule i1 A, B -> ~A | B
Instruction *Not = BinaryOperator::CreateNot(Op0, I.getName()+"tmp");
InsertNewInstBefore(Not, I);
return BinaryOperator::CreateOr(Not, Op1);
}
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
std::swap(Op0, Op1); // Change icmp sge -> icmp sle
// FALL THROUGH
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE: { // icmp sle i1 A, B -> A | ~B
Instruction *Not = BinaryOperator::CreateNot(Op1, I.getName()+"tmp");
InsertNewInstBefore(Not, I);
return BinaryOperator::CreateOr(Not, Op0);
}
}
}
// See if we are doing a comparison between a constant and an instruction that
// can be folded into the comparison.
if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
Value *A, *B;
// (icmp ne/eq (sub A B) 0) -> (icmp ne/eq A, B)
if (I.isEquality() && CI->isNullValue() &&
match(Op0, m_Sub(m_Value(A), m_Value(B)))) {
// (icmp cond A B) if cond is equality
return new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(), A, B);
}
// If we have a icmp le or icmp ge instruction, turn it into the appropriate
// icmp lt or icmp gt instruction. This allows us to rely on them being
// folded in the code below.
switch (I.getPredicate()) {
default: break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
if (CI->isMaxValue(false)) // A <=u MAX -> TRUE
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue());
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, Op0, AddOne(CI));
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
if (CI->isMaxValue(true)) // A <=s MAX -> TRUE
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue());
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT, Op0, AddOne(CI));
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
if (CI->isMinValue(false)) // A >=u MIN -> TRUE
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue());
return new ICmpInst( ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT, Op0, SubOne(CI));
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
if (CI->isMinValue(true)) // A >=s MIN -> TRUE
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue());
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT, Op0, SubOne(CI));
}
// See if we can fold the comparison based on range information we can get
// by checking whether bits are known to be zero or one in the input.
uint32_t BitWidth = cast<IntegerType>(Ty)->getBitWidth();
APInt KnownZero(BitWidth, 0), KnownOne(BitWidth, 0);
// If this comparison is a normal comparison, it demands all
// bits, if it is a sign bit comparison, it only demands the sign bit.
bool UnusedBit;
bool isSignBit = isSignBitCheck(I.getPredicate(), CI, UnusedBit);
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(Op0,
isSignBit ? APInt::getSignBit(BitWidth)
: APInt::getAllOnesValue(BitWidth),
KnownZero, KnownOne, 0))
return &I;
// Given the known and unknown bits, compute a range that the LHS could be
// in. Compute the Min, Max and RHS values based on the known bits. For the
// EQ and NE we use unsigned values.
APInt Min(BitWidth, 0), Max(BitWidth, 0);
if (ICmpInst::isSignedPredicate(I.getPredicate()))
ComputeSignedMinMaxValuesFromKnownBits(Ty, KnownZero, KnownOne, Min, Max);
else
ComputeUnsignedMinMaxValuesFromKnownBits(Ty, KnownZero, KnownOne,Min,Max);
// If Min and Max are known to be the same, then SimplifyDemandedBits
// figured out that the LHS is a constant. Just constant fold this now so
// that code below can assume that Min != Max.
if (Min == Max)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantExpr::getICmp(I.getPredicate(),
ConstantInt::get(Min),
CI));
// Based on the range information we know about the LHS, see if we can
// simplify this comparison. For example, (x&4) < 8 is always true.
const APInt &RHSVal = CI->getValue();
switch (I.getPredicate()) { // LE/GE have been folded already.
default: assert(0 && "Unknown icmp opcode!");
case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
if (Max.ult(RHSVal) || Min.ugt(RHSVal))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse());
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
if (Max.ult(RHSVal) || Min.ugt(RHSVal))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue());
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
if (Max.ult(RHSVal)) // A <u C -> true iff max(A) < C
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue());
if (Min.uge(RHSVal)) // A <u C -> false iff min(A) >= C
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse());
if (RHSVal == Max) // A <u MAX -> A != MAX
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, Op0, Op1);
if (RHSVal == Min+1) // A <u MIN+1 -> A == MIN
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ, Op0, SubOne(CI));
// (x <u 2147483648) -> (x >s -1) -> true if sign bit clear
if (CI->isMinValue(true))
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT, Op0,
ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(Op0->getType()));
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
if (Min.ugt(RHSVal)) // A >u C -> true iff min(A) > C
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue());
if (Max.ule(RHSVal)) // A >u C -> false iff max(A) <= C
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse());
if (RHSVal == Min) // A >u MIN -> A != MIN
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, Op0, Op1);
if (RHSVal == Max-1) // A >u MAX-1 -> A == MAX
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ, Op0, AddOne(CI));
// (x >u 2147483647) -> (x <s 0) -> true if sign bit set
if (CI->isMaxValue(true))
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT, Op0,
ConstantInt::getNullValue(Op0->getType()));
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
if (Max.slt(RHSVal)) // A <s C -> true iff max(A) < C
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue());
if (Min.sge(RHSVal)) // A <s C -> false iff min(A) >= C
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse());
if (RHSVal == Max) // A <s MAX -> A != MAX
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, Op0, Op1);
if (RHSVal == Min+1) // A <s MIN+1 -> A == MIN
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ, Op0, SubOne(CI));
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
if (Min.sgt(RHSVal)) // A >s C -> true iff min(A) > C
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue());
if (Max.sle(RHSVal)) // A >s C -> false iff max(A) <= C
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse());
if (RHSVal == Min) // A >s MIN -> A != MIN
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, Op0, Op1);
if (RHSVal == Max-1) // A >s MAX-1 -> A == MAX
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ, Op0, AddOne(CI));
break;
}
// Since the RHS is a ConstantInt (CI), if the left hand side is an
// instruction, see if that instruction also has constants so that the
// instruction can be folded into the icmp
if (Instruction *LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op0))
if (Instruction *Res = visitICmpInstWithInstAndIntCst(I, LHSI, CI))
return Res;
}
// Handle icmp with constant (but not simple integer constant) RHS
if (Constant *RHSC = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op1)) {
if (Instruction *LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op0))
switch (LHSI->getOpcode()) {
case Instruction::GetElementPtr:
if (RHSC->isNullValue()) {
// icmp pred GEP (P, int 0, int 0, int 0), null -> icmp pred P, null
bool isAllZeros = true;
for (unsigned i = 1, e = LHSI->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
if (!isa<Constant>(LHSI->getOperand(i)) ||
!cast<Constant>(LHSI->getOperand(i))->isNullValue()) {
isAllZeros = false;
break;
}
if (isAllZeros)
return new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(), LHSI->getOperand(0),
Constant::getNullValue(LHSI->getOperand(0)->getType()));
}
break;
case Instruction::PHI:
// Only fold icmp into the PHI if the phi and fcmp are in the same
// block. If in the same block, we're encouraging jump threading. If
// not, we are just pessimizing the code by making an i1 phi.
if (LHSI->getParent() == I.getParent())
if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
return NV;
break;
case Instruction::Select: {
// If either operand of the select is a constant, we can fold the
// comparison into the select arms, which will cause one to be
// constant folded and the select turned into a bitwise or.
Value *Op1 = 0, *Op2 = 0;
if (LHSI->hasOneUse()) {
if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(LHSI->getOperand(1))) {
// Fold the known value into the constant operand.
Op1 = ConstantExpr::getICmp(I.getPredicate(), C, RHSC);
// Insert a new ICmp of the other select operand.
Op2 = InsertNewInstBefore(new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(),
LHSI->getOperand(2), RHSC,
I.getName()), I);
} else if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(LHSI->getOperand(2))) {
// Fold the known value into the constant operand.
Op2 = ConstantExpr::getICmp(I.getPredicate(), C, RHSC);
// Insert a new ICmp of the other select operand.
Op1 = InsertNewInstBefore(new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(),
LHSI->getOperand(1), RHSC,
I.getName()), I);
}
}
if (Op1)
return SelectInst::Create(LHSI->getOperand(0), Op1, Op2);
break;
}
case Instruction::Malloc:
// If we have (malloc != null), and if the malloc has a single use, we
// can assume it is successful and remove the malloc.
if (LHSI->hasOneUse() && isa<ConstantPointerNull>(RHSC)) {
AddToWorkList(LHSI);
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::get(Type::Int1Ty,
!I.isTrueWhenEqual()));
}
break;
}
}
// If we can optimize a 'icmp GEP, P' or 'icmp P, GEP', do so now.
if (User *GEP = dyn_castGetElementPtr(Op0))
if (Instruction *NI = FoldGEPICmp(GEP, Op1, I.getPredicate(), I))
return NI;
if (User *GEP = dyn_castGetElementPtr(Op1))
if (Instruction *NI = FoldGEPICmp(GEP, Op0,
ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(I.getPredicate()), I))
return NI;
// Test to see if the operands of the icmp are casted versions of other
// values. If the ptr->ptr cast can be stripped off both arguments, we do so
// now.
if (BitCastInst *CI = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(Op0)) {
if (isa<PointerType>(Op0->getType()) &&
(isa<Constant>(Op1) || isa<BitCastInst>(Op1))) {
// We keep moving the cast from the left operand over to the right
// operand, where it can often be eliminated completely.
Op0 = CI->getOperand(0);
// If operand #1 is a bitcast instruction, it must also be a ptr->ptr cast
// so eliminate it as well.
if (BitCastInst *CI2 = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(Op1))
Op1 = CI2->getOperand(0);
// If Op1 is a constant, we can fold the cast into the constant.
if (Op0->getType() != Op1->getType()) {
if (Constant *Op1C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op1)) {
Op1 = ConstantExpr::getBitCast(Op1C, Op0->getType());
} else {
// Otherwise, cast the RHS right before the icmp
Op1 = InsertBitCastBefore(Op1, Op0->getType(), I);
}
}
return new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(), Op0, Op1);
}
}
if (isa<CastInst>(Op0)) {
// Handle the special case of: icmp (cast bool to X), <cst>
// This comes up when you have code like
// int X = A < B;
// if (X) ...
// For generality, we handle any zero-extension of any operand comparison
// with a constant or another cast from the same type.
if (isa<ConstantInt>(Op1) || isa<CastInst>(Op1))
if (Instruction *R = visitICmpInstWithCastAndCast(I))
return R;
}
// See if it's the same type of instruction on the left and right.
if (BinaryOperator *Op0I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0)) {
if (BinaryOperator *Op1I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op1)) {
if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Op1I->getOpcode() && Op0I->hasOneUse() &&
Op1I->hasOneUse() && Op0I->getOperand(1) == Op1I->getOperand(1) &&
I.isEquality()) {
switch (Op0I->getOpcode()) {
default: break;
case Instruction::Add:
case Instruction::Sub:
case Instruction::Xor:
// a+x icmp eq/ne b+x --> a icmp b
return new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(), Op0I->getOperand(0),
Op1I->getOperand(0));
break;
case Instruction::Mul:
if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0I->getOperand(1))) {
// a * Cst icmp eq/ne b * Cst --> a & Mask icmp b & Mask
// Mask = -1 >> count-trailing-zeros(Cst).
if (!CI->isZero() && !CI->isOne()) {
const APInt &AP = CI->getValue();
ConstantInt *Mask = ConstantInt::get(
APInt::getLowBitsSet(AP.getBitWidth(),
AP.getBitWidth() -
AP.countTrailingZeros()));
Instruction *And1 = BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Op0I->getOperand(0),
Mask);
Instruction *And2 = BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Op1I->getOperand(0),
Mask);
InsertNewInstBefore(And1, I);
InsertNewInstBefore(And2, I);
return new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(), And1, And2);
}
}
break;
}
}
}
}
// ~x < ~y --> y < x
{ Value *A, *B;
if (match(Op0, m_Not(m_Value(A))) &&
match(Op1, m_Not(m_Value(B))))
return new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(), B, A);
}
if (I.isEquality()) {
Value *A, *B, *C, *D;
// -x == -y --> x == y
if (match(Op0, m_Neg(m_Value(A))) &&
match(Op1, m_Neg(m_Value(B))))
return new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(), A, B);
if (match(Op0, m_Xor(m_Value(A), m_Value(B)))) {
if (A == Op1 || B == Op1) { // (A^B) == A -> B == 0
Value *OtherVal = A == Op1 ? B : A;
return new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(), OtherVal,
Constant::getNullValue(A->getType()));
}
if (match(Op1, m_Xor(m_Value(C), m_Value(D)))) {
// A^c1 == C^c2 --> A == C^(c1^c2)
if (ConstantInt *C1 = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(B))
if (ConstantInt *C2 = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(D))
if (Op1->hasOneUse()) {
Constant *NC = ConstantInt::get(C1->getValue() ^ C2->getValue());
Instruction *Xor = BinaryOperator::CreateXor(C, NC, "tmp");
return new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(), A,
InsertNewInstBefore(Xor, I));
}
// A^B == A^D -> B == D
if (A == C) return new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(), B, D);
if (A == D) return new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(), B, C);
if (B == C) return new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(), A, D);
if (B == D) return new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(), A, C);
}
}
if (match(Op1, m_Xor(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) &&
(A == Op0 || B == Op0)) {
// A == (A^B) -> B == 0
Value *OtherVal = A == Op0 ? B : A;
return new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(), OtherVal,
Constant::getNullValue(A->getType()));
}
if (match(Op0, m_Sub(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) && A == Op1) {
// (A-B) == A -> B == 0
return new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(), B,
Constant::getNullValue(B->getType()));
}
if (match(Op1, m_Sub(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) && A == Op0) {
// A == (A-B) -> B == 0
return new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(), B,
Constant::getNullValue(B->getType()));
}
// (X&Z) == (Y&Z) -> (X^Y) & Z == 0
if (Op0->hasOneUse() && Op1->hasOneUse() &&
match(Op0, m_And(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) &&
match(Op1, m_And(m_Value(C), m_Value(D)))) {
Value *X = 0, *Y = 0, *Z = 0;
if (A == C) {
X = B; Y = D; Z = A;
} else if (A == D) {
X = B; Y = C; Z = A;
} else if (B == C) {
X = A; Y = D; Z = B;
} else if (B == D) {
X = A; Y = C; Z = B;
}
if (X) { // Build (X^Y) & Z
Op1 = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::CreateXor(X, Y, "tmp"), I);
Op1 = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Op1, Z, "tmp"), I);
I.setOperand(0, Op1);
I.setOperand(1, Constant::getNullValue(Op1->getType()));
return &I;
}
}
}
return Changed ? &I : 0;
}
/// FoldICmpDivCst - Fold "icmp pred, ([su]div X, DivRHS), CmpRHS" where DivRHS
/// and CmpRHS are both known to be integer constants.
Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldICmpDivCst(ICmpInst &ICI, BinaryOperator *DivI,
ConstantInt *DivRHS) {
ConstantInt *CmpRHS = cast<ConstantInt>(ICI.getOperand(1));
const APInt &CmpRHSV = CmpRHS->getValue();
// FIXME: If the operand types don't match the type of the divide
// then don't attempt this transform. The code below doesn't have the
// logic to deal with a signed divide and an unsigned compare (and
// vice versa). This is because (x /s C1) <s C2 produces different
// results than (x /s C1) <u C2 or (x /u C1) <s C2 or even
// (x /u C1) <u C2. Simply casting the operands and result won't
// work. :( The if statement below tests that condition and bails
// if it finds it.
bool DivIsSigned = DivI->getOpcode() == Instruction::SDiv;
if (!ICI.isEquality() && DivIsSigned != ICI.isSignedPredicate())
return 0;
if (DivRHS->isZero())
return 0; // The ProdOV computation fails on divide by zero.
// Compute Prod = CI * DivRHS. We are essentially solving an equation
// of form X/C1=C2. We solve for X by multiplying C1 (DivRHS) and
// C2 (CI). By solving for X we can turn this into a range check
// instead of computing a divide.
ConstantInt *Prod = Multiply(CmpRHS, DivRHS);
// Determine if the product overflows by seeing if the product is
// not equal to the divide. Make sure we do the same kind of divide
// as in the LHS instruction that we're folding.
bool ProdOV = (DivIsSigned ? ConstantExpr::getSDiv(Prod, DivRHS) :
ConstantExpr::getUDiv(Prod, DivRHS)) != CmpRHS;
// Get the ICmp opcode
ICmpInst::Predicate Pred = ICI.getPredicate();
// Figure out the interval that is being checked. For example, a comparison
// like "X /u 5 == 0" is really checking that X is in the interval [0, 5).
// Compute this interval based on the constants involved and the signedness of
// the compare/divide. This computes a half-open interval, keeping track of
// whether either value in the interval overflows. After analysis each
// overflow variable is set to 0 if it's corresponding bound variable is valid
// -1 if overflowed off the bottom end, or +1 if overflowed off the top end.
int LoOverflow = 0, HiOverflow = 0;
ConstantInt *LoBound = 0, *HiBound = 0;
if (!DivIsSigned) { // udiv
// e.g. X/5 op 3 --> [15, 20)
LoBound = Prod;
HiOverflow = LoOverflow = ProdOV;
if (!HiOverflow)
HiOverflow = AddWithOverflow(HiBound, LoBound, DivRHS, false);
} else if (DivRHS->getValue().isStrictlyPositive()) { // Divisor is > 0.
if (CmpRHSV == 0) { // (X / pos) op 0
// Can't overflow. e.g. X/2 op 0 --> [-1, 2)
LoBound = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getNeg(SubOne(DivRHS)));
HiBound = DivRHS;
} else if (CmpRHSV.isStrictlyPositive()) { // (X / pos) op pos
LoBound = Prod; // e.g. X/5 op 3 --> [15, 20)
HiOverflow = LoOverflow = ProdOV;
if (!HiOverflow)
HiOverflow = AddWithOverflow(HiBound, Prod, DivRHS, true);
} else { // (X / pos) op neg
// e.g. X/5 op -3 --> [-15-4, -15+1) --> [-19, -14)
Constant *DivRHSH = ConstantExpr::getNeg(SubOne(DivRHS));
LoOverflow = AddWithOverflow(LoBound, Prod,
cast<ConstantInt>(DivRHSH), true) ? -1 : 0;
HiBound = AddOne(Prod);
HiOverflow = ProdOV ? -1 : 0;
}
} else if (DivRHS->getValue().isNegative()) { // Divisor is < 0.
if (CmpRHSV == 0) { // (X / neg) op 0
// e.g. X/-5 op 0 --> [-4, 5)
LoBound = AddOne(DivRHS);
HiBound = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getNeg(DivRHS));
if (HiBound == DivRHS) { // -INTMIN = INTMIN
HiOverflow = 1; // [INTMIN+1, overflow)
HiBound = 0; // e.g. X/INTMIN = 0 --> X > INTMIN
}
} else if (CmpRHSV.isStrictlyPositive()) { // (X / neg) op pos
// e.g. X/-5 op 3 --> [-19, -14)
HiOverflow = LoOverflow = ProdOV ? -1 : 0;
if (!LoOverflow)
LoOverflow = AddWithOverflow(LoBound, Prod, AddOne(DivRHS), true) ?-1:0;
HiBound = AddOne(Prod);
} else { // (X / neg) op neg
// e.g. X/-5 op -3 --> [15, 20)
LoBound = Prod;
LoOverflow = HiOverflow = ProdOV ? 1 : 0;
HiBound = Subtract(Prod, DivRHS);
}
// Dividing by a negative swaps the condition. LT <-> GT
Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred);
}
Value *X = DivI->getOperand(0);
switch (Pred) {
default: assert(0 && "Unhandled icmp opcode!");
case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
if (LoOverflow && HiOverflow)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(ICI, ConstantInt::getFalse());
else if (HiOverflow)
return new ICmpInst(DivIsSigned ? ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE :
ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, X, LoBound);
else if (LoOverflow)
return new ICmpInst(DivIsSigned ? ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT :
ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, X, HiBound);
else
return InsertRangeTest(X, LoBound, HiBound, DivIsSigned, true, ICI);
case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
if (LoOverflow && HiOverflow)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(ICI, ConstantInt::getTrue());
else if (HiOverflow)
return new ICmpInst(DivIsSigned ? ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT :
ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, X, LoBound);
else if (LoOverflow)
return new ICmpInst(DivIsSigned ? ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE :
ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, X, HiBound);
else
return InsertRangeTest(X, LoBound, HiBound, DivIsSigned, false, ICI);
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
if (LoOverflow == +1) // Low bound is greater than input range.
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(ICI, ConstantInt::getTrue());
if (LoOverflow == -1) // Low bound is less than input range.
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(ICI, ConstantInt::getFalse());
return new ICmpInst(Pred, X, LoBound);
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
if (HiOverflow == +1) // High bound greater than input range.
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(ICI, ConstantInt::getFalse());
else if (HiOverflow == -1) // High bound less than input range.
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(ICI, ConstantInt::getTrue());
if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT)
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, X, HiBound);
else
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE, X, HiBound);
}
}
/// visitICmpInstWithInstAndIntCst - Handle "icmp (instr, intcst)".
///
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitICmpInstWithInstAndIntCst(ICmpInst &ICI,
Instruction *LHSI,
ConstantInt *RHS) {
const APInt &RHSV = RHS->getValue();
switch (LHSI->getOpcode()) {
case Instruction::Xor: // (icmp pred (xor X, XorCST), CI)
if (ConstantInt *XorCST = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1))) {
// If this is a comparison that tests the signbit (X < 0) or (x > -1),
// fold the xor.
if ((ICI.getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT && RHSV == 0) ||
(ICI.getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT && RHSV.isAllOnesValue())) {
Value *CompareVal = LHSI->getOperand(0);
// If the sign bit of the XorCST is not set, there is no change to
// the operation, just stop using the Xor.
if (!XorCST->getValue().isNegative()) {
ICI.setOperand(0, CompareVal);
AddToWorkList(LHSI);
return &ICI;
}
// Was the old condition true if the operand is positive?
bool isTrueIfPositive = ICI.getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
// If so, the new one isn't.
isTrueIfPositive ^= true;
if (isTrueIfPositive)
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT, CompareVal, SubOne(RHS));
else
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT, CompareVal, AddOne(RHS));
}
}
break;
case Instruction::And: // (icmp pred (and X, AndCST), RHS)
if (LHSI->hasOneUse() && isa<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1)) &&
LHSI->getOperand(0)->hasOneUse()) {
ConstantInt *AndCST = cast<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1));
// If the LHS is an AND of a truncating cast, we can widen the
// and/compare to be the input width without changing the value
// produced, eliminating a cast.
if (TruncInst *Cast = dyn_cast<TruncInst>(LHSI->getOperand(0))) {
// We can do this transformation if either the AND constant does not
// have its sign bit set or if it is an equality comparison.
// Extending a relational comparison when we're checking the sign
// bit would not work.
if (Cast->hasOneUse() &&
(ICI.isEquality() ||
(AndCST->getValue().isNonNegative() && RHSV.isNonNegative()))) {
uint32_t BitWidth =
cast<IntegerType>(Cast->getOperand(0)->getType())->getBitWidth();
APInt NewCST = AndCST->getValue();
NewCST.zext(BitWidth);
APInt NewCI = RHSV;
NewCI.zext(BitWidth);
Instruction *NewAnd =
BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Cast->getOperand(0),
ConstantInt::get(NewCST),LHSI->getName());
InsertNewInstBefore(NewAnd, ICI);
return new ICmpInst(ICI.getPredicate(), NewAnd,
ConstantInt::get(NewCI));
}
}
// If this is: (X >> C1) & C2 != C3 (where any shift and any compare
// could exist), turn it into (X & (C2 << C1)) != (C3 << C1). This
// happens a LOT in code produced by the C front-end, for bitfield
// access.
BinaryOperator *Shift = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LHSI->getOperand(0));
if (Shift && !Shift->isShift())
Shift = 0;
ConstantInt *ShAmt;
ShAmt = Shift ? dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Shift->getOperand(1)) : 0;
const Type *Ty = Shift ? Shift->getType() : 0; // Type of the shift.
const Type *AndTy = AndCST->getType(); // Type of the and.
// We can fold this as long as we can't shift unknown bits
// into the mask. This can only happen with signed shift
// rights, as they sign-extend.
if (ShAmt) {
bool CanFold = Shift->isLogicalShift();
if (!CanFold) {
// To test for the bad case of the signed shr, see if any
// of the bits shifted in could be tested after the mask.
uint32_t TyBits = Ty->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
int ShAmtVal = TyBits - ShAmt->getLimitedValue(TyBits);
uint32_t BitWidth = AndTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
if ((APInt::getHighBitsSet(BitWidth, BitWidth-ShAmtVal) &
AndCST->getValue()) == 0)
CanFold = true;
}
if (CanFold) {
Constant *NewCst;
if (Shift->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl)
NewCst = ConstantExpr::getLShr(RHS, ShAmt);
else
NewCst = ConstantExpr::getShl(RHS, ShAmt);
// Check to see if we are shifting out any of the bits being
// compared.
if (ConstantExpr::get(Shift->getOpcode(), NewCst, ShAmt) != RHS) {
// If we shifted bits out, the fold is not going to work out.
// As a special case, check to see if this means that the
// result is always true or false now.
if (ICI.getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(ICI, ConstantInt::getFalse());
if (ICI.getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(ICI, ConstantInt::getTrue());
} else {
ICI.setOperand(1, NewCst);
Constant *NewAndCST;
if (Shift->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl)
NewAndCST = ConstantExpr::getLShr(AndCST, ShAmt);
else
NewAndCST = ConstantExpr::getShl(AndCST, ShAmt);
LHSI->setOperand(1, NewAndCST);
LHSI->setOperand(0, Shift->getOperand(0));
AddToWorkList(Shift); // Shift is dead.
AddUsesToWorkList(ICI);
return &ICI;
}
}
}
// Turn ((X >> Y) & C) == 0 into (X & (C << Y)) == 0. The later is
// preferable because it allows the C<<Y expression to be hoisted out
// of a loop if Y is invariant and X is not.
if (Shift && Shift->hasOneUse() && RHSV == 0 &&
ICI.isEquality() && !Shift->isArithmeticShift() &&
isa<Instruction>(Shift->getOperand(0))) {
// Compute C << Y.
Value *NS;
if (Shift->getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr) {
NS = BinaryOperator::CreateShl(AndCST,
Shift->getOperand(1), "tmp");
} else {
// Insert a logical shift.
NS = BinaryOperator::CreateLShr(AndCST,
Shift->getOperand(1), "tmp");
}
InsertNewInstBefore(cast<Instruction>(NS), ICI);
// Compute X & (C << Y).
Instruction *NewAnd =
BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Shift->getOperand(0), NS, LHSI->getName());
InsertNewInstBefore(NewAnd, ICI);
ICI.setOperand(0, NewAnd);
return &ICI;
}
}
break;
case Instruction::Shl: { // (icmp pred (shl X, ShAmt), CI)
ConstantInt *ShAmt = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1));
if (!ShAmt) break;
uint32_t TypeBits = RHSV.getBitWidth();
// Check that the shift amount is in range. If not, don't perform
// undefined shifts. When the shift is visited it will be
// simplified.
if (ShAmt->uge(TypeBits))
break;
if (ICI.isEquality()) {
// If we are comparing against bits always shifted out, the
// comparison cannot succeed.
Constant *Comp =
ConstantExpr::getShl(ConstantExpr::getLShr(RHS, ShAmt), ShAmt);
if (Comp != RHS) {// Comparing against a bit that we know is zero.
bool IsICMP_NE = ICI.getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE;
Constant *Cst = ConstantInt::get(Type::Int1Ty, IsICMP_NE);
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(ICI, Cst);
}
if (LHSI->hasOneUse()) {
// Otherwise strength reduce the shift into an and.
uint32_t ShAmtVal = (uint32_t)ShAmt->getLimitedValue(TypeBits);
Constant *Mask =
ConstantInt::get(APInt::getLowBitsSet(TypeBits, TypeBits-ShAmtVal));
Instruction *AndI =
BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(LHSI->getOperand(0),
Mask, LHSI->getName()+".mask");
Value *And = InsertNewInstBefore(AndI, ICI);
return new ICmpInst(ICI.getPredicate(), And,
ConstantInt::get(RHSV.lshr(ShAmtVal)));
}
}
// Otherwise, if this is a comparison of the sign bit, simplify to and/test.
bool TrueIfSigned = false;
if (LHSI->hasOneUse() &&
isSignBitCheck(ICI.getPredicate(), RHS, TrueIfSigned)) {
// (X << 31) <s 0 --> (X&1) != 0
Constant *Mask = ConstantInt::get(APInt(TypeBits, 1) <<
(TypeBits-ShAmt->getZExtValue()-1));
Instruction *AndI =
BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(LHSI->getOperand(0),
Mask, LHSI->getName()+".mask");
Value *And = InsertNewInstBefore(AndI, ICI);
return new ICmpInst(TrueIfSigned ? ICmpInst::ICMP_NE : ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ,
And, Constant::getNullValue(And->getType()));
}
break;
}
case Instruction::LShr: // (icmp pred (shr X, ShAmt), CI)
case Instruction::AShr: {
// Only handle equality comparisons of shift-by-constant.
ConstantInt *ShAmt = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1));
if (!ShAmt || !ICI.isEquality()) break;
// Check that the shift amount is in range. If not, don't perform
// undefined shifts. When the shift is visited it will be
// simplified.
uint32_t TypeBits = RHSV.getBitWidth();
if (ShAmt->uge(TypeBits))
break;
uint32_t ShAmtVal = (uint32_t)ShAmt->getLimitedValue(TypeBits);
// If we are comparing against bits always shifted out, the
// comparison cannot succeed.
APInt Comp = RHSV << ShAmtVal;
if (LHSI->getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr)
Comp = Comp.lshr(ShAmtVal);
else
Comp = Comp.ashr(ShAmtVal);
if (Comp != RHSV) { // Comparing against a bit that we know is zero.
bool IsICMP_NE = ICI.getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE;
Constant *Cst = ConstantInt::get(Type::Int1Ty, IsICMP_NE);
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(ICI, Cst);
}
// Otherwise, check to see if the bits shifted out are known to be zero.
// If so, we can compare against the unshifted value:
// (X & 4) >> 1 == 2 --> (X & 4) == 4.
if (LHSI->hasOneUse() &&
MaskedValueIsZero(LHSI->getOperand(0),
APInt::getLowBitsSet(Comp.getBitWidth(), ShAmtVal))) {
return new ICmpInst(ICI.getPredicate(), LHSI->getOperand(0),
ConstantExpr::getShl(RHS, ShAmt));
}
if (LHSI->hasOneUse()) {
// Otherwise strength reduce the shift into an and.
APInt Val(APInt::getHighBitsSet(TypeBits, TypeBits - ShAmtVal));
Constant *Mask = ConstantInt::get(Val);
Instruction *AndI =
BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(LHSI->getOperand(0),
Mask, LHSI->getName()+".mask");
Value *And = InsertNewInstBefore(AndI, ICI);
return new ICmpInst(ICI.getPredicate(), And,
ConstantExpr::getShl(RHS, ShAmt));
}
break;
}
case Instruction::SDiv:
case Instruction::UDiv:
// Fold: icmp pred ([us]div X, C1), C2 -> range test
// Fold this div into the comparison, producing a range check.
// Determine, based on the divide type, what the range is being
// checked. If there is an overflow on the low or high side, remember
// it, otherwise compute the range [low, hi) bounding the new value.
// See: InsertRangeTest above for the kinds of replacements possible.
if (ConstantInt *DivRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1)))
if (Instruction *R = FoldICmpDivCst(ICI, cast<BinaryOperator>(LHSI),
DivRHS))
return R;
break;
case Instruction::Add:
// Fold: icmp pred (add, X, C1), C2
if (!ICI.isEquality()) {
ConstantInt *LHSC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1));
if (!LHSC) break;
const APInt &LHSV = LHSC->getValue();
ConstantRange CR = ICI.makeConstantRange(ICI.getPredicate(), RHSV)
.subtract(LHSV);
if (ICI.isSignedPredicate()) {
if (CR.getLower().isSignBit()) {
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT, LHSI->getOperand(0),
ConstantInt::get(CR.getUpper()));
} else if (CR.getUpper().isSignBit()) {
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE, LHSI->getOperand(0),
ConstantInt::get(CR.getLower()));
}
} else {
if (CR.getLower().isMinValue()) {
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, LHSI->getOperand(0),
ConstantInt::get(CR.getUpper()));
} else if (CR.getUpper().isMinValue()) {
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, LHSI->getOperand(0),
ConstantInt::get(CR.getLower()));
}
}
}
break;
}
// Simplify icmp_eq and icmp_ne instructions with integer constant RHS.
if (ICI.isEquality()) {
bool isICMP_NE = ICI.getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE;
// If the first operand is (add|sub|and|or|xor|rem) with a constant, and
// the second operand is a constant, simplify a bit.
if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LHSI)) {
switch (BO->getOpcode()) {
case Instruction::SRem:
// If we have a signed (X % (2^c)) == 0, turn it into an unsigned one.
if (RHSV == 0 && isa<ConstantInt>(BO->getOperand(1)) &&BO->hasOneUse()){
const APInt &V = cast<ConstantInt>(BO->getOperand(1))->getValue();
if (V.sgt(APInt(V.getBitWidth(), 1)) && V.isPowerOf2()) {
Instruction *NewRem =
BinaryOperator::CreateURem(BO->getOperand(0), BO->getOperand(1),
BO->getName());
InsertNewInstBefore(NewRem, ICI);
return new ICmpInst(ICI.getPredicate(), NewRem,
Constant::getNullValue(BO->getType()));
}
}
break;
case Instruction::Add:
// Replace ((add A, B) != C) with (A != C-B) if B & C are constants.
if (ConstantInt *BOp1C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->getOperand(1))) {
if (BO->hasOneUse())
return new ICmpInst(ICI.getPredicate(), BO->getOperand(0),
Subtract(RHS, BOp1C));
} else if (RHSV == 0) {
// Replace ((add A, B) != 0) with (A != -B) if A or B is
// efficiently invertible, or if the add has just this one use.
Value *BOp0 = BO->getOperand(0), *BOp1 = BO->getOperand(1);
if (Value *NegVal = dyn_castNegVal(BOp1))
return new ICmpInst(ICI.getPredicate(), BOp0, NegVal);
else if (Value *NegVal = dyn_castNegVal(BOp0))
return new ICmpInst(ICI.getPredicate(), NegVal, BOp1);
else if (BO->hasOneUse()) {
Instruction *Neg = BinaryOperator::CreateNeg(BOp1);
InsertNewInstBefore(Neg, ICI);
Neg->takeName(BO);
return new ICmpInst(ICI.getPredicate(), BOp0, Neg);
}
}
break;
case Instruction::Xor:
// For the xor case, we can xor two constants together, eliminating
// the explicit xor.
if (Constant *BOC = dyn_cast<Constant>(BO->getOperand(1)))
return new ICmpInst(ICI.getPredicate(), BO->getOperand(0),
ConstantExpr::getXor(RHS, BOC));
// FALLTHROUGH
case Instruction::Sub:
// Replace (([sub|xor] A, B) != 0) with (A != B)
if (RHSV == 0)
return new ICmpInst(ICI.getPredicate(), BO->getOperand(0),
BO->getOperand(1));
break;
case Instruction::Or:
// If bits are being or'd in that are not present in the constant we
// are comparing against, then the comparison could never succeed!
if (Constant *BOC = dyn_cast<Constant>(BO->getOperand(1))) {
Constant *NotCI = ConstantExpr::getNot(RHS);
if (!ConstantExpr::getAnd(BOC, NotCI)->isNullValue())
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(ICI, ConstantInt::get(Type::Int1Ty,
isICMP_NE));
}
break;
case Instruction::And:
if (ConstantInt *BOC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->getOperand(1))) {
// If bits are being compared against that are and'd out, then the
// comparison can never succeed!
if ((RHSV & ~BOC->getValue()) != 0)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(ICI, ConstantInt::get(Type::Int1Ty,
isICMP_NE));
// If we have ((X & C) == C), turn it into ((X & C) != 0).
if (RHS == BOC && RHSV.isPowerOf2())
return new ICmpInst(isICMP_NE ? ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ :
ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, LHSI,
Constant::getNullValue(RHS->getType()));
// Replace (and X, (1 << size(X)-1) != 0) with x s< 0
if (BOC->getValue().isSignBit()) {
Value *X = BO->getOperand(0);
Constant *Zero = Constant::getNullValue(X->getType());
ICmpInst::Predicate pred = isICMP_NE ?
ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT : ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE;
return new ICmpInst(pred, X, Zero);
}
// ((X & ~7) == 0) --> X < 8
if (RHSV == 0 && isHighOnes(BOC)) {
Value *X = BO->getOperand(0);
Constant *NegX = ConstantExpr::getNeg(BOC);
ICmpInst::Predicate pred = isICMP_NE ?
ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE : ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT;
return new ICmpInst(pred, X, NegX);
}
}
default: break;
}
} else if (IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(LHSI)) {
// Handle icmp {eq|ne} <intrinsic>, intcst.
if (II->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::bswap) {
AddToWorkList(II);
ICI.setOperand(0, II->getOperand(1));
ICI.setOperand(1, ConstantInt::get(RHSV.byteSwap()));
return &ICI;
}
}
} else { // Not a ICMP_EQ/ICMP_NE
// If the LHS is a cast from an integral value of the same size,
// then since we know the RHS is a constant, try to simlify.
if (CastInst *Cast = dyn_cast<CastInst>(LHSI)) {
Value *CastOp = Cast->getOperand(0);
const Type *SrcTy = CastOp->getType();
uint32_t SrcTySize = SrcTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
if (SrcTy->isInteger() &&
SrcTySize == Cast->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()) {
// If this is an unsigned comparison, try to make the comparison use
// smaller constant values.
if (ICI.getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT && RHSV.isSignBit()) {
// X u< 128 => X s> -1
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT, CastOp,
ConstantInt::get(APInt::getAllOnesValue(SrcTySize)));
} else if (ICI.getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT &&
RHSV == APInt::getSignedMaxValue(SrcTySize)) {
// X u> 127 => X s< 0
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT, CastOp,
Constant::getNullValue(SrcTy));
}
}
}
}
return 0;
}
/// visitICmpInstWithCastAndCast - Handle icmp (cast x to y), (cast/cst).
/// We only handle extending casts so far.
///
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitICmpInstWithCastAndCast(ICmpInst &ICI) {
const CastInst *LHSCI = cast<CastInst>(ICI.getOperand(0));
Value *LHSCIOp = LHSCI->getOperand(0);
const Type *SrcTy = LHSCIOp->getType();
const Type *DestTy = LHSCI->getType();
Value *RHSCIOp;
// Turn icmp (ptrtoint x), (ptrtoint/c) into a compare of the input if the
// integer type is the same size as the pointer type.
if (LHSCI->getOpcode() == Instruction::PtrToInt &&
getTargetData().getPointerSizeInBits() ==
cast<IntegerType>(DestTy)->getBitWidth()) {
Value *RHSOp = 0;
if (Constant *RHSC = dyn_cast<Constant>(ICI.getOperand(1))) {
RHSOp = ConstantExpr::getIntToPtr(RHSC, SrcTy);
} else if (PtrToIntInst *RHSC = dyn_cast<PtrToIntInst>(ICI.getOperand(1))) {
RHSOp = RHSC->getOperand(0);
// If the pointer types don't match, insert a bitcast.
if (LHSCIOp->getType() != RHSOp->getType())
RHSOp = InsertBitCastBefore(RHSOp, LHSCIOp->getType(), ICI);
}
if (RHSOp)
return new ICmpInst(ICI.getPredicate(), LHSCIOp, RHSOp);
}
// The code below only handles extension cast instructions, so far.
// Enforce this.
if (LHSCI->getOpcode() != Instruction::ZExt &&
LHSCI->getOpcode() != Instruction::SExt)
return 0;
bool isSignedExt = LHSCI->getOpcode() == Instruction::SExt;
bool isSignedCmp = ICI.isSignedPredicate();
if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(ICI.getOperand(1))) {
// Not an extension from the same type?
RHSCIOp = CI->getOperand(0);
if (RHSCIOp->getType() != LHSCIOp->getType())
return 0;
// If the signedness of the two casts doesn't agree (i.e. one is a sext
// and the other is a zext), then we can't handle this.
if (CI->getOpcode() != LHSCI->getOpcode())
return 0;
// Deal with equality cases early.
if (ICI.isEquality())
return new ICmpInst(ICI.getPredicate(), LHSCIOp, RHSCIOp);
// A signed comparison of sign extended values simplifies into a
// signed comparison.
if (isSignedCmp && isSignedExt)
return new ICmpInst(ICI.getPredicate(), LHSCIOp, RHSCIOp);
// The other three cases all fold into an unsigned comparison.
return new ICmpInst(ICI.getUnsignedPredicate(), LHSCIOp, RHSCIOp);
}
// If we aren't dealing with a constant on the RHS, exit early
ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(ICI.getOperand(1));
if (!CI)
return 0;
// Compute the constant that would happen if we truncated to SrcTy then
// reextended to DestTy.
Constant *Res1 = ConstantExpr::getTrunc(CI, SrcTy);
Constant *Res2 = ConstantExpr::getCast(LHSCI->getOpcode(), Res1, DestTy);
// If the re-extended constant didn't change...
if (Res2 == CI) {
// Make sure that sign of the Cmp and the sign of the Cast are the same.
// For example, we might have:
// %A = sext short %X to uint
// %B = icmp ugt uint %A, 1330
// It is incorrect to transform this into
// %B = icmp ugt short %X, 1330
// because %A may have negative value.
//
// However, we allow this when the compare is EQ/NE, because they are
// signless.
if (isSignedExt == isSignedCmp || ICI.isEquality())
return new ICmpInst(ICI.getPredicate(), LHSCIOp, Res1);
return 0;
}
// The re-extended constant changed so the constant cannot be represented
// in the shorter type. Consequently, we cannot emit a simple comparison.
// First, handle some easy cases. We know the result cannot be equal at this
// point so handle the ICI.isEquality() cases
if (ICI.getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(ICI, ConstantInt::getFalse());
if (ICI.getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(ICI, ConstantInt::getTrue());
// Evaluate the comparison for LT (we invert for GT below). LE and GE cases
// should have been folded away previously and not enter in here.
Value *Result;
if (isSignedCmp) {
// We're performing a signed comparison.
if (cast<ConstantInt>(CI)->getValue().isNegative())
Result = ConstantInt::getFalse(); // X < (small) --> false
else
Result = ConstantInt::getTrue(); // X < (large) --> true
} else {
// We're performing an unsigned comparison.
if (isSignedExt) {
// We're performing an unsigned comp with a sign extended value.
// This is true if the input is >= 0. [aka >s -1]
Constant *NegOne = ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(SrcTy);
Result = InsertNewInstBefore(new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT, LHSCIOp,
NegOne, ICI.getName()), ICI);
} else {
// Unsigned extend & unsigned compare -> always true.
Result = ConstantInt::getTrue();
}
}
// Finally, return the value computed.
if (ICI.getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT ||
ICI.getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(ICI, Result);
assert((ICI.getPredicate()==ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT ||
ICI.getPredicate()==ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT) &&
"ICmp should be folded!");
if (Constant *CI = dyn_cast<Constant>(Result))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(ICI, ConstantExpr::getNot(CI));
return BinaryOperator::CreateNot(Result);
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitShl(BinaryOperator &I) {
return commonShiftTransforms(I);
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitLShr(BinaryOperator &I) {
return commonShiftTransforms(I);
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitAShr(BinaryOperator &I) {
if (Instruction *R = commonShiftTransforms(I))
return R;
Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0);
// ashr int -1, X = -1 (for any arithmetic shift rights of ~0)
if (ConstantInt *CSI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0))
if (CSI->isAllOnesValue())
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, CSI);
// See if we can turn a signed shr into an unsigned shr.
if (!isa<VectorType>(I.getType()) &&
MaskedValueIsZero(Op0,
APInt::getSignBit(I.getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits())))
return BinaryOperator::CreateLShr(Op0, I.getOperand(1));
return 0;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::commonShiftTransforms(BinaryOperator &I) {
assert(I.getOperand(1)->getType() == I.getOperand(0)->getType());
Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
// shl X, 0 == X and shr X, 0 == X
// shl 0, X == 0 and shr 0, X == 0
if (Op1 == Constant::getNullValue(Op1->getType()) ||
Op0 == Constant::getNullValue(Op0->getType()))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
if (isa<UndefValue>(Op0)) {
if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr) // undef >>s X -> undef
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
else // undef << X -> 0, undef >>u X -> 0
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
}
if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1)) {
if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr) // X >>s undef -> X
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
else // X << undef, X >>u undef -> 0
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
}
// Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
if (isa<Constant>(Op0))
if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op1))
if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
return R;
if (ConstantInt *CUI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1))
if (Instruction *Res = FoldShiftByConstant(Op0, CUI, I))
return Res;
return 0;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldShiftByConstant(Value *Op0, ConstantInt *Op1,
BinaryOperator &I) {
bool isLeftShift = I.getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl;
// See if we can simplify any instructions used by the instruction whose sole
// purpose is to compute bits we don't care about.
uint32_t TypeBits = Op0->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
APInt KnownZero(TypeBits, 0), KnownOne(TypeBits, 0);
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(&I, APInt::getAllOnesValue(TypeBits),
KnownZero, KnownOne))
return &I;
// shl uint X, 32 = 0 and shr ubyte Y, 9 = 0, ... just don't eliminate shr
// of a signed value.
//
if (Op1->uge(TypeBits)) {
if (I.getOpcode() != Instruction::AShr)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(Op0->getType()));
else {
I.setOperand(1, ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), TypeBits-1));
return &I;
}
}
// ((X*C1) << C2) == (X * (C1 << C2))
if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0))
if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::Mul && isLeftShift)
if (Constant *BOOp = dyn_cast<Constant>(BO->getOperand(1)))
return BinaryOperator::CreateMul(BO->getOperand(0),
ConstantExpr::getShl(BOOp, Op1));
// Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
return R;
if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
return NV;
// Fold shift2(trunc(shift1(x,c1)), c2) -> trunc(shift2(shift1(x,c1),c2))
if (TruncInst *TI = dyn_cast<TruncInst>(Op0)) {
Instruction *TrOp = dyn_cast<Instruction>(TI->getOperand(0));
// If 'shift2' is an ashr, we would have to get the sign bit into a funny
// place. Don't try to do this transformation in this case. Also, we
// require that the input operand is a shift-by-constant so that we have
// confidence that the shifts will get folded together. We could do this
// xform in more cases, but it is unlikely to be profitable.
if (TrOp && I.isLogicalShift() && TrOp->isShift() &&
isa<ConstantInt>(TrOp->getOperand(1))) {
// Okay, we'll do this xform. Make the shift of shift.
Constant *ShAmt = ConstantExpr::getZExt(Op1, TrOp->getType());
Instruction *NSh = BinaryOperator::Create(I.getOpcode(), TrOp, ShAmt,
I.getName());
InsertNewInstBefore(NSh, I); // (shift2 (shift1 & 0x00FF), c2)
// For logical shifts, the truncation has the effect of making the high
// part of the register be zeros. Emulate this by inserting an AND to
// clear the top bits as needed. This 'and' will usually be zapped by
// other xforms later if dead.
unsigned SrcSize = TrOp->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
unsigned DstSize = TI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
APInt MaskV(APInt::getLowBitsSet(SrcSize, DstSize));
// The mask we constructed says what the trunc would do if occurring
// between the shifts. We want to know the effect *after* the second
// shift. We know that it is a logical shift by a constant, so adjust the
// mask as appropriate.
if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl)
MaskV <<= Op1->getZExtValue();
else {
assert(I.getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr && "Unknown logical shift");
MaskV = MaskV.lshr(Op1->getZExtValue());
}
Instruction *And = BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(NSh, ConstantInt::get(MaskV),
TI->getName());
InsertNewInstBefore(And, I); // shift1 & 0x00FF
// Return the value truncated to the interesting size.
return new TruncInst(And, I.getType());
}
}
if (Op0->hasOneUse()) {
if (BinaryOperator *Op0BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0)) {
// Turn ((X >> C) + Y) << C -> (X + (Y << C)) & (~0 << C)
Value *V1, *V2;
ConstantInt *CC;
switch (Op0BO->getOpcode()) {
default: break;
case Instruction::Add:
case Instruction::And:
case Instruction::Or:
case Instruction::Xor: {
// These operators commute.
// Turn (Y + (X >> C)) << C -> (X + (Y << C)) & (~0 << C)
if (isLeftShift && Op0BO->getOperand(1)->hasOneUse() &&
match(Op0BO->getOperand(1),
m_Shr(m_Value(V1), m_ConstantInt(CC))) && CC == Op1) {
Instruction *YS = BinaryOperator::CreateShl(
Op0BO->getOperand(0), Op1,
Op0BO->getName());
InsertNewInstBefore(YS, I); // (Y << C)
Instruction *X =
BinaryOperator::Create(Op0BO->getOpcode(), YS, V1,
Op0BO->getOperand(1)->getName());
InsertNewInstBefore(X, I); // (X + (Y << C))
uint32_t Op1Val = Op1->getLimitedValue(TypeBits);
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(X, ConstantInt::get(
APInt::getHighBitsSet(TypeBits, TypeBits-Op1Val)));
}
// Turn (Y + ((X >> C) & CC)) << C -> ((X & (CC << C)) + (Y << C))
Value *Op0BOOp1 = Op0BO->getOperand(1);
if (isLeftShift && Op0BOOp1->hasOneUse() &&
match(Op0BOOp1,
m_And(m_Shr(m_Value(V1), m_Value(V2)),m_ConstantInt(CC))) &&
cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0BOOp1)->getOperand(0)->hasOneUse() &&
V2 == Op1) {
Instruction *YS = BinaryOperator::CreateShl(
Op0BO->getOperand(0), Op1,
Op0BO->getName());
InsertNewInstBefore(YS, I); // (Y << C)
Instruction *XM =
BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(V1, ConstantExpr::getShl(CC, Op1),
V1->getName()+".mask");
InsertNewInstBefore(XM, I); // X & (CC << C)
return BinaryOperator::Create(Op0BO->getOpcode(), YS, XM);
}
}
// FALL THROUGH.
case Instruction::Sub: {
// Turn ((X >> C) + Y) << C -> (X + (Y << C)) & (~0 << C)
if (isLeftShift && Op0BO->getOperand(0)->hasOneUse() &&
match(Op0BO->getOperand(0),
m_Shr(m_Value(V1), m_ConstantInt(CC))) && CC == Op1) {
Instruction *YS = BinaryOperator::CreateShl(
Op0BO->getOperand(1), Op1,
Op0BO->getName());
InsertNewInstBefore(YS, I); // (Y << C)
Instruction *X =
BinaryOperator::Create(Op0BO->getOpcode(), V1, YS,
Op0BO->getOperand(0)->getName());
InsertNewInstBefore(X, I); // (X + (Y << C))
uint32_t Op1Val = Op1->getLimitedValue(TypeBits);
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(X, ConstantInt::get(
APInt::getHighBitsSet(TypeBits, TypeBits-Op1Val)));
}
// Turn (((X >> C)&CC) + Y) << C -> (X + (Y << C)) & (CC << C)
if (isLeftShift && Op0BO->getOperand(0)->hasOneUse() &&
match(Op0BO->getOperand(0),
m_And(m_Shr(m_Value(V1), m_Value(V2)),
m_ConstantInt(CC))) && V2 == Op1 &&
cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0BO->getOperand(0))
->getOperand(0)->hasOneUse()) {
Instruction *YS = BinaryOperator::CreateShl(
Op0BO->getOperand(1), Op1,
Op0BO->getName());
InsertNewInstBefore(YS, I); // (Y << C)
Instruction *XM =
BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(V1, ConstantExpr::getShl(CC, Op1),
V1->getName()+".mask");
InsertNewInstBefore(XM, I); // X & (CC << C)
return BinaryOperator::Create(Op0BO->getOpcode(), XM, YS);
}
break;
}
}
// If the operand is an bitwise operator with a constant RHS, and the
// shift is the only use, we can pull it out of the shift.
if (ConstantInt *Op0C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0BO->getOperand(1))) {
bool isValid = true; // Valid only for And, Or, Xor
bool highBitSet = false; // Transform if high bit of constant set?
switch (Op0BO->getOpcode()) {
default: isValid = false; break; // Do not perform transform!
case Instruction::Add:
isValid = isLeftShift;
break;
case Instruction::Or:
case Instruction::Xor:
highBitSet = false;
break;
case Instruction::And:
highBitSet = true;
break;
}
// If this is a signed shift right, and the high bit is modified
// by the logical operation, do not perform the transformation.
// The highBitSet boolean indicates the value of the high bit of
// the constant which would cause it to be modified for this
// operation.
//
if (isValid && I.getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr)
isValid = Op0C->getValue()[TypeBits-1] == highBitSet;
if (isValid) {
Constant *NewRHS = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), Op0C, Op1);
Instruction *NewShift =
BinaryOperator::Create(I.getOpcode(), Op0BO->getOperand(0), Op1);
InsertNewInstBefore(NewShift, I);
NewShift->takeName(Op0BO);
return BinaryOperator::Create(Op0BO->getOpcode(), NewShift,
NewRHS);
}
}
}
}
// Find out if this is a shift of a shift by a constant.
BinaryOperator *ShiftOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0);
if (ShiftOp && !ShiftOp->isShift())
ShiftOp = 0;
if (ShiftOp && isa<ConstantInt>(ShiftOp->getOperand(1))) {
ConstantInt *ShiftAmt1C = cast<ConstantInt>(ShiftOp->getOperand(1));
uint32_t ShiftAmt1 = ShiftAmt1C->getLimitedValue(TypeBits);
uint32_t ShiftAmt2 = Op1->getLimitedValue(TypeBits);
assert(ShiftAmt2 != 0 && "Should have been simplified earlier");
if (ShiftAmt1 == 0) return 0; // Will be simplified in the future.
Value *X = ShiftOp->getOperand(0);
uint32_t AmtSum = ShiftAmt1+ShiftAmt2; // Fold into one big shift.
if (AmtSum > TypeBits)
AmtSum = TypeBits;
const IntegerType *Ty = cast<IntegerType>(I.getType());
// Check for (X << c1) << c2 and (X >> c1) >> c2
if (I.getOpcode() == ShiftOp->getOpcode()) {
return BinaryOperator::Create(I.getOpcode(), X,
ConstantInt::get(Ty, AmtSum));
} else if (ShiftOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr &&
I.getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr) {
// ((X >>u C1) >>s C2) -> (X >>u (C1+C2)) since C1 != 0.
return BinaryOperator::CreateLShr(X, ConstantInt::get(Ty, AmtSum));
} else if (ShiftOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr &&
I.getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr) {
// ((X >>s C1) >>u C2) -> ((X >>s (C1+C2)) & mask) since C1 != 0.
Instruction *Shift =
BinaryOperator::CreateAShr(X, ConstantInt::get(Ty, AmtSum));
InsertNewInstBefore(Shift, I);
APInt Mask(APInt::getLowBitsSet(TypeBits, TypeBits - ShiftAmt2));
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Shift, ConstantInt::get(Mask));
}
// Okay, if we get here, one shift must be left, and the other shift must be
// right. See if the amounts are equal.
if (ShiftAmt1 == ShiftAmt2) {
// If we have ((X >>? C) << C), turn this into X & (-1 << C).
if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl) {
APInt Mask(APInt::getHighBitsSet(TypeBits, TypeBits - ShiftAmt1));
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(X, ConstantInt::get(Mask));
}
// If we have ((X << C) >>u C), turn this into X & (-1 >>u C).
if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr) {
APInt Mask(APInt::getLowBitsSet(TypeBits, TypeBits - ShiftAmt1));
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(X, ConstantInt::get(Mask));
}
// We can simplify ((X << C) >>s C) into a trunc + sext.
// NOTE: we could do this for any C, but that would make 'unusual' integer
// types. For now, just stick to ones well-supported by the code
// generators.
const Type *SExtType = 0;
switch (Ty->getBitWidth() - ShiftAmt1) {
case 1 :
case 8 :
case 16 :
case 32 :
case 64 :
case 128:
SExtType = IntegerType::get(Ty->getBitWidth() - ShiftAmt1);
break;
default: break;
}
if (SExtType) {
Instruction *NewTrunc = new TruncInst(X, SExtType, "sext");
InsertNewInstBefore(NewTrunc, I);
return new SExtInst(NewTrunc, Ty);
}
// Otherwise, we can't handle it yet.
} else if (ShiftAmt1 < ShiftAmt2) {
uint32_t ShiftDiff = ShiftAmt2-ShiftAmt1;
// (X >>? C1) << C2 --> X << (C2-C1) & (-1 << C2)
if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl) {
assert(ShiftOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr ||
ShiftOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr);
Instruction *Shift =
BinaryOperator::CreateShl(X, ConstantInt::get(Ty, ShiftDiff));
InsertNewInstBefore(Shift, I);
APInt Mask(APInt::getHighBitsSet(TypeBits, TypeBits - ShiftAmt2));
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Shift, ConstantInt::get(Mask));
}
// (X << C1) >>u C2 --> X >>u (C2-C1) & (-1 >> C2)
if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr) {
assert(ShiftOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl);
Instruction *Shift =
BinaryOperator::CreateLShr(X, ConstantInt::get(Ty, ShiftDiff));
InsertNewInstBefore(Shift, I);
APInt Mask(APInt::getLowBitsSet(TypeBits, TypeBits - ShiftAmt2));
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Shift, ConstantInt::get(Mask));
}
// We can't handle (X << C1) >>s C2, it shifts arbitrary bits in.
} else {
assert(ShiftAmt2 < ShiftAmt1);
uint32_t ShiftDiff = ShiftAmt1-ShiftAmt2;
// (X >>? C1) << C2 --> X >>? (C1-C2) & (-1 << C2)
if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl) {
assert(ShiftOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr ||
ShiftOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr);
Instruction *Shift =
BinaryOperator::Create(ShiftOp->getOpcode(), X,
ConstantInt::get(Ty, ShiftDiff));
InsertNewInstBefore(Shift, I);
APInt Mask(APInt::getHighBitsSet(TypeBits, TypeBits - ShiftAmt2));
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Shift, ConstantInt::get(Mask));
}
// (X << C1) >>u C2 --> X << (C1-C2) & (-1 >> C2)
if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr) {
assert(ShiftOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl);
Instruction *Shift =
BinaryOperator::CreateShl(X, ConstantInt::get(Ty, ShiftDiff));
InsertNewInstBefore(Shift, I);
APInt Mask(APInt::getLowBitsSet(TypeBits, TypeBits - ShiftAmt2));
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Shift, ConstantInt::get(Mask));
}
// We can't handle (X << C1) >>a C2, it shifts arbitrary bits in.
}
}
return 0;
}
/// DecomposeSimpleLinearExpr - Analyze 'Val', seeing if it is a simple linear
/// expression. If so, decompose it, returning some value X, such that Val is
/// X*Scale+Offset.
///
static Value *DecomposeSimpleLinearExpr(Value *Val, unsigned &Scale,
int &Offset) {
assert(Val->getType() == Type::Int32Ty && "Unexpected allocation size type!");
if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Val)) {
Offset = CI->getZExtValue();
Scale = 0;
return ConstantInt::get(Type::Int32Ty, 0);
} else if (BinaryOperator *I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Val)) {
if (ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) {
if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl) {
// This is a value scaled by '1 << the shift amt'.
Scale = 1U << RHS->getZExtValue();
Offset = 0;
return I->getOperand(0);
} else if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Mul) {
// This value is scaled by 'RHS'.
Scale = RHS->getZExtValue();
Offset = 0;
return I->getOperand(0);
} else if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add) {
// We have X+C. Check to see if we really have (X*C2)+C1,
// where C1 is divisible by C2.
unsigned SubScale;
Value *SubVal =
DecomposeSimpleLinearExpr(I->getOperand(0), SubScale, Offset);
Offset += RHS->getZExtValue();
Scale = SubScale;
return SubVal;
}
}
}
// Otherwise, we can't look past this.
Scale = 1;
Offset = 0;
return Val;
}
/// PromoteCastOfAllocation - If we find a cast of an allocation instruction,
/// try to eliminate the cast by moving the type information into the alloc.
Instruction *InstCombiner::PromoteCastOfAllocation(BitCastInst &CI,
AllocationInst &AI) {
const PointerType *PTy = cast<PointerType>(CI.getType());
// Remove any uses of AI that are dead.
assert(!CI.use_empty() && "Dead instructions should be removed earlier!");
for (Value::use_iterator UI = AI.use_begin(), E = AI.use_end(); UI != E; ) {
Instruction *User = cast<Instruction>(*UI++);
if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(User)) {
while (UI != E && *UI == User)
++UI; // If this instruction uses AI more than once, don't break UI.
++NumDeadInst;
DOUT << "IC: DCE: " << *User;
EraseInstFromFunction(*User);
}
}
// Get the type really allocated and the type casted to.
const Type *AllocElTy = AI.getAllocatedType();
const Type *CastElTy = PTy->getElementType();
if (!AllocElTy->isSized() || !CastElTy->isSized()) return 0;
unsigned AllocElTyAlign = TD->getABITypeAlignment(AllocElTy);
unsigned CastElTyAlign = TD->getABITypeAlignment(CastElTy);
if (CastElTyAlign < AllocElTyAlign) return 0;
// If the allocation has multiple uses, only promote it if we are strictly
// increasing the alignment of the resultant allocation. If we keep it the
// same, we open the door to infinite loops of various kinds.
if (!AI.hasOneUse() && CastElTyAlign == AllocElTyAlign) return 0;
uint64_t AllocElTySize = TD->getABITypeSize(AllocElTy);
uint64_t CastElTySize = TD->getABITypeSize(CastElTy);
if (CastElTySize == 0 || AllocElTySize == 0) return 0;
// See if we can satisfy the modulus by pulling a scale out of the array
// size argument.
unsigned ArraySizeScale;
int ArrayOffset;
Value *NumElements = // See if the array size is a decomposable linear expr.
DecomposeSimpleLinearExpr(AI.getOperand(0), ArraySizeScale, ArrayOffset);
// If we can now satisfy the modulus, by using a non-1 scale, we really can
// do the xform.
if ((AllocElTySize*ArraySizeScale) % CastElTySize != 0 ||
(AllocElTySize*ArrayOffset ) % CastElTySize != 0) return 0;
unsigned Scale = (AllocElTySize*ArraySizeScale)/CastElTySize;
Value *Amt = 0;
if (Scale == 1) {
Amt = NumElements;
} else {
// If the allocation size is constant, form a constant mul expression
Amt = ConstantInt::get(Type::Int32Ty, Scale);
if (isa<ConstantInt>(NumElements))
Amt = Multiply(cast<ConstantInt>(NumElements), cast<ConstantInt>(Amt));
// otherwise multiply the amount and the number of elements
else if (Scale != 1) {
Instruction *Tmp = BinaryOperator::CreateMul(Amt, NumElements, "tmp");
Amt = InsertNewInstBefore(Tmp, AI);
}
}
if (int Offset = (AllocElTySize*ArrayOffset)/CastElTySize) {
Value *Off = ConstantInt::get(Type::Int32Ty, Offset, true);
Instruction *Tmp = BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(Amt, Off, "tmp");
Amt = InsertNewInstBefore(Tmp, AI);
}
AllocationInst *New;
if (isa<MallocInst>(AI))
New = new MallocInst(CastElTy, Amt, AI.getAlignment());
else
New = new AllocaInst(CastElTy, Amt, AI.getAlignment());
InsertNewInstBefore(New, AI);
New->takeName(&AI);
// If the allocation has multiple uses, insert a cast and change all things
// that used it to use the new cast. This will also hack on CI, but it will
// die soon.
if (!AI.hasOneUse()) {
AddUsesToWorkList(AI);
// New is the allocation instruction, pointer typed. AI is the original
// allocation instruction, also pointer typed. Thus, cast to use is BitCast.
CastInst *NewCast = new BitCastInst(New, AI.getType(), "tmpcast");
InsertNewInstBefore(NewCast, AI);
AI.replaceAllUsesWith(NewCast);
}
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, New);
}
/// CanEvaluateInDifferentType - Return true if we can take the specified value
/// and return it as type Ty without inserting any new casts and without
/// changing the computed value. This is used by code that tries to decide
/// whether promoting or shrinking integer operations to wider or smaller types
/// will allow us to eliminate a truncate or extend.
///
/// This is a truncation operation if Ty is smaller than V->getType(), or an
/// extension operation if Ty is larger.
///
/// If CastOpc is a truncation, then Ty will be a type smaller than V. We
/// should return true if trunc(V) can be computed by computing V in the smaller
/// type. If V is an instruction, then trunc(inst(x,y)) can be computed as
/// inst(trunc(x),trunc(y)), which only makes sense if x and y can be
/// efficiently truncated.
///
/// If CastOpc is a sext or zext, we are asking if the low bits of the value can
/// bit computed in a larger type, which is then and'd or sext_in_reg'd to get
/// the final result.
bool InstCombiner::CanEvaluateInDifferentType(Value *V, const IntegerType *Ty,
unsigned CastOpc,
int &NumCastsRemoved) {
// We can always evaluate constants in another type.
if (isa<ConstantInt>(V))
return true;
Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
if (!I) return false;
const IntegerType *OrigTy = cast<IntegerType>(V->getType());
// If this is an extension or truncate, we can often eliminate it.
if (isa<TruncInst>(I) || isa<ZExtInst>(I) || isa<SExtInst>(I)) {
// If this is a cast from the destination type, we can trivially eliminate
// it, and this will remove a cast overall.
if (I->getOperand(0)->getType() == Ty) {
// If the first operand is itself a cast, and is eliminable, do not count
// this as an eliminable cast. We would prefer to eliminate those two
// casts first.
if (!isa<CastInst>(I->getOperand(0)) && I->hasOneUse())
++NumCastsRemoved;
return true;
}
}
// We can't extend or shrink something that has multiple uses: doing so would
// require duplicating the instruction in general, which isn't profitable.
if (!I->hasOneUse()) return false;
switch (I->getOpcode()) {
case Instruction::Add:
case Instruction::Sub:
case Instruction::Mul:
case Instruction::And:
case Instruction::Or:
case Instruction::Xor:
// These operators can all arbitrarily be extended or truncated.
return CanEvaluateInDifferentType(I->getOperand(0), Ty, CastOpc,
NumCastsRemoved) &&
CanEvaluateInDifferentType(I->getOperand(1), Ty, CastOpc,
NumCastsRemoved);
case Instruction::Shl:
// If we are truncating the result of this SHL, and if it's a shift of a
// constant amount, we can always perform a SHL in a smaller type.
if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) {
uint32_t BitWidth = Ty->getBitWidth();
if (BitWidth < OrigTy->getBitWidth() &&
CI->getLimitedValue(BitWidth) < BitWidth)
return CanEvaluateInDifferentType(I->getOperand(0), Ty, CastOpc,
NumCastsRemoved);
}
break;
case Instruction::LShr:
// If this is a truncate of a logical shr, we can truncate it to a smaller
// lshr iff we know that the bits we would otherwise be shifting in are
// already zeros.
if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) {
uint32_t OrigBitWidth = OrigTy->getBitWidth();
uint32_t BitWidth = Ty->getBitWidth();
if (BitWidth < OrigBitWidth &&
MaskedValueIsZero(I->getOperand(0),
APInt::getHighBitsSet(OrigBitWidth, OrigBitWidth-BitWidth)) &&
CI->getLimitedValue(BitWidth) < BitWidth) {
return CanEvaluateInDifferentType(I->getOperand(0), Ty, CastOpc,
NumCastsRemoved);
}
}
break;
case Instruction::ZExt:
case Instruction::SExt:
case Instruction::Trunc:
// If this is the same kind of case as our original (e.g. zext+zext), we
// can safely replace it. Note that replacing it does not reduce the number
// of casts in the input.
if (I->getOpcode() == CastOpc)
return true;
break;
case Instruction::Select: {
SelectInst *SI = cast<SelectInst>(I);
return CanEvaluateInDifferentType(SI->getTrueValue(), Ty, CastOpc,
NumCastsRemoved) &&
CanEvaluateInDifferentType(SI->getFalseValue(), Ty, CastOpc,
NumCastsRemoved);
}
case Instruction::PHI: {
// We can change a phi if we can change all operands.
PHINode *PN = cast<PHINode>(I);
for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i)
if (!CanEvaluateInDifferentType(PN->getIncomingValue(i), Ty, CastOpc,
NumCastsRemoved))
return false;
return true;
}
default:
// TODO: Can handle more cases here.
break;
}
return false;
}
/// EvaluateInDifferentType - Given an expression that
/// CanEvaluateInDifferentType returns true for, actually insert the code to
/// evaluate the expression.
Value *InstCombiner::EvaluateInDifferentType(Value *V, const Type *Ty,
bool isSigned) {
if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V))
return ConstantExpr::getIntegerCast(C, Ty, isSigned /*Sext or ZExt*/);
// Otherwise, it must be an instruction.
Instruction *I = cast<Instruction>(V);
Instruction *Res = 0;
switch (I->getOpcode()) {
case Instruction::Add:
case Instruction::Sub:
case Instruction::Mul:
case Instruction::And:
case Instruction::Or:
case Instruction::Xor:
case Instruction::AShr:
case Instruction::LShr:
case Instruction::Shl: {
Value *LHS = EvaluateInDifferentType(I->getOperand(0), Ty, isSigned);
Value *RHS = EvaluateInDifferentType(I->getOperand(1), Ty, isSigned);
Res = BinaryOperator::Create((Instruction::BinaryOps)I->getOpcode(),
LHS, RHS);
break;
}
case Instruction::Trunc:
case Instruction::ZExt:
case Instruction::SExt:
// If the source type of the cast is the type we're trying for then we can
// just return the source. There's no need to insert it because it is not
// new.
if (I->getOperand(0)->getType() == Ty)
return I->getOperand(0);
// Otherwise, must be the same type of cast, so just reinsert a new one.
Res = CastInst::Create(cast<CastInst>(I)->getOpcode(), I->getOperand(0),
Ty);
break;
case Instruction::Select: {
Value *True = EvaluateInDifferentType(I->getOperand(1), Ty, isSigned);
Value *False = EvaluateInDifferentType(I->getOperand(2), Ty, isSigned);
Res = SelectInst::Create(I->getOperand(0), True, False);
break;
}
case Instruction::PHI: {
PHINode *OPN = cast<PHINode>(I);
PHINode *NPN = PHINode::Create(Ty);
for (unsigned i = 0, e = OPN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
Value *V =EvaluateInDifferentType(OPN->getIncomingValue(i), Ty, isSigned);
NPN->addIncoming(V, OPN->getIncomingBlock(i));
}
Res = NPN;
break;
}
default:
// TODO: Can handle more cases here.
assert(0 && "Unreachable!");
break;
}
Res->takeName(I);
return InsertNewInstBefore(Res, *I);
}
/// @brief Implement the transforms common to all CastInst visitors.
Instruction *InstCombiner::commonCastTransforms(CastInst &CI) {
Value *Src = CI.getOperand(0);
// Many cases of "cast of a cast" are eliminable. If it's eliminable we just
// eliminate it now.
if (CastInst *CSrc = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Src)) { // A->B->C cast
if (Instruction::CastOps opc =
isEliminableCastPair(CSrc, CI.getOpcode(), CI.getType(), TD)) {
// The first cast (CSrc) is eliminable so we need to fix up or replace
// the second cast (CI). CSrc will then have a good chance of being dead.
return CastInst::Create(opc, CSrc->getOperand(0), CI.getType());
}
}
// If we are casting a select then fold the cast into the select
if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Src))
if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoSelect(CI, SI, this))
return NV;
// If we are casting a PHI then fold the cast into the PHI
if (isa<PHINode>(Src))
if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(CI))
return NV;
return 0;
}
/// @brief Implement the transforms for cast of pointer (bitcast/ptrtoint)
Instruction *InstCombiner::commonPointerCastTransforms(CastInst &CI) {
Value *Src = CI.getOperand(0);
if (GetElementPtrInst *GEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(Src)) {
// If casting the result of a getelementptr instruction with no offset, turn
// this into a cast of the original pointer!
if (GEP->hasAllZeroIndices()) {
// Changing the cast operand is usually not a good idea but it is safe
// here because the pointer operand is being replaced with another
// pointer operand so the opcode doesn't need to change.
AddToWorkList(GEP);
CI.setOperand(0, GEP->getOperand(0));
return &CI;
}
// If the GEP has a single use, and the base pointer is a bitcast, and the
// GEP computes a constant offset, see if we can convert these three
// instructions into fewer. This typically happens with unions and other
// non-type-safe code.
if (GEP->hasOneUse() && isa<BitCastInst>(GEP->getOperand(0))) {
if (GEP->hasAllConstantIndices()) {
// We are guaranteed to get a constant from EmitGEPOffset.
ConstantInt *OffsetV = cast<ConstantInt>(EmitGEPOffset(GEP, CI, *this));
int64_t Offset = OffsetV->getSExtValue();
// Get the base pointer input of the bitcast, and the type it points to.
Value *OrigBase = cast<BitCastInst>(GEP->getOperand(0))->getOperand(0);
const Type *GEPIdxTy =
cast<PointerType>(OrigBase->getType())->getElementType();
if (GEPIdxTy->isSized()) {
SmallVector<Value*, 8> NewIndices;
// Start with the index over the outer type. Note that the type size
// might be zero (even if the offset isn't zero) if the indexed type
// is something like [0 x {int, int}]
const Type *IntPtrTy = TD->getIntPtrType();
int64_t FirstIdx = 0;
if (int64_t TySize = TD->getABITypeSize(GEPIdxTy)) {
FirstIdx = Offset/TySize;
Offset %= TySize;
// Handle silly modulus not returning values values [0..TySize).
if (Offset < 0) {
--FirstIdx;
Offset += TySize;
assert(Offset >= 0);
}
assert((uint64_t)Offset < (uint64_t)TySize &&"Out of range offset");
}
NewIndices.push_back(ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, FirstIdx));
// Index into the types. If we fail, set OrigBase to null.
while (Offset) {
if (const StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(GEPIdxTy)) {
const StructLayout *SL = TD->getStructLayout(STy);
if (Offset < (int64_t)SL->getSizeInBytes()) {
unsigned Elt = SL->getElementContainingOffset(Offset);
NewIndices.push_back(ConstantInt::get(Type::Int32Ty, Elt));
Offset -= SL->getElementOffset(Elt);
GEPIdxTy = STy->getElementType(Elt);
} else {
// Otherwise, we can't index into this, bail out.
Offset = 0;
OrigBase = 0;
}
} else if (isa<ArrayType>(GEPIdxTy) || isa<VectorType>(GEPIdxTy)) {
const SequentialType *STy = cast<SequentialType>(GEPIdxTy);
if (uint64_t EltSize = TD->getABITypeSize(STy->getElementType())){
NewIndices.push_back(ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy,Offset/EltSize));
Offset %= EltSize;
} else {
NewIndices.push_back(ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, 0));
}
GEPIdxTy = STy->getElementType();
} else {
// Otherwise, we can't index into this, bail out.
Offset = 0;
OrigBase = 0;
}
}
if (OrigBase) {
// If we were able to index down into an element, create the GEP
// and bitcast the result. This eliminates one bitcast, potentially
// two.
Instruction *NGEP = GetElementPtrInst::Create(OrigBase,
NewIndices.begin(),
NewIndices.end(), "");
InsertNewInstBefore(NGEP, CI);
NGEP->takeName(GEP);
if (isa<BitCastInst>(CI))
return new BitCastInst(NGEP, CI.getType());
assert(isa<PtrToIntInst>(CI));
return new PtrToIntInst(NGEP, CI.getType());
}
}
}
}
}
return commonCastTransforms(CI);
}
/// Only the TRUNC, ZEXT, SEXT, and BITCAST can both operand and result as
/// integer types. This function implements the common transforms for all those
/// cases.
/// @brief Implement the transforms common to CastInst with integer operands
Instruction *InstCombiner::commonIntCastTransforms(CastInst &CI) {
if (Instruction *Result = commonCastTransforms(CI))
return Result;
Value *Src = CI.getOperand(0);
const Type *SrcTy = Src->getType();
const Type *DestTy = CI.getType();
uint32_t SrcBitSize = SrcTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
uint32_t DestBitSize = DestTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
// See if we can simplify any instructions used by the LHS whose sole
// purpose is to compute bits we don't care about.
APInt KnownZero(DestBitSize, 0), KnownOne(DestBitSize, 0);
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(&CI, APInt::getAllOnesValue(DestBitSize),
KnownZero, KnownOne))
return &CI;
// If the source isn't an instruction or has more than one use then we
// can't do anything more.
Instruction *SrcI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Src);
if (!SrcI || !Src->hasOneUse())
return 0;
// Attempt to propagate the cast into the instruction for int->int casts.
int NumCastsRemoved = 0;
if (!isa<BitCastInst>(CI) &&
CanEvaluateInDifferentType(SrcI, cast<IntegerType>(DestTy),
CI.getOpcode(), NumCastsRemoved)) {
// If this cast is a truncate, evaluting in a different type always
// eliminates the cast, so it is always a win. If this is a zero-extension,
// we need to do an AND to maintain the clear top-part of the computation,
// so we require that the input have eliminated at least one cast. If this
// is a sign extension, we insert two new casts (to do the extension) so we
// require that two casts have been eliminated.
bool DoXForm;
switch (CI.getOpcode()) {
default:
// All the others use floating point so we shouldn't actually
// get here because of the check above.
assert(0 && "Unknown cast type");
case Instruction::Trunc:
DoXForm = true;
break;
case Instruction::ZExt:
DoXForm = NumCastsRemoved >= 1;
break;
case Instruction::SExt:
DoXForm = NumCastsRemoved >= 2;
break;
}
if (DoXForm) {
Value *Res = EvaluateInDifferentType(SrcI, DestTy,
CI.getOpcode() == Instruction::SExt);
assert(Res->getType() == DestTy);
switch (CI.getOpcode()) {
default: assert(0 && "Unknown cast type!");
case Instruction::Trunc:
case Instruction::BitCast:
// Just replace this cast with the result.
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, Res);
case Instruction::ZExt: {
// We need to emit an AND to clear the high bits.
assert(SrcBitSize < DestBitSize && "Not a zext?");
Constant *C = ConstantInt::get(APInt::getLowBitsSet(DestBitSize,
SrcBitSize));
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Res, C);
}
case Instruction::SExt:
// We need to emit a cast to truncate, then a cast to sext.
return CastInst::Create(Instruction::SExt,
InsertCastBefore(Instruction::Trunc, Res, Src->getType(),
CI), DestTy);
}
}
}
Value *Op0 = SrcI->getNumOperands() > 0 ? SrcI->getOperand(0) : 0;
Value *Op1 = SrcI->getNumOperands() > 1 ? SrcI->getOperand(1) : 0;
switch (SrcI->getOpcode()) {
case Instruction::Add:
case Instruction::Mul:
case Instruction::And:
case Instruction::Or:
case Instruction::Xor:
// If we are discarding information, rewrite.
if (DestBitSize <= SrcBitSize && DestBitSize != 1) {
// Don't insert two casts if they cannot be eliminated. We allow
// two casts to be inserted if the sizes are the same. This could
// only be converting signedness, which is a noop.
if (DestBitSize == SrcBitSize ||
!ValueRequiresCast(CI.getOpcode(), Op1, DestTy,TD) ||
!ValueRequiresCast(CI.getOpcode(), Op0, DestTy, TD)) {
Instruction::CastOps opcode = CI.getOpcode();
Value *Op0c = InsertOperandCastBefore(opcode, Op0, DestTy, SrcI);
Value *Op1c = InsertOperandCastBefore(opcode, Op1, DestTy, SrcI);
return BinaryOperator::Create(
cast<BinaryOperator>(SrcI)->getOpcode(), Op0c, Op1c);
}
}
// cast (xor bool X, true) to int --> xor (cast bool X to int), 1
if (isa<ZExtInst>(CI) && SrcBitSize == 1 &&
SrcI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Xor &&
Op1 == ConstantInt::getTrue() &&
(!Op0->hasOneUse() || !isa<CmpInst>(Op0))) {
Value *New = InsertOperandCastBefore(Instruction::ZExt, Op0, DestTy, &CI);
return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(New, ConstantInt::get(CI.getType(), 1));
}
break;
case Instruction::SDiv:
case Instruction::UDiv:
case Instruction::SRem:
case Instruction::URem:
// If we are just changing the sign, rewrite.
if (DestBitSize == SrcBitSize) {
// Don't insert two casts if they cannot be eliminated. We allow
// two casts to be inserted if the sizes are the same. This could
// only be converting signedness, which is a noop.
if (!ValueRequiresCast(CI.getOpcode(), Op1, DestTy, TD) ||
!ValueRequiresCast(CI.getOpcode(), Op0, DestTy, TD)) {
Value *Op0c = InsertOperandCastBefore(Instruction::BitCast,
Op0, DestTy, SrcI);
Value *Op1c = InsertOperandCastBefore(Instruction::BitCast,
Op1, DestTy, SrcI);
return BinaryOperator::Create(
cast<BinaryOperator>(SrcI)->getOpcode(), Op0c, Op1c);
}
}
break;
case Instruction::Shl:
// Allow changing the sign of the source operand. Do not allow
// changing the size of the shift, UNLESS the shift amount is a
// constant. We must not change variable sized shifts to a smaller
// size, because it is undefined to shift more bits out than exist
// in the value.
if (DestBitSize == SrcBitSize ||
(DestBitSize < SrcBitSize && isa<Constant>(Op1))) {
Instruction::CastOps opcode = (DestBitSize == SrcBitSize ?
Instruction::BitCast : Instruction::Trunc);
Value *Op0c = InsertOperandCastBefore(opcode, Op0, DestTy, SrcI);
Value *Op1c = InsertOperandCastBefore(opcode, Op1, DestTy, SrcI);
return BinaryOperator::CreateShl(Op0c, Op1c);
}
break;
case Instruction::AShr:
// If this is a signed shr, and if all bits shifted in are about to be
// truncated off, turn it into an unsigned shr to allow greater
// simplifications.
if (DestBitSize < SrcBitSize &&
isa<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
uint32_t ShiftAmt = cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)->getLimitedValue(SrcBitSize);
if (SrcBitSize > ShiftAmt && SrcBitSize-ShiftAmt >= DestBitSize) {
// Insert the new logical shift right.
return BinaryOperator::CreateLShr(Op0, Op1);
}
}
break;
}
return 0;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitTrunc(TruncInst &CI) {
if (Instruction *Result = commonIntCastTransforms(CI))
return Result;
Value *Src = CI.getOperand(0);
const Type *Ty = CI.getType();
uint32_t DestBitWidth = Ty->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
uint32_t SrcBitWidth = cast<IntegerType>(Src->getType())->getBitWidth();
if (Instruction *SrcI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Src)) {
switch (SrcI->getOpcode()) {
default: break;
case Instruction::LShr:
// We can shrink lshr to something smaller if we know the bits shifted in
// are already zeros.
if (ConstantInt *ShAmtV = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(SrcI->getOperand(1))) {
uint32_t ShAmt = ShAmtV->getLimitedValue(SrcBitWidth);
// Get a mask for the bits shifting in.
APInt Mask(APInt::getLowBitsSet(SrcBitWidth, ShAmt).shl(DestBitWidth));
Value* SrcIOp0 = SrcI->getOperand(0);
if (SrcI->hasOneUse() && MaskedValueIsZero(SrcIOp0, Mask)) {
if (ShAmt >= DestBitWidth) // All zeros.
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, Constant::getNullValue(Ty));
// Okay, we can shrink this. Truncate the input, then return a new
// shift.
Value *V1 = InsertCastBefore(Instruction::Trunc, SrcIOp0, Ty, CI);
Value *V2 = InsertCastBefore(Instruction::Trunc, SrcI->getOperand(1),
Ty, CI);
return BinaryOperator::CreateLShr(V1, V2);
}
} else { // This is a variable shr.
// Turn 'trunc (lshr X, Y) to bool' into '(X & (1 << Y)) != 0'. This is
// more LLVM instructions, but allows '1 << Y' to be hoisted if
// loop-invariant and CSE'd.
if (CI.getType() == Type::Int1Ty && SrcI->hasOneUse()) {
Value *One = ConstantInt::get(SrcI->getType(), 1);
Value *V = InsertNewInstBefore(
BinaryOperator::CreateShl(One, SrcI->getOperand(1),
"tmp"), CI);
V = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(V,
SrcI->getOperand(0),
"tmp"), CI);
Value *Zero = Constant::getNullValue(V->getType());
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, V, Zero);
}
}
break;
}
}
return 0;
}
/// transformZExtICmp - Transform (zext icmp) to bitwise / integer operations
/// in order to eliminate the icmp.
Instruction *InstCombiner::transformZExtICmp(ICmpInst *ICI, Instruction &CI,
bool DoXform) {
// If we are just checking for a icmp eq of a single bit and zext'ing it
// to an integer, then shift the bit to the appropriate place and then
// cast to integer to avoid the comparison.
if (ConstantInt *Op1C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(ICI->getOperand(1))) {
const APInt &Op1CV = Op1C->getValue();
// zext (x <s 0) to i32 --> x>>u31 true if signbit set.
// zext (x >s -1) to i32 --> (x>>u31)^1 true if signbit clear.
if ((ICI->getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT && Op1CV == 0) ||
(ICI->getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT &&Op1CV.isAllOnesValue())) {
if (!DoXform) return ICI;
Value *In = ICI->getOperand(0);
Value *Sh = ConstantInt::get(In->getType(),
In->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()-1);
In = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::CreateLShr(In, Sh,
In->getName()+".lobit"),
CI);
if (In->getType() != CI.getType())
In = CastInst::CreateIntegerCast(In, CI.getType(),
false/*ZExt*/, "tmp", &CI);
if (ICI->getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT) {
Constant *One = ConstantInt::get(In->getType(), 1);
In = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::CreateXor(In, One,
In->getName()+".not"),
CI);
}
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, In);
}
// zext (X == 0) to i32 --> X^1 iff X has only the low bit set.
// zext (X == 0) to i32 --> (X>>1)^1 iff X has only the 2nd bit set.
// zext (X == 1) to i32 --> X iff X has only the low bit set.
// zext (X == 2) to i32 --> X>>1 iff X has only the 2nd bit set.
// zext (X != 0) to i32 --> X iff X has only the low bit set.
// zext (X != 0) to i32 --> X>>1 iff X has only the 2nd bit set.
// zext (X != 1) to i32 --> X^1 iff X has only the low bit set.
// zext (X != 2) to i32 --> (X>>1)^1 iff X has only the 2nd bit set.
if ((Op1CV == 0 || Op1CV.isPowerOf2()) &&
// This only works for EQ and NE
ICI->isEquality()) {
// If Op1C some other power of two, convert:
uint32_t BitWidth = Op1C->getType()->getBitWidth();
APInt KnownZero(BitWidth, 0), KnownOne(BitWidth, 0);
APInt TypeMask(APInt::getAllOnesValue(BitWidth));
ComputeMaskedBits(ICI->getOperand(0), TypeMask, KnownZero, KnownOne);
APInt KnownZeroMask(~KnownZero);
if (KnownZeroMask.isPowerOf2()) { // Exactly 1 possible 1?
if (!DoXform) return ICI;
bool isNE = ICI->getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE;
if (Op1CV != 0 && (Op1CV != KnownZeroMask)) {
// (X&4) == 2 --> false
// (X&4) != 2 --> true
Constant *Res = ConstantInt::get(Type::Int1Ty, isNE);
Res = ConstantExpr::getZExt(Res, CI.getType());
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, Res);
}
uint32_t ShiftAmt = KnownZeroMask.logBase2();
Value *In = ICI->getOperand(0);
if (ShiftAmt) {
// Perform a logical shr by shiftamt.
// Insert the shift to put the result in the low bit.
In = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::CreateLShr(In,
ConstantInt::get(In->getType(), ShiftAmt),
In->getName()+".lobit"), CI);
}
if ((Op1CV != 0) == isNE) { // Toggle the low bit.
Constant *One = ConstantInt::get(In->getType(), 1);
In = BinaryOperator::CreateXor(In, One, "tmp");
InsertNewInstBefore(cast<Instruction>(In), CI);
}
if (CI.getType() == In->getType())
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, In);
else
return CastInst::CreateIntegerCast(In, CI.getType(), false/*ZExt*/);
}
}
}
return 0;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitZExt(ZExtInst &CI) {
// If one of the common conversion will work ..
if (Instruction *Result = commonIntCastTransforms(CI))
return Result;
Value *Src = CI.getOperand(0);
// If this is a cast of a cast
if (CastInst *CSrc = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Src)) { // A->B->C cast
// If this is a TRUNC followed by a ZEXT then we are dealing with integral
// types and if the sizes are just right we can convert this into a logical
// 'and' which will be much cheaper than the pair of casts.
if (isa<TruncInst>(CSrc)) {
// Get the sizes of the types involved
Value *A = CSrc->getOperand(0);
uint32_t SrcSize = A->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
uint32_t MidSize = CSrc->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
uint32_t DstSize = CI.getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
// If we're actually extending zero bits and the trunc is a no-op
if (MidSize < DstSize && SrcSize == DstSize) {
// Replace both of the casts with an And of the type mask.
APInt AndValue(APInt::getLowBitsSet(SrcSize, MidSize));
Constant *AndConst = ConstantInt::get(AndValue);
Instruction *And =
BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(CSrc->getOperand(0), AndConst);
// Unfortunately, if the type changed, we need to cast it back.
if (And->getType() != CI.getType()) {
And->setName(CSrc->getName()+".mask");
InsertNewInstBefore(And, CI);
And = CastInst::CreateIntegerCast(And, CI.getType(), false/*ZExt*/);
}
return And;
}
}
}
if (ICmpInst *ICI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(Src))
return transformZExtICmp(ICI, CI);
BinaryOperator *SrcI = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Src);
if (SrcI && SrcI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) {
// zext (or icmp, icmp) --> or (zext icmp), (zext icmp) if at least one
// of the (zext icmp) will be transformed.
ICmpInst *LHS = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(SrcI->getOperand(0));
ICmpInst *RHS = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(SrcI->getOperand(1));
if (LHS && RHS && LHS->hasOneUse() && RHS->hasOneUse() &&
(transformZExtICmp(LHS, CI, false) ||
transformZExtICmp(RHS, CI, false))) {
Value *LCast = InsertCastBefore(Instruction::ZExt, LHS, CI.getType(), CI);
Value *RCast = InsertCastBefore(Instruction::ZExt, RHS, CI.getType(), CI);
return BinaryOperator::Create(Instruction::Or, LCast, RCast);
}
}
return 0;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSExt(SExtInst &CI) {
if (Instruction *I = commonIntCastTransforms(CI))
return I;
Value *Src = CI.getOperand(0);
// sext (x <s 0) -> ashr x, 31 -> all ones if signed
// sext (x >s -1) -> ashr x, 31 -> all ones if not signed
if (ICmpInst *ICI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(Src)) {
// If we are just checking for a icmp eq of a single bit and zext'ing it
// to an integer, then shift the bit to the appropriate place and then
// cast to integer to avoid the comparison.
if (ConstantInt *Op1C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(ICI->getOperand(1))) {
const APInt &Op1CV = Op1C->getValue();
// sext (x <s 0) to i32 --> x>>s31 true if signbit set.
// sext (x >s -1) to i32 --> (x>>s31)^-1 true if signbit clear.
if ((ICI->getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT && Op1CV == 0) ||
(ICI->getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT &&Op1CV.isAllOnesValue())){
Value *In = ICI->getOperand(0);
Value *Sh = ConstantInt::get(In->getType(),
In->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()-1);
In = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::CreateAShr(In, Sh,
In->getName()+".lobit"),
CI);
if (In->getType() != CI.getType())
In = CastInst::CreateIntegerCast(In, CI.getType(),
true/*SExt*/, "tmp", &CI);
if (ICI->getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT)
In = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::CreateNot(In,
In->getName()+".not"), CI);
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, In);
}
}
}
// See if the value being truncated is already sign extended. If so, just
// eliminate the trunc/sext pair.
if (getOpcode(Src) == Instruction::Trunc) {
Value *Op = cast<User>(Src)->getOperand(0);
unsigned OpBits = cast<IntegerType>(Op->getType())->getBitWidth();
unsigned MidBits = cast<IntegerType>(Src->getType())->getBitWidth();
unsigned DestBits = cast<IntegerType>(CI.getType())->getBitWidth();
unsigned NumSignBits = ComputeNumSignBits(Op);
if (OpBits == DestBits) {
// Op is i32, Mid is i8, and Dest is i32. If Op has more than 24 sign
// bits, it is already ready.
if (NumSignBits > DestBits-MidBits)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, Op);
} else if (OpBits < DestBits) {
// Op is i32, Mid is i8, and Dest is i64. If Op has more than 24 sign
// bits, just sext from i32.
if (NumSignBits > OpBits-MidBits)
return new SExtInst(Op, CI.getType(), "tmp");
} else {
// Op is i64, Mid is i8, and Dest is i32. If Op has more than 56 sign
// bits, just truncate to i32.
if (NumSignBits > OpBits-MidBits)
return new TruncInst(Op, CI.getType(), "tmp");
}
}
// If the input is a shl/ashr pair of a same constant, then this is a sign
// extension from a smaller value. If we could trust arbitrary bitwidth
// integers, we could turn this into a truncate to the smaller bit and then
// use a sext for the whole extension. Since we don't, look deeper and check
// for a truncate. If the source and dest are the same type, eliminate the
// trunc and extend and just do shifts. For example, turn:
// %a = trunc i32 %i to i8
// %b = shl i8 %a, 6
// %c = ashr i8 %b, 6
// %d = sext i8 %c to i32
// into:
// %a = shl i32 %i, 30
// %d = ashr i32 %a, 30
Value *A = 0;
ConstantInt *BA = 0, *CA = 0;
if (match(Src, m_AShr(m_Shl(m_Value(A), m_ConstantInt(BA)),
m_ConstantInt(CA))) &&
BA == CA && isa<TruncInst>(A)) {
Value *I = cast<TruncInst>(A)->getOperand(0);
if (I->getType() == CI.getType()) {
unsigned MidSize = Src->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
unsigned SrcDstSize = CI.getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
unsigned ShAmt = CA->getZExtValue()+SrcDstSize-MidSize;
Constant *ShAmtV = ConstantInt::get(CI.getType(), ShAmt);
I = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::CreateShl(I, ShAmtV,
CI.getName()), CI);
return BinaryOperator::CreateAShr(I, ShAmtV);
}
}
return 0;
}
/// FitsInFPType - Return a Constant* for the specified FP constant if it fits
/// in the specified FP type without changing its value.
static Constant *FitsInFPType(ConstantFP *CFP, const fltSemantics &Sem) {
APFloat F = CFP->getValueAPF();
if (F.convert(Sem, APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven) == APFloat::opOK)
return ConstantFP::get(F);
return 0;
}
/// LookThroughFPExtensions - If this is an fp extension instruction, look
/// through it until we get the source value.
static Value *LookThroughFPExtensions(Value *V) {
if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V))
if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::FPExt)
return LookThroughFPExtensions(I->getOperand(0));
// If this value is a constant, return the constant in the smallest FP type
// that can accurately represent it. This allows us to turn
// (float)((double)X+2.0) into x+2.0f.
if (ConstantFP *CFP = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(V)) {
if (CFP->getType() == Type::PPC_FP128Ty)
return V; // No constant folding of this.
// See if the value can be truncated to float and then reextended.
if (Value *V = FitsInFPType(CFP, APFloat::IEEEsingle))
return V;
if (CFP->getType() == Type::DoubleTy)
return V; // Won't shrink.
if (Value *V = FitsInFPType(CFP, APFloat::IEEEdouble))
return V;
// Don't try to shrink to various long double types.
}
return V;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFPTrunc(FPTruncInst &CI) {
if (Instruction *I = commonCastTransforms(CI))
return I;
// If we have fptrunc(add (fpextend x), (fpextend y)), where x and y are
// smaller than the destination type, we can eliminate the truncate by doing
// the add as the smaller type. This applies to add/sub/mul/div as well as
// many builtins (sqrt, etc).
BinaryOperator *OpI = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(CI.getOperand(0));
if (OpI && OpI->hasOneUse()) {
switch (OpI->getOpcode()) {
default: break;
case Instruction::Add:
case Instruction::Sub:
case Instruction::Mul:
case Instruction::FDiv:
case Instruction::FRem:
const Type *SrcTy = OpI->getType();
Value *LHSTrunc = LookThroughFPExtensions(OpI->getOperand(0));
Value *RHSTrunc = LookThroughFPExtensions(OpI->getOperand(1));
if (LHSTrunc->getType() != SrcTy &&
RHSTrunc->getType() != SrcTy) {
unsigned DstSize = CI.getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
// If the source types were both smaller than the destination type of
// the cast, do this xform.
if (LHSTrunc->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() <= DstSize &&
RHSTrunc->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() <= DstSize) {
LHSTrunc = InsertCastBefore(Instruction::FPExt, LHSTrunc,
CI.getType(), CI);
RHSTrunc = InsertCastBefore(Instruction::FPExt, RHSTrunc,
CI.getType(), CI);
return BinaryOperator::Create(OpI->getOpcode(), LHSTrunc, RHSTrunc);
}
}
break;
}
}
return 0;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFPExt(CastInst &CI) {
return commonCastTransforms(CI);
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFPToUI(FPToUIInst &FI) {
Instruction *OpI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(FI.getOperand(0));
if (OpI == 0)
return commonCastTransforms(FI);
// fptoui(uitofp(X)) --> X
// fptoui(sitofp(X)) --> X
// This is safe if the intermediate type has enough bits in its mantissa to
// accurately represent all values of X. For example, do not do this with
// i64->float->i64. This is also safe for sitofp case, because any negative
// 'X' value would cause an undefined result for the fptoui.
if ((isa<UIToFPInst>(OpI) || isa<SIToFPInst>(OpI)) &&
OpI->getOperand(0)->getType() == FI.getType() &&
(int)FI.getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() < /*extra bit for sign */
OpI->getType()->getFPMantissaWidth())
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(FI, OpI->getOperand(0));
return commonCastTransforms(FI);
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFPToSI(FPToSIInst &FI) {
Instruction *OpI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(FI.getOperand(0));
if (OpI == 0)
return commonCastTransforms(FI);
// fptosi(sitofp(X)) --> X
// fptosi(uitofp(X)) --> X
// This is safe if the intermediate type has enough bits in its mantissa to
// accurately represent all values of X. For example, do not do this with
// i64->float->i64. This is also safe for sitofp case, because any negative
// 'X' value would cause an undefined result for the fptoui.
if ((isa<UIToFPInst>(OpI) || isa<SIToFPInst>(OpI)) &&
OpI->getOperand(0)->getType() == FI.getType() &&
(int)FI.getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() <=
OpI->getType()->getFPMantissaWidth())
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(FI, OpI->getOperand(0));
return commonCastTransforms(FI);
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitUIToFP(CastInst &CI) {
return commonCastTransforms(CI);
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSIToFP(CastInst &CI) {
return commonCastTransforms(CI);
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitPtrToInt(CastInst &CI) {
return commonPointerCastTransforms(CI);
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitIntToPtr(IntToPtrInst &CI) {
if (Instruction *I = commonCastTransforms(CI))
return I;
const Type *DestPointee = cast<PointerType>(CI.getType())->getElementType();
if (!DestPointee->isSized()) return 0;
// If this is inttoptr(add (ptrtoint x), cst), try to turn this into a GEP.
ConstantInt *Cst;
Value *X;
if (match(CI.getOperand(0), m_Add(m_Cast<PtrToIntInst>(m_Value(X)),
m_ConstantInt(Cst)))) {
// If the source and destination operands have the same type, see if this
// is a single-index GEP.
if (X->getType() == CI.getType()) {
// Get the size of the pointee type.
uint64_t Size = TD->getABITypeSize(DestPointee);
// Convert the constant to intptr type.
APInt Offset = Cst->getValue();
Offset.sextOrTrunc(TD->getPointerSizeInBits());
// If Offset is evenly divisible by Size, we can do this xform.
if (Size && !APIntOps::srem(Offset, APInt(Offset.getBitWidth(), Size))){
Offset = APIntOps::sdiv(Offset, APInt(Offset.getBitWidth(), Size));
return GetElementPtrInst::Create(X, ConstantInt::get(Offset));
}
}
// TODO: Could handle other cases, e.g. where add is indexing into field of
// struct etc.
} else if (CI.getOperand(0)->hasOneUse() &&
match(CI.getOperand(0), m_Add(m_Value(X), m_ConstantInt(Cst)))) {
// Otherwise, if this is inttoptr(add x, cst), try to turn this into an
// "inttoptr+GEP" instead of "add+intptr".
// Get the size of the pointee type.
uint64_t Size = TD->getABITypeSize(DestPointee);
// Convert the constant to intptr type.
APInt Offset = Cst->getValue();
Offset.sextOrTrunc(TD->getPointerSizeInBits());
// If Offset is evenly divisible by Size, we can do this xform.
if (Size && !APIntOps::srem(Offset, APInt(Offset.getBitWidth(), Size))){
Offset = APIntOps::sdiv(Offset, APInt(Offset.getBitWidth(), Size));
Instruction *P = InsertNewInstBefore(new IntToPtrInst(X, CI.getType(),
"tmp"), CI);
return GetElementPtrInst::Create(P, ConstantInt::get(Offset), "tmp");
}
}
return 0;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitBitCast(BitCastInst &CI) {
// If the operands are integer typed then apply the integer transforms,
// otherwise just apply the common ones.
Value *Src = CI.getOperand(0);
const Type *SrcTy = Src->getType();
const Type *DestTy = CI.getType();
if (SrcTy->isInteger() && DestTy->isInteger()) {
if (Instruction *Result = commonIntCastTransforms(CI))
return Result;
} else if (isa<PointerType>(SrcTy)) {
if (Instruction *I = commonPointerCastTransforms(CI))
return I;
} else {
if (Instruction *Result = commonCastTransforms(CI))
return Result;
}
// Get rid of casts from one type to the same type. These are useless and can
// be replaced by the operand.
if (DestTy == Src->getType())
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, Src);
if (const PointerType *DstPTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(DestTy)) {
const PointerType *SrcPTy = cast<PointerType>(SrcTy);
const Type *DstElTy = DstPTy->getElementType();
const Type *SrcElTy = SrcPTy->getElementType();
// If the address spaces don't match, don't eliminate the bitcast, which is
// required for changing types.
if (SrcPTy->getAddressSpace() != DstPTy->getAddressSpace())
return 0;
// If we are casting a malloc or alloca to a pointer to a type of the same
// size, rewrite the allocation instruction to allocate the "right" type.
if (AllocationInst *AI = dyn_cast<AllocationInst>(Src))
if (Instruction *V = PromoteCastOfAllocation(CI, *AI))
return V;
// If the source and destination are pointers, and this cast is equivalent
// to a getelementptr X, 0, 0, 0... turn it into the appropriate gep.
// This can enhance SROA and other transforms that want type-safe pointers.
Constant *ZeroUInt = Constant::getNullValue(Type::Int32Ty);
unsigned NumZeros = 0;
while (SrcElTy != DstElTy &&
isa<CompositeType>(SrcElTy) && !isa<PointerType>(SrcElTy) &&
SrcElTy->getNumContainedTypes() /* not "{}" */) {
SrcElTy = cast<CompositeType>(SrcElTy)->getTypeAtIndex(ZeroUInt);
++NumZeros;
}
// If we found a path from the src to dest, create the getelementptr now.
if (SrcElTy == DstElTy) {
SmallVector<Value*, 8> Idxs(NumZeros+1, ZeroUInt);
return GetElementPtrInst::Create(Src, Idxs.begin(), Idxs.end(), "",
((Instruction*) NULL));
}
}
if (ShuffleVectorInst *SVI = dyn_cast<ShuffleVectorInst>(Src)) {
if (SVI->hasOneUse()) {
// Okay, we have (bitconvert (shuffle ..)). Check to see if this is
// a bitconvert to a vector with the same # elts.
if (isa<VectorType>(DestTy) &&
cast<VectorType>(DestTy)->getNumElements() ==
SVI->getType()->getNumElements()) {
CastInst *Tmp;
// If either of the operands is a cast from CI.getType(), then
// evaluating the shuffle in the casted destination's type will allow
// us to eliminate at least one cast.
if (((Tmp = dyn_cast<CastInst>(SVI->getOperand(0))) &&
Tmp->getOperand(0)->getType() == DestTy) ||
((Tmp = dyn_cast<CastInst>(SVI->getOperand(1))) &&
Tmp->getOperand(0)->getType() == DestTy)) {
Value *LHS = InsertOperandCastBefore(Instruction::BitCast,
SVI->getOperand(0), DestTy, &CI);
Value *RHS = InsertOperandCastBefore(Instruction::BitCast,
SVI->getOperand(1), DestTy, &CI);
// Return a new shuffle vector. Use the same element ID's, as we
// know the vector types match #elts.
return new ShuffleVectorInst(LHS, RHS, SVI->getOperand(2));
}
}
}
}
return 0;
}
/// GetSelectFoldableOperands - We want to turn code that looks like this:
/// %C = or %A, %B
/// %D = select %cond, %C, %A
/// into:
/// %C = select %cond, %B, 0
/// %D = or %A, %C
///
/// Assuming that the specified instruction is an operand to the select, return
/// a bitmask indicating which operands of this instruction are foldable if they
/// equal the other incoming value of the select.
///
static unsigned GetSelectFoldableOperands(Instruction *I) {
switch (I->getOpcode()) {
case Instruction::Add:
case Instruction::Mul:
case Instruction::And:
case Instruction::Or:
case Instruction::Xor:
return 3; // Can fold through either operand.
case Instruction::Sub: // Can only fold on the amount subtracted.
case Instruction::Shl: // Can only fold on the shift amount.
case Instruction::LShr:
case Instruction::AShr:
return 1;
default:
return 0; // Cannot fold
}
}
/// GetSelectFoldableConstant - For the same transformation as the previous
/// function, return the identity constant that goes into the select.
static Constant *GetSelectFoldableConstant(Instruction *I) {
switch (I->getOpcode()) {
default: assert(0 && "This cannot happen!"); abort();
case Instruction::Add:
case Instruction::Sub:
case Instruction::Or:
case Instruction::Xor:
case Instruction::Shl:
case Instruction::LShr:
case Instruction::AShr:
return Constant::getNullValue(I->getType());
case Instruction::And:
return Constant::getAllOnesValue(I->getType());
case Instruction::Mul:
return ConstantInt::get(I->getType(), 1);
}
}
/// FoldSelectOpOp - Here we have (select c, TI, FI), and we know that TI and FI
/// have the same opcode and only one use each. Try to simplify this.
Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldSelectOpOp(SelectInst &SI, Instruction *TI,
Instruction *FI) {
if (TI->getNumOperands() == 1) {
// If this is a non-volatile load or a cast from the same type,
// merge.
if (TI->isCast()) {
if (TI->getOperand(0)->getType() != FI->getOperand(0)->getType())
return 0;
} else {
return 0; // unknown unary op.
}
// Fold this by inserting a select from the input values.
SelectInst *NewSI = SelectInst::Create(SI.getCondition(), TI->getOperand(0),
FI->getOperand(0), SI.getName()+".v");
InsertNewInstBefore(NewSI, SI);
return CastInst::Create(Instruction::CastOps(TI->getOpcode()), NewSI,
TI->getType());
}
// Only handle binary operators here.
if (!isa<BinaryOperator>(TI))
return 0;
// Figure out if the operations have any operands in common.
Value *MatchOp, *OtherOpT, *OtherOpF;
bool MatchIsOpZero;
if (TI->getOperand(0) == FI->getOperand(0)) {
MatchOp = TI->getOperand(0);
OtherOpT = TI->getOperand(1);
OtherOpF = FI->getOperand(1);
MatchIsOpZero = true;
} else if (TI->getOperand(1) == FI->getOperand(1)) {
MatchOp = TI->getOperand(1);
OtherOpT = TI->getOperand(0);
OtherOpF = FI->getOperand(0);
MatchIsOpZero = false;
} else if (!TI->isCommutative()) {
return 0;
} else if (TI->getOperand(0) == FI->getOperand(1)) {
MatchOp = TI->getOperand(0);
OtherOpT = TI->getOperand(1);
OtherOpF = FI->getOperand(0);
MatchIsOpZero = true;
} else if (TI->getOperand(1) == FI->getOperand(0)) {
MatchOp = TI->getOperand(1);
OtherOpT = TI->getOperand(0);
OtherOpF = FI->getOperand(1);
MatchIsOpZero = true;
} else {
return 0;
}
// If we reach here, they do have operations in common.
SelectInst *NewSI = SelectInst::Create(SI.getCondition(), OtherOpT,
OtherOpF, SI.getName()+".v");
InsertNewInstBefore(NewSI, SI);
if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(TI)) {
if (MatchIsOpZero)
return BinaryOperator::Create(BO->getOpcode(), MatchOp, NewSI);
else
return BinaryOperator::Create(BO->getOpcode(), NewSI, MatchOp);
}
assert(0 && "Shouldn't get here");
return 0;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSelectInst(SelectInst &SI) {
Value *CondVal = SI.getCondition();
Value *TrueVal = SI.getTrueValue();
Value *FalseVal = SI.getFalseValue();
// select true, X, Y -> X
// select false, X, Y -> Y
if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(CondVal))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, C->getZExtValue() ? TrueVal : FalseVal);
// select C, X, X -> X
if (TrueVal == FalseVal)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
if (isa<UndefValue>(TrueVal)) // select C, undef, X -> X
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
if (isa<UndefValue>(FalseVal)) // select C, X, undef -> X
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
if (isa<UndefValue>(CondVal)) { // select undef, X, Y -> X or Y
if (isa<Constant>(TrueVal))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
else
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
}
if (SI.getType() == Type::Int1Ty) {
if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(TrueVal)) {
if (C->getZExtValue()) {
// Change: A = select B, true, C --> A = or B, C
return BinaryOperator::CreateOr(CondVal, FalseVal);
} else {
// Change: A = select B, false, C --> A = and !B, C
Value *NotCond =
InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::CreateNot(CondVal,
"not."+CondVal->getName()), SI);
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(NotCond, FalseVal);
}
} else if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(FalseVal)) {
if (C->getZExtValue() == false) {
// Change: A = select B, C, false --> A = and B, C
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(CondVal, TrueVal);
} else {
// Change: A = select B, C, true --> A = or !B, C
Value *NotCond =
InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::CreateNot(CondVal,
"not."+CondVal->getName()), SI);
return BinaryOperator::CreateOr(NotCond, TrueVal);
}
}
// select a, b, a -> a&b
// select a, a, b -> a|b
if (CondVal == TrueVal)
return BinaryOperator::CreateOr(CondVal, FalseVal);
else if (CondVal == FalseVal)
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(CondVal, TrueVal);
}
// Selecting between two integer constants?
if (ConstantInt *TrueValC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(TrueVal))
if (ConstantInt *FalseValC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(FalseVal)) {
// select C, 1, 0 -> zext C to int
if (FalseValC->isZero() && TrueValC->getValue() == 1) {
return CastInst::Create(Instruction::ZExt, CondVal, SI.getType());
} else if (TrueValC->isZero() && FalseValC->getValue() == 1) {
// select C, 0, 1 -> zext !C to int
Value *NotCond =
InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::CreateNot(CondVal,
"not."+CondVal->getName()), SI);
return CastInst::Create(Instruction::ZExt, NotCond, SI.getType());
}
// FIXME: Turn select 0/-1 and -1/0 into sext from condition!
if (ICmpInst *IC = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(SI.getCondition())) {
// (x <s 0) ? -1 : 0 -> ashr x, 31
if (TrueValC->isAllOnesValue() && FalseValC->isZero())
if (ConstantInt *CmpCst = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(IC->getOperand(1))) {
if (IC->getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT && CmpCst->isZero()) {
// The comparison constant and the result are not neccessarily the
// same width. Make an all-ones value by inserting a AShr.
Value *X = IC->getOperand(0);
uint32_t Bits = X->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
Constant *ShAmt = ConstantInt::get(X->getType(), Bits-1);
Instruction *SRA = BinaryOperator::Create(Instruction::AShr, X,
ShAmt, "ones");
InsertNewInstBefore(SRA, SI);
// Finally, convert to the type of the select RHS. We figure out
// if this requires a SExt, Trunc or BitCast based on the sizes.
Instruction::CastOps opc = Instruction::BitCast;
uint32_t SRASize = SRA->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
uint32_t SISize = SI.getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
if (SRASize < SISize)
opc = Instruction::SExt;
else if (SRASize > SISize)
opc = Instruction::Trunc;
return CastInst::Create(opc, SRA, SI.getType());
}
}
// If one of the constants is zero (we know they can't both be) and we
// have an icmp instruction with zero, and we have an 'and' with the
// non-constant value, eliminate this whole mess. This corresponds to
// cases like this: ((X & 27) ? 27 : 0)
if (TrueValC->isZero() || FalseValC->isZero())
if (IC->isEquality() && isa<ConstantInt>(IC->getOperand(1)) &&
cast<Constant>(IC->getOperand(1))->isNullValue())
if (Instruction *ICA = dyn_cast<Instruction>(IC->getOperand(0)))
if (ICA->getOpcode() == Instruction::And &&
isa<ConstantInt>(ICA->getOperand(1)) &&
(ICA->getOperand(1) == TrueValC ||
ICA->getOperand(1) == FalseValC) &&
isOneBitSet(cast<ConstantInt>(ICA->getOperand(1)))) {
// Okay, now we know that everything is set up, we just don't
// know whether we have a icmp_ne or icmp_eq and whether the
// true or false val is the zero.
bool ShouldNotVal = !TrueValC->isZero();
ShouldNotVal ^= IC->getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE;
Value *V = ICA;
if (ShouldNotVal)
V = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::Create(
Instruction::Xor, V, ICA->getOperand(1)), SI);
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, V);
}
}
}
// See if we are selecting two values based on a comparison of the two values.
if (FCmpInst *FCI = dyn_cast<FCmpInst>(CondVal)) {
if (FCI->getOperand(0) == TrueVal && FCI->getOperand(1) == FalseVal) {
// Transform (X == Y) ? X : Y -> Y
if (FCI->getPredicate() == FCmpInst::FCMP_OEQ) {
// This is not safe in general for floating point:
// consider X== -0, Y== +0.
// It becomes safe if either operand is a nonzero constant.
ConstantFP *CFPt, *CFPf;
if (((CFPt = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(TrueVal)) &&
!CFPt->getValueAPF().isZero()) ||
((CFPf = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(FalseVal)) &&
!CFPf->getValueAPF().isZero()))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
}
// Transform (X != Y) ? X : Y -> X
if (FCI->getPredicate() == FCmpInst::FCMP_ONE)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
// NOTE: if we wanted to, this is where to detect MIN/MAX/ABS/etc.
} else if (FCI->getOperand(0) == FalseVal && FCI->getOperand(1) == TrueVal){
// Transform (X == Y) ? Y : X -> X
if (FCI->getPredicate() == FCmpInst::FCMP_OEQ) {
// This is not safe in general for floating point:
// consider X== -0, Y== +0.
// It becomes safe if either operand is a nonzero constant.
ConstantFP *CFPt, *CFPf;
if (((CFPt = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(TrueVal)) &&
!CFPt->getValueAPF().isZero()) ||
((CFPf = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(FalseVal)) &&
!CFPf->getValueAPF().isZero()))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
}
// Transform (X != Y) ? Y : X -> Y
if (FCI->getPredicate() == FCmpInst::FCMP_ONE)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
// NOTE: if we wanted to, this is where to detect MIN/MAX/ABS/etc.
}
}
// See if we are selecting two values based on a comparison of the two values.
if (ICmpInst *ICI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(CondVal)) {
if (ICI->getOperand(0) == TrueVal && ICI->getOperand(1) == FalseVal) {
// Transform (X == Y) ? X : Y -> Y
if (ICI->getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
// Transform (X != Y) ? X : Y -> X
if (ICI->getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
// NOTE: if we wanted to, this is where to detect MIN/MAX/ABS/etc.
} else if (ICI->getOperand(0) == FalseVal && ICI->getOperand(1) == TrueVal){
// Transform (X == Y) ? Y : X -> X
if (ICI->getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
// Transform (X != Y) ? Y : X -> Y
if (ICI->getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
// NOTE: if we wanted to, this is where to detect MIN/MAX/ABS/etc.
}
}
if (Instruction *TI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(TrueVal))
if (Instruction *FI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(FalseVal))
if (TI->hasOneUse() && FI->hasOneUse()) {
Instruction *AddOp = 0, *SubOp = 0;
// Turn (select C, (op X, Y), (op X, Z)) -> (op X, (select C, Y, Z))
if (TI->getOpcode() == FI->getOpcode())
if (Instruction *IV = FoldSelectOpOp(SI, TI, FI))
return IV;
// Turn select C, (X+Y), (X-Y) --> (X+(select C, Y, (-Y))). This is
// even legal for FP.
if (TI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub &&
FI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add) {
AddOp = FI; SubOp = TI;
} else if (FI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub &&
TI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add) {
AddOp = TI; SubOp = FI;
}
if (AddOp) {
Value *OtherAddOp = 0;
if (SubOp->getOperand(0) == AddOp->getOperand(0)) {
OtherAddOp = AddOp->getOperand(1);
} else if (SubOp->getOperand(0) == AddOp->getOperand(1)) {
OtherAddOp = AddOp->getOperand(0);
}
if (OtherAddOp) {
// So at this point we know we have (Y -> OtherAddOp):
// select C, (add X, Y), (sub X, Z)
Value *NegVal; // Compute -Z
if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(SubOp->getOperand(1))) {
NegVal = ConstantExpr::getNeg(C);
} else {
NegVal = InsertNewInstBefore(
BinaryOperator::CreateNeg(SubOp->getOperand(1), "tmp"), SI);
}
Value *NewTrueOp = OtherAddOp;
Value *NewFalseOp = NegVal;
if (AddOp != TI)
std::swap(NewTrueOp, NewFalseOp);
Instruction *NewSel =
SelectInst::Create(CondVal, NewTrueOp,
NewFalseOp, SI.getName() + ".p");
NewSel = InsertNewInstBefore(NewSel, SI);
return BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(SubOp->getOperand(0), NewSel);
}
}
}
// See if we can fold the select into one of our operands.
if (SI.getType()->isInteger()) {
// See the comment above GetSelectFoldableOperands for a description of the
// transformation we are doing here.
if (Instruction *TVI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(TrueVal))
if (TVI->hasOneUse() && TVI->getNumOperands() == 2 &&
!isa<Constant>(FalseVal))
if (unsigned SFO = GetSelectFoldableOperands(TVI)) {
unsigned OpToFold = 0;
if ((SFO & 1) && FalseVal == TVI->getOperand(0)) {
OpToFold = 1;
} else if ((SFO & 2) && FalseVal == TVI->getOperand(1)) {
OpToFold = 2;
}
if (OpToFold) {
Constant *C = GetSelectFoldableConstant(TVI);
Instruction *NewSel =
SelectInst::Create(SI.getCondition(),
TVI->getOperand(2-OpToFold), C);
InsertNewInstBefore(NewSel, SI);
NewSel->takeName(TVI);
if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(TVI))
return BinaryOperator::Create(BO->getOpcode(), FalseVal, NewSel);
else {
assert(0 && "Unknown instruction!!");
}
}
}
if (Instruction *FVI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(FalseVal))
if (FVI->hasOneUse() && FVI->getNumOperands() == 2 &&
!isa<Constant>(TrueVal))
if (unsigned SFO = GetSelectFoldableOperands(FVI)) {
unsigned OpToFold = 0;
if ((SFO & 1) && TrueVal == FVI->getOperand(0)) {
OpToFold = 1;
} else if ((SFO & 2) && TrueVal == FVI->getOperand(1)) {
OpToFold = 2;
}
if (OpToFold) {
Constant *C = GetSelectFoldableConstant(FVI);
Instruction *NewSel =
SelectInst::Create(SI.getCondition(), C,
FVI->getOperand(2-OpToFold));
InsertNewInstBefore(NewSel, SI);
NewSel->takeName(FVI);
if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(FVI))
return BinaryOperator::Create(BO->getOpcode(), TrueVal, NewSel);
else
assert(0 && "Unknown instruction!!");
}
}
}
if (BinaryOperator::isNot(CondVal)) {
SI.setOperand(0, BinaryOperator::getNotArgument(CondVal));
SI.setOperand(1, FalseVal);
SI.setOperand(2, TrueVal);
return &SI;
}
return 0;
}
/// EnforceKnownAlignment - If the specified pointer points to an object that
/// we control, modify the object's alignment to PrefAlign. This isn't
/// often possible though. If alignment is important, a more reliable approach
/// is to simply align all global variables and allocation instructions to
/// their preferred alignment from the beginning.
///
static unsigned EnforceKnownAlignment(Value *V,
unsigned Align, unsigned PrefAlign) {
User *U = dyn_cast<User>(V);
if (!U) return Align;
switch (getOpcode(U)) {
default: break;
case Instruction::BitCast:
return EnforceKnownAlignment(U->getOperand(0), Align, PrefAlign);
case Instruction::GetElementPtr: {
// If all indexes are zero, it is just the alignment of the base pointer.
bool AllZeroOperands = true;
for (User::op_iterator i = U->op_begin() + 1, e = U->op_end(); i != e; ++i)
if (!isa<Constant>(*i) ||
!cast<Constant>(*i)->isNullValue()) {
AllZeroOperands = false;
break;
}
if (AllZeroOperands) {
// Treat this like a bitcast.
return EnforceKnownAlignment(U->getOperand(0), Align, PrefAlign);
}
break;
}
}
if (GlobalValue *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalValue>(V)) {
// If there is a large requested alignment and we can, bump up the alignment
// of the global.
if (!GV->isDeclaration()) {
GV->setAlignment(PrefAlign);
Align = PrefAlign;
}
} else if (AllocationInst *AI = dyn_cast<AllocationInst>(V)) {
// If there is a requested alignment and if this is an alloca, round up. We
// don't do this for malloc, because some systems can't respect the request.
if (isa<AllocaInst>(AI)) {
AI->setAlignment(PrefAlign);
Align = PrefAlign;
}
}
return Align;
}
/// GetOrEnforceKnownAlignment - If the specified pointer has an alignment that
/// we can determine, return it, otherwise return 0. If PrefAlign is specified,
/// and it is more than the alignment of the ultimate object, see if we can
/// increase the alignment of the ultimate object, making this check succeed.
unsigned InstCombiner::GetOrEnforceKnownAlignment(Value *V,
unsigned PrefAlign) {
unsigned BitWidth = TD ? TD->getTypeSizeInBits(V->getType()) :
sizeof(PrefAlign) * CHAR_BIT;
APInt Mask = APInt::getAllOnesValue(BitWidth);
APInt KnownZero(BitWidth, 0), KnownOne(BitWidth, 0);
ComputeMaskedBits(V, Mask, KnownZero, KnownOne);
unsigned TrailZ = KnownZero.countTrailingOnes();
unsigned Align = 1u << std::min(BitWidth - 1, TrailZ);
if (PrefAlign > Align)
Align = EnforceKnownAlignment(V, Align, PrefAlign);
// We don't need to make any adjustment.
return Align;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::SimplifyMemTransfer(MemIntrinsic *MI) {
unsigned DstAlign = GetOrEnforceKnownAlignment(MI->getOperand(1));
unsigned SrcAlign = GetOrEnforceKnownAlignment(MI->getOperand(2));
unsigned MinAlign = std::min(DstAlign, SrcAlign);
unsigned CopyAlign = MI->getAlignment()->getZExtValue();
if (CopyAlign < MinAlign) {
MI->setAlignment(ConstantInt::get(Type::Int32Ty, MinAlign));
return MI;
}
// If MemCpyInst length is 1/2/4/8 bytes then replace memcpy with
// load/store.
ConstantInt *MemOpLength = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(MI->getOperand(3));
if (MemOpLength == 0) return 0;
// Source and destination pointer types are always "i8*" for intrinsic. See
// if the size is something we can handle with a single primitive load/store.
// A single load+store correctly handles overlapping memory in the memmove
// case.
unsigned Size = MemOpLength->getZExtValue();
if (Size == 0) return MI; // Delete this mem transfer.
if (Size > 8 || (Size&(Size-1)))
return 0; // If not 1/2/4/8 bytes, exit.
// Use an integer load+store unless we can find something better.
Type *NewPtrTy = PointerType::getUnqual(IntegerType::get(Size<<3));
// Memcpy forces the use of i8* for the source and destination. That means
// that if you're using memcpy to move one double around, you'll get a cast
// from double* to i8*. We'd much rather use a double load+store rather than
// an i64 load+store, here because this improves the odds that the source or
// dest address will be promotable. See if we can find a better type than the
// integer datatype.
if (Value *Op = getBitCastOperand(MI->getOperand(1))) {
const Type *SrcETy = cast<PointerType>(Op->getType())->getElementType();
if (SrcETy->isSized() && TD->getTypeStoreSize(SrcETy) == Size) {
// The SrcETy might be something like {{{double}}} or [1 x double]. Rip
// down through these levels if so.
while (!SrcETy->isSingleValueType()) {
if (const StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(SrcETy)) {
if (STy->getNumElements() == 1)
SrcETy = STy->getElementType(0);
else
break;
} else if (const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(SrcETy)) {
if (ATy->getNumElements() == 1)
SrcETy = ATy->getElementType();
else
break;
} else
break;
}
if (SrcETy->isSingleValueType())
NewPtrTy = PointerType::getUnqual(SrcETy);
}
}
// If the memcpy/memmove provides better alignment info than we can
// infer, use it.
SrcAlign = std::max(SrcAlign, CopyAlign);
DstAlign = std::max(DstAlign, CopyAlign);
Value *Src = InsertBitCastBefore(MI->getOperand(2), NewPtrTy, *MI);
Value *Dest = InsertBitCastBefore(MI->getOperand(1), NewPtrTy, *MI);
Instruction *L = new LoadInst(Src, "tmp", false, SrcAlign);
InsertNewInstBefore(L, *MI);
InsertNewInstBefore(new StoreInst(L, Dest, false, DstAlign), *MI);
// Set the size of the copy to 0, it will be deleted on the next iteration.
MI->setOperand(3, Constant::getNullValue(MemOpLength->getType()));
return MI;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::SimplifyMemSet(MemSetInst *MI) {
unsigned Alignment = GetOrEnforceKnownAlignment(MI->getDest());
if (MI->getAlignment()->getZExtValue() < Alignment) {
MI->setAlignment(ConstantInt::get(Type::Int32Ty, Alignment));
return MI;
}
// Extract the length and alignment and fill if they are constant.
ConstantInt *LenC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(MI->getLength());
ConstantInt *FillC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(MI->getValue());
if (!LenC || !FillC || FillC->getType() != Type::Int8Ty)
return 0;
uint64_t Len = LenC->getZExtValue();
Alignment = MI->getAlignment()->getZExtValue();
// If the length is zero, this is a no-op
if (Len == 0) return MI; // memset(d,c,0,a) -> noop
// memset(s,c,n) -> store s, c (for n=1,2,4,8)
if (Len <= 8 && isPowerOf2_32((uint32_t)Len)) {
const Type *ITy = IntegerType::get(Len*8); // n=1 -> i8.
Value *Dest = MI->getDest();
Dest = InsertBitCastBefore(Dest, PointerType::getUnqual(ITy), *MI);
// Alignment 0 is identity for alignment 1 for memset, but not store.
if (Alignment == 0) Alignment = 1;
// Extract the fill value and store.
uint64_t Fill = FillC->getZExtValue()*0x0101010101010101ULL;
InsertNewInstBefore(new StoreInst(ConstantInt::get(ITy, Fill), Dest, false,
Alignment), *MI);
// Set the size of the copy to 0, it will be deleted on the next iteration.
MI->setLength(Constant::getNullValue(LenC->getType()));
return MI;
}
return 0;
}
/// visitCallInst - CallInst simplification. This mostly only handles folding
/// of intrinsic instructions. For normal calls, it allows visitCallSite to do
/// the heavy lifting.
///
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitCallInst(CallInst &CI) {
IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(&CI);
if (!II) return visitCallSite(&CI);
// Intrinsics cannot occur in an invoke, so handle them here instead of in
// visitCallSite.
if (MemIntrinsic *MI = dyn_cast<MemIntrinsic>(II)) {
bool Changed = false;
// memmove/cpy/set of zero bytes is a noop.
if (Constant *NumBytes = dyn_cast<Constant>(MI->getLength())) {
if (NumBytes->isNullValue()) return EraseInstFromFunction(CI);
if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(NumBytes))
if (CI->getZExtValue() == 1) {
// Replace the instruction with just byte operations. We would
// transform other cases to loads/stores, but we don't know if
// alignment is sufficient.
}
}
// If we have a memmove and the source operation is a constant global,
// then the source and dest pointers can't alias, so we can change this
// into a call to memcpy.
if (MemMoveInst *MMI = dyn_cast<MemMoveInst>(MI)) {
if (GlobalVariable *GVSrc = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(MMI->getSource()))
if (GVSrc->isConstant()) {
Module *M = CI.getParent()->getParent()->getParent();
Intrinsic::ID MemCpyID;
if (CI.getOperand(3)->getType() == Type::Int32Ty)
MemCpyID = Intrinsic::memcpy_i32;
else
MemCpyID = Intrinsic::memcpy_i64;
CI.setOperand(0, Intrinsic::getDeclaration(M, MemCpyID));
Changed = true;
}
// memmove(x,x,size) -> noop.
if (MMI->getSource() == MMI->getDest())
return EraseInstFromFunction(CI);
}
// If we can determine a pointer alignment that is bigger than currently
// set, update the alignment.
if (isa<MemCpyInst>(MI) || isa<MemMoveInst>(MI)) {
if (Instruction *I = SimplifyMemTransfer(MI))
return I;
} else if (MemSetInst *MSI = dyn_cast<MemSetInst>(MI)) {
if (Instruction *I = SimplifyMemSet(MSI))
return I;
}
if (Changed) return II;
}
switch (II->getIntrinsicID()) {
default: break;
case Intrinsic::bswap:
// bswap(bswap(x)) -> x
if (IntrinsicInst *Operand = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(II->getOperand(1)))
if (Operand->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::bswap)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, Operand->getOperand(1));
break;
case Intrinsic::ppc_altivec_lvx:
case Intrinsic::ppc_altivec_lvxl:
case Intrinsic::x86_sse_loadu_ps:
case Intrinsic::x86_sse2_loadu_pd:
case Intrinsic::x86_sse2_loadu_dq:
// Turn PPC lvx -> load if the pointer is known aligned.
// Turn X86 loadups -> load if the pointer is known aligned.
if (GetOrEnforceKnownAlignment(II->getOperand(1), 16) >= 16) {
Value *Ptr = InsertBitCastBefore(II->getOperand(1),
PointerType::getUnqual(II->getType()),
CI);
return new LoadInst(Ptr);
}
break;
case Intrinsic::ppc_altivec_stvx:
case Intrinsic::ppc_altivec_stvxl:
// Turn stvx -> store if the pointer is known aligned.
if (GetOrEnforceKnownAlignment(II->getOperand(2), 16) >= 16) {
const Type *OpPtrTy =
PointerType::getUnqual(II->getOperand(1)->getType());
Value *Ptr = InsertBitCastBefore(II->getOperand(2), OpPtrTy, CI);
return new StoreInst(II->getOperand(1), Ptr);
}
break;
case Intrinsic::x86_sse_storeu_ps:
case Intrinsic::x86_sse2_storeu_pd:
case Intrinsic::x86_sse2_storeu_dq:
// Turn X86 storeu -> store if the pointer is known aligned.
if (GetOrEnforceKnownAlignment(II->getOperand(1), 16) >= 16) {
const Type *OpPtrTy =
PointerType::getUnqual(II->getOperand(2)->getType());
Value *Ptr = InsertBitCastBefore(II->getOperand(1), OpPtrTy, CI);
return new StoreInst(II->getOperand(2), Ptr);
}
break;
case Intrinsic::x86_sse_cvttss2si: {
// These intrinsics only demands the 0th element of its input vector. If
// we can simplify the input based on that, do so now.
uint64_t UndefElts;
if (Value *V = SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(II->getOperand(1), 1,
UndefElts)) {
II->setOperand(1, V);
return II;
}
break;
}
case Intrinsic::ppc_altivec_vperm:
// Turn vperm(V1,V2,mask) -> shuffle(V1,V2,mask) if mask is a constant.
if (ConstantVector *Mask = dyn_cast<ConstantVector>(II->getOperand(3))) {
assert(Mask->getNumOperands() == 16 && "Bad type for intrinsic!");
// Check that all of the elements are integer constants or undefs.
bool AllEltsOk = true;
for (unsigned i = 0; i != 16; ++i) {
if (!isa<ConstantInt>(Mask->getOperand(i)) &&
!isa<UndefValue>(Mask->getOperand(i))) {
AllEltsOk = false;
break;
}
}
if (AllEltsOk) {
// Cast the input vectors to byte vectors.
Value *Op0 =InsertBitCastBefore(II->getOperand(1),Mask->getType(),CI);
Value *Op1 =InsertBitCastBefore(II->getOperand(2),Mask->getType(),CI);
Value *Result = UndefValue::get(Op0->getType());
// Only extract each element once.
Value *ExtractedElts[32];
memset(ExtractedElts, 0, sizeof(ExtractedElts));
for (unsigned i = 0; i != 16; ++i) {
if (isa<UndefValue>(Mask->getOperand(i)))
continue;
unsigned Idx=cast<ConstantInt>(Mask->getOperand(i))->getZExtValue();
Idx &= 31; // Match the hardware behavior.
if (ExtractedElts[Idx] == 0) {
Instruction *Elt =
new ExtractElementInst(Idx < 16 ? Op0 : Op1, Idx&15, "tmp");
InsertNewInstBefore(Elt, CI);
ExtractedElts[Idx] = Elt;
}
// Insert this value into the result vector.
Result = InsertElementInst::Create(Result, ExtractedElts[Idx],
i, "tmp");
InsertNewInstBefore(cast<Instruction>(Result), CI);
}
return CastInst::Create(Instruction::BitCast, Result, CI.getType());
}
}
break;
case Intrinsic::stackrestore: {
// If the save is right next to the restore, remove the restore. This can
// happen when variable allocas are DCE'd.
if (IntrinsicInst *SS = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(II->getOperand(1))) {
if (SS->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::stacksave) {
BasicBlock::iterator BI = SS;
if (&*++BI == II)
return EraseInstFromFunction(CI);
}
}
// Scan down this block to see if there is another stack restore in the
// same block without an intervening call/alloca.
BasicBlock::iterator BI = II;
TerminatorInst *TI = II->getParent()->getTerminator();
bool CannotRemove = false;
for (++BI; &*BI != TI; ++BI) {
if (isa<AllocaInst>(BI)) {
CannotRemove = true;
break;
}
if (CallInst *BCI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(BI)) {
if (IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(BCI)) {
// If there is a stackrestore below this one, remove this one.
if (II->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::stackrestore)
return EraseInstFromFunction(CI);
// Otherwise, ignore the intrinsic.
} else {
// If we found a non-intrinsic call, we can't remove the stack
// restore.
CannotRemove = true;
break;
}
}
}
// If the stack restore is in a return/unwind block and if there are no
// allocas or calls between the restore and the return, nuke the restore.
if (!CannotRemove && (isa<ReturnInst>(TI) || isa<UnwindInst>(TI)))
return EraseInstFromFunction(CI);
break;
}
}
return visitCallSite(II);
}
// InvokeInst simplification
//
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitInvokeInst(InvokeInst &II) {
return visitCallSite(&II);
}
/// isSafeToEliminateVarargsCast - If this cast does not affect the value
/// passed through the varargs area, we can eliminate the use of the cast.
static bool isSafeToEliminateVarargsCast(const CallSite CS,
const CastInst * const CI,
const TargetData * const TD,
const int ix) {
if (!CI->isLosslessCast())
return false;
// The size of ByVal arguments is derived from the type, so we
// can't change to a type with a different size. If the size were
// passed explicitly we could avoid this check.
if (!CS.paramHasAttr(ix, ParamAttr::ByVal))
return true;
const Type* SrcTy =
cast<PointerType>(CI->getOperand(0)->getType())->getElementType();
const Type* DstTy = cast<PointerType>(CI->getType())->getElementType();
if (!SrcTy->isSized() || !DstTy->isSized())
return false;
if (TD->getABITypeSize(SrcTy) != TD->getABITypeSize(DstTy))
return false;
return true;
}
// visitCallSite - Improvements for call and invoke instructions.
//
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitCallSite(CallSite CS) {
bool Changed = false;
// If the callee is a constexpr cast of a function, attempt to move the cast
// to the arguments of the call/invoke.
if (transformConstExprCastCall(CS)) return 0;
Value *Callee = CS.getCalledValue();
if (Function *CalleeF = dyn_cast<Function>(Callee))
if (CalleeF->getCallingConv() != CS.getCallingConv()) {
Instruction *OldCall = CS.getInstruction();
// If the call and callee calling conventions don't match, this call must
// be unreachable, as the call is undefined.
new StoreInst(ConstantInt::getTrue(),
UndefValue::get(PointerType::getUnqual(Type::Int1Ty)),
OldCall);
if (!OldCall->use_empty())
OldCall->replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(OldCall->getType()));
if (isa<CallInst>(OldCall)) // Not worth removing an invoke here.
return EraseInstFromFunction(*OldCall);
return 0;
}
if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Callee) || isa<UndefValue>(Callee)) {
// This instruction is not reachable, just remove it. We insert a store to
// undef so that we know that this code is not reachable, despite the fact
// that we can't modify the CFG here.
new StoreInst(ConstantInt::getTrue(),
UndefValue::get(PointerType::getUnqual(Type::Int1Ty)),
CS.getInstruction());
if (!CS.getInstruction()->use_empty())
CS.getInstruction()->
replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(CS.getInstruction()->getType()));
if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(CS.getInstruction())) {
// Don't break the CFG, insert a dummy cond branch.
BranchInst::Create(II->getNormalDest(), II->getUnwindDest(),
ConstantInt::getTrue(), II);
}
return EraseInstFromFunction(*CS.getInstruction());
}
if (BitCastInst *BC = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(Callee))
if (IntrinsicInst *In = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(BC->getOperand(0)))
if (In->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::init_trampoline)
return transformCallThroughTrampoline(CS);
const PointerType *PTy = cast<PointerType>(Callee->getType());
const FunctionType *FTy = cast<FunctionType>(PTy->getElementType());
if (FTy->isVarArg()) {
int ix = FTy->getNumParams() + (isa<InvokeInst>(Callee) ? 3 : 1);
// See if we can optimize any arguments passed through the varargs area of
// the call.
for (CallSite::arg_iterator I = CS.arg_begin()+FTy->getNumParams(),
E = CS.arg_end(); I != E; ++I, ++ix) {
CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(*I);
if (CI && isSafeToEliminateVarargsCast(CS, CI, TD, ix)) {
*I = CI->getOperand(0);
Changed = true;
}
}
}
if (isa<InlineAsm>(Callee) && !CS.doesNotThrow()) {
// Inline asm calls cannot throw - mark them 'nounwind'.
CS.setDoesNotThrow();
Changed = true;
}
return Changed ? CS.getInstruction() : 0;
}
// transformConstExprCastCall - If the callee is a constexpr cast of a function,
// attempt to move the cast to the arguments of the call/invoke.
//
bool InstCombiner::transformConstExprCastCall(CallSite CS) {
if (!isa<ConstantExpr>(CS.getCalledValue())) return false;
ConstantExpr *CE = cast<ConstantExpr>(CS.getCalledValue());
if (CE->getOpcode() != Instruction::BitCast ||
!isa<Function>(CE->getOperand(0)))
return false;
Function *Callee = cast<Function>(CE->getOperand(0));
Instruction *Caller = CS.getInstruction();
const PAListPtr &CallerPAL = CS.getParamAttrs();
// Okay, this is a cast from a function to a different type. Unless doing so
// would cause a type conversion of one of our arguments, change this call to
// be a direct call with arguments casted to the appropriate types.
//
const FunctionType *FT = Callee->getFunctionType();
const Type *OldRetTy = Caller->getType();
const Type *NewRetTy = FT->getReturnType();
if (isa<StructType>(NewRetTy))
return false; // TODO: Handle multiple return values.
// Check to see if we are changing the return type...
if (OldRetTy != NewRetTy) {
if (Callee->isDeclaration() &&
// Conversion is ok if changing from one pointer type to another or from
// a pointer to an integer of the same size.
!((isa<PointerType>(OldRetTy) || OldRetTy == TD->getIntPtrType()) &&
(isa<PointerType>(NewRetTy) || NewRetTy == TD->getIntPtrType())))
return false; // Cannot transform this return value.
if (!Caller->use_empty() &&
// void -> non-void is handled specially
NewRetTy != Type::VoidTy && !CastInst::isCastable(NewRetTy, OldRetTy))
return false; // Cannot transform this return value.
if (!CallerPAL.isEmpty() && !Caller->use_empty()) {
ParameterAttributes RAttrs = CallerPAL.getParamAttrs(0);
if (RAttrs & ParamAttr::typeIncompatible(NewRetTy))
return false; // Attribute not compatible with transformed value.
}
// If the callsite is an invoke instruction, and the return value is used by
// a PHI node in a successor, we cannot change the return type of the call
// because there is no place to put the cast instruction (without breaking
// the critical edge). Bail out in this case.
if (!Caller->use_empty())
if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(Caller))
for (Value::use_iterator UI = II->use_begin(), E = II->use_end();
UI != E; ++UI)
if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(*UI))
if (PN->getParent() == II->getNormalDest() ||
PN->getParent() == II->getUnwindDest())
return false;
}
unsigned NumActualArgs = unsigned(CS.arg_end()-CS.arg_begin());
unsigned NumCommonArgs = std::min(FT->getNumParams(), NumActualArgs);
CallSite::arg_iterator AI = CS.arg_begin();
for (unsigned i = 0, e = NumCommonArgs; i != e; ++i, ++AI) {
const Type *ParamTy = FT->getParamType(i);
const Type *ActTy = (*AI)->getType();
if (!CastInst::isCastable(ActTy, ParamTy))
return false; // Cannot transform this parameter value.
if (CallerPAL.getParamAttrs(i + 1) & ParamAttr::typeIncompatible(ParamTy))
return false; // Attribute not compatible with transformed value.
// Converting from one pointer type to another or between a pointer and an
// integer of the same size is safe even if we do not have a body.
bool isConvertible = ActTy == ParamTy ||
((isa<PointerType>(ParamTy) || ParamTy == TD->getIntPtrType()) &&
(isa<PointerType>(ActTy) || ActTy == TD->getIntPtrType()));
if (Callee->isDeclaration() && !isConvertible) return false;
}
if (FT->getNumParams() < NumActualArgs && !FT->isVarArg() &&
Callee->isDeclaration())
return false; // Do not delete arguments unless we have a function body.
if (FT->getNumParams() < NumActualArgs && FT->isVarArg() &&
!CallerPAL.isEmpty())
// In this case we have more arguments than the new function type, but we
// won't be dropping them. Check that these extra arguments have attributes
// that are compatible with being a vararg call argument.
for (unsigned i = CallerPAL.getNumSlots(); i; --i) {
if (CallerPAL.getSlot(i - 1).Index <= FT->getNumParams())
break;
ParameterAttributes PAttrs = CallerPAL.getSlot(i - 1).Attrs;
if (PAttrs & ParamAttr::VarArgsIncompatible)
return false;
}
// Okay, we decided that this is a safe thing to do: go ahead and start
// inserting cast instructions as necessary...
std::vector<Value*> Args;
Args.reserve(NumActualArgs);
SmallVector<ParamAttrsWithIndex, 8> attrVec;
attrVec.reserve(NumCommonArgs);
// Get any return attributes.
ParameterAttributes RAttrs = CallerPAL.getParamAttrs(0);
// If the return value is not being used, the type may not be compatible
// with the existing attributes. Wipe out any problematic attributes.
RAttrs &= ~ParamAttr::typeIncompatible(NewRetTy);
// Add the new return attributes.
if (RAttrs)
attrVec.push_back(ParamAttrsWithIndex::get(0, RAttrs));
AI = CS.arg_begin();
for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumCommonArgs; ++i, ++AI) {
const Type *ParamTy = FT->getParamType(i);
if ((*AI)->getType() == ParamTy) {
Args.push_back(*AI);
} else {
Instruction::CastOps opcode = CastInst::getCastOpcode(*AI,
false, ParamTy, false);
CastInst *NewCast = CastInst::Create(opcode, *AI, ParamTy, "tmp");
Args.push_back(InsertNewInstBefore(NewCast, *Caller));
}
// Add any parameter attributes.
if (ParameterAttributes PAttrs = CallerPAL.getParamAttrs(i + 1))
attrVec.push_back(ParamAttrsWithIndex::get(i + 1, PAttrs));
}
// If the function takes more arguments than the call was taking, add them
// now...
for (unsigned i = NumCommonArgs; i != FT->getNumParams(); ++i)
Args.push_back(Constant::getNullValue(FT->getParamType(i)));
// If we are removing arguments to the function, emit an obnoxious warning...
if (FT->getNumParams() < NumActualArgs) {
if (!FT->isVarArg()) {
cerr << "WARNING: While resolving call to function '"
<< Callee->getName() << "' arguments were dropped!\n";
} else {
// Add all of the arguments in their promoted form to the arg list...
for (unsigned i = FT->getNumParams(); i != NumActualArgs; ++i, ++AI) {
const Type *PTy = getPromotedType((*AI)->getType());
if (PTy != (*AI)->getType()) {
// Must promote to pass through va_arg area!
Instruction::CastOps opcode = CastInst::getCastOpcode(*AI, false,
PTy, false);
Instruction *Cast = CastInst::Create(opcode, *AI, PTy, "tmp");
InsertNewInstBefore(Cast, *Caller);
Args.push_back(Cast);
} else {
Args.push_back(*AI);
}
// Add any parameter attributes.
if (ParameterAttributes PAttrs = CallerPAL.getParamAttrs(i + 1))
attrVec.push_back(ParamAttrsWithIndex::get(i + 1, PAttrs));
}
}
}
if (NewRetTy == Type::VoidTy)
Caller->setName(""); // Void type should not have a name.
const PAListPtr &NewCallerPAL = PAListPtr::get(attrVec.begin(),attrVec.end());
Instruction *NC;
if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(Caller)) {
NC = InvokeInst::Create(Callee, II->getNormalDest(), II->getUnwindDest(),
Args.begin(), Args.end(),
Caller->getName(), Caller);
cast<InvokeInst>(NC)->setCallingConv(II->getCallingConv());
cast<InvokeInst>(NC)->setParamAttrs(NewCallerPAL);
} else {
NC = CallInst::Create(Callee, Args.begin(), Args.end(),
Caller->getName(), Caller);
CallInst *CI = cast<CallInst>(Caller);
if (CI->isTailCall())
cast<CallInst>(NC)->setTailCall();
cast<CallInst>(NC)->setCallingConv(CI->getCallingConv());
cast<CallInst>(NC)->setParamAttrs(NewCallerPAL);
}
// Insert a cast of the return type as necessary.
Value *NV = NC;
if (OldRetTy != NV->getType() && !Caller->use_empty()) {
if (NV->getType() != Type::VoidTy) {
Instruction::CastOps opcode = CastInst::getCastOpcode(NC, false,
OldRetTy, false);
NV = NC = CastInst::Create(opcode, NC, OldRetTy, "tmp");
// If this is an invoke instruction, we should insert it after the first
// non-phi, instruction in the normal successor block.
if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(Caller)) {
BasicBlock::iterator I = II->getNormalDest()->getFirstNonPHI();
InsertNewInstBefore(NC, *I);
} else {
// Otherwise, it's a call, just insert cast right after the call instr
InsertNewInstBefore(NC, *Caller);
}
AddUsersToWorkList(*Caller);
} else {
NV = UndefValue::get(Caller->getType());
}
}
if (Caller->getType() != Type::VoidTy && !Caller->use_empty())
Caller->replaceAllUsesWith(NV);
Caller->eraseFromParent();
RemoveFromWorkList(Caller);
return true;
}
// transformCallThroughTrampoline - Turn a call to a function created by the
// init_trampoline intrinsic into a direct call to the underlying function.
//
Instruction *InstCombiner::transformCallThroughTrampoline(CallSite CS) {
Value *Callee = CS.getCalledValue();
const PointerType *PTy = cast<PointerType>(Callee->getType());
const FunctionType *FTy = cast<FunctionType>(PTy->getElementType());
const PAListPtr &Attrs = CS.getParamAttrs();
// If the call already has the 'nest' attribute somewhere then give up -
// otherwise 'nest' would occur twice after splicing in the chain.
if (Attrs.hasAttrSomewhere(ParamAttr::Nest))
return 0;
IntrinsicInst *Tramp =
cast<IntrinsicInst>(cast<BitCastInst>(Callee)->getOperand(0));
Function *NestF = cast<Function>(Tramp->getOperand(2)->stripPointerCasts());
const PointerType *NestFPTy = cast<PointerType>(NestF->getType());
const FunctionType *NestFTy = cast<FunctionType>(NestFPTy->getElementType());
const PAListPtr &NestAttrs = NestF->getParamAttrs();
if (!NestAttrs.isEmpty()) {
unsigned NestIdx = 1;
const Type *NestTy = 0;
ParameterAttributes NestAttr = ParamAttr::None;
// Look for a parameter marked with the 'nest' attribute.
for (FunctionType::param_iterator I = NestFTy->param_begin(),
E = NestFTy->param_end(); I != E; ++NestIdx, ++I)
if (NestAttrs.paramHasAttr(NestIdx, ParamAttr::Nest)) {
// Record the parameter type and any other attributes.
NestTy = *I;
NestAttr = NestAttrs.getParamAttrs(NestIdx);
break;
}
if (NestTy) {
Instruction *Caller = CS.getInstruction();
std::vector<Value*> NewArgs;
NewArgs.reserve(unsigned(CS.arg_end()-CS.arg_begin())+1);
SmallVector<ParamAttrsWithIndex, 8> NewAttrs;
NewAttrs.reserve(Attrs.getNumSlots() + 1);
// Insert the nest argument into the call argument list, which may
// mean appending it. Likewise for attributes.
// Add any function result attributes.
if (ParameterAttributes Attr = Attrs.getParamAttrs(0))
NewAttrs.push_back(ParamAttrsWithIndex::get(0, Attr));
{
unsigned Idx = 1;
CallSite::arg_iterator I = CS.arg_begin(), E = CS.arg_end();
do {
if (Idx == NestIdx) {
// Add the chain argument and attributes.
Value *NestVal = Tramp->getOperand(3);
if (NestVal->getType() != NestTy)
NestVal = new BitCastInst(NestVal, NestTy, "nest", Caller);
NewArgs.push_back(NestVal);
NewAttrs.push_back(ParamAttrsWithIndex::get(NestIdx, NestAttr));
}
if (I == E)
break;
// Add the original argument and attributes.
NewArgs.push_back(*I);
if (ParameterAttributes Attr = Attrs.getParamAttrs(Idx))
NewAttrs.push_back
(ParamAttrsWithIndex::get(Idx + (Idx >= NestIdx), Attr));
++Idx, ++I;
} while (1);
}
// The trampoline may have been bitcast to a bogus type (FTy).
// Handle this by synthesizing a new function type, equal to FTy
// with the chain parameter inserted.
std::vector<const Type*> NewTypes;
NewTypes.reserve(FTy->getNumParams()+1);
// Insert the chain's type into the list of parameter types, which may
// mean appending it.
{
unsigned Idx = 1;
FunctionType::param_iterator I = FTy->param_begin(),
E = FTy->param_end();
do {
if (Idx == NestIdx)
// Add the chain's type.
NewTypes.push_back(NestTy);
if (I == E)
break;
// Add the original type.
NewTypes.push_back(*I);
++Idx, ++I;
} while (1);
}
// Replace the trampoline call with a direct call. Let the generic
// code sort out any function type mismatches.
FunctionType *NewFTy =
FunctionType::get(FTy->getReturnType(), NewTypes, FTy->isVarArg());
Constant *NewCallee = NestF->getType() == PointerType::getUnqual(NewFTy) ?
NestF : ConstantExpr::getBitCast(NestF, PointerType::getUnqual(NewFTy));
const PAListPtr &NewPAL = PAListPtr::get(NewAttrs.begin(),NewAttrs.end());
Instruction *NewCaller;
if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(Caller)) {
NewCaller = InvokeInst::Create(NewCallee,
II->getNormalDest(), II->getUnwindDest(),
NewArgs.begin(), NewArgs.end(),
Caller->getName(), Caller);
cast<InvokeInst>(NewCaller)->setCallingConv(II->getCallingConv());
cast<InvokeInst>(NewCaller)->setParamAttrs(NewPAL);
} else {
NewCaller = CallInst::Create(NewCallee, NewArgs.begin(), NewArgs.end(),
Caller->getName(), Caller);
if (cast<CallInst>(Caller)->isTailCall())
cast<CallInst>(NewCaller)->setTailCall();
cast<CallInst>(NewCaller)->
setCallingConv(cast<CallInst>(Caller)->getCallingConv());
cast<CallInst>(NewCaller)->setParamAttrs(NewPAL);
}
if (Caller->getType() != Type::VoidTy && !Caller->use_empty())
Caller->replaceAllUsesWith(NewCaller);
Caller->eraseFromParent();
RemoveFromWorkList(Caller);
return 0;
}
}
// Replace the trampoline call with a direct call. Since there is no 'nest'
// parameter, there is no need to adjust the argument list. Let the generic
// code sort out any function type mismatches.
Constant *NewCallee =
NestF->getType() == PTy ? NestF : ConstantExpr::getBitCast(NestF, PTy);
CS.setCalledFunction(NewCallee);
return CS.getInstruction();
}
/// FoldPHIArgBinOpIntoPHI - If we have something like phi [add (a,b), add(c,d)]
/// and if a/b/c/d and the add's all have a single use, turn this into two phi's
/// and a single binop.
Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldPHIArgBinOpIntoPHI(PHINode &PN) {
Instruction *FirstInst = cast<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(0));
assert(isa<BinaryOperator>(FirstInst) || isa<GetElementPtrInst>(FirstInst) ||
isa<CmpInst>(FirstInst));
unsigned Opc = FirstInst->getOpcode();
Value *LHSVal = FirstInst->getOperand(0);
Value *RHSVal = FirstInst->getOperand(1);
const Type *LHSType = LHSVal->getType();
const Type *RHSType = RHSVal->getType();
// Scan to see if all operands are the same opcode, all have one use, and all
// kill their operands (i.e. the operands have one use).
for (unsigned i = 0; i != PN.getNumIncomingValues(); ++i) {
Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(i));
if (!I || I->getOpcode() != Opc || !I->hasOneUse() ||
// Verify type of the LHS matches so we don't fold cmp's of different
// types or GEP's with different index types.
I->getOperand(0)->getType() != LHSType ||
I->getOperand(1)->getType() != RHSType)
return 0;
// If they are CmpInst instructions, check their predicates
if (Opc == Instruction::ICmp || Opc == Instruction::FCmp)
if (cast<CmpInst>(I)->getPredicate() !=
cast<CmpInst>(FirstInst)->getPredicate())
return 0;
// Keep track of which operand needs a phi node.
if (I->getOperand(0) != LHSVal) LHSVal = 0;
if (I->getOperand(1) != RHSVal) RHSVal = 0;
}
// Otherwise, this is safe to transform, determine if it is profitable.
// If this is a GEP, and if the index (not the pointer) needs a PHI, bail out.
// Indexes are often folded into load/store instructions, so we don't want to
// hide them behind a phi.
if (isa<GetElementPtrInst>(FirstInst) && RHSVal == 0)
return 0;
Value *InLHS = FirstInst->getOperand(0);
Value *InRHS = FirstInst->getOperand(1);
PHINode *NewLHS = 0, *NewRHS = 0;
if (LHSVal == 0) {
NewLHS = PHINode::Create(LHSType,
FirstInst->getOperand(0)->getName() + ".pn");
NewLHS->reserveOperandSpace(PN.getNumOperands()/2);
NewLHS->addIncoming(InLHS, PN.getIncomingBlock(0));
InsertNewInstBefore(NewLHS, PN);
LHSVal = NewLHS;
}
if (RHSVal == 0) {
NewRHS = PHINode::Create(RHSType,
FirstInst->getOperand(1)->getName() + ".pn");
NewRHS->reserveOperandSpace(PN.getNumOperands()/2);
NewRHS->addIncoming(InRHS, PN.getIncomingBlock(0));
InsertNewInstBefore(NewRHS, PN);
RHSVal = NewRHS;
}
// Add all operands to the new PHIs.
for (unsigned i = 1, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
if (NewLHS) {
Value *NewInLHS =cast<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(i))->getOperand(0);
NewLHS->addIncoming(NewInLHS, PN.getIncomingBlock(i));
}
if (NewRHS) {
Value *NewInRHS =cast<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(i))->getOperand(1);
NewRHS->addIncoming(NewInRHS, PN.getIncomingBlock(i));
}
}
if (BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(FirstInst))
return BinaryOperator::Create(BinOp->getOpcode(), LHSVal, RHSVal);
else if (CmpInst *CIOp = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(FirstInst))
return CmpInst::Create(CIOp->getOpcode(), CIOp->getPredicate(), LHSVal,
RHSVal);
else {
assert(isa<GetElementPtrInst>(FirstInst));
return GetElementPtrInst::Create(LHSVal, RHSVal);
}
}
/// isSafeToSinkLoad - Return true if we know that it is safe sink the load out
/// of the block that defines it. This means that it must be obvious the value
/// of the load is not changed from the point of the load to the end of the
/// block it is in.
///
/// Finally, it is safe, but not profitable, to sink a load targetting a
/// non-address-taken alloca. Doing so will cause us to not promote the alloca
/// to a register.
static bool isSafeToSinkLoad(LoadInst *L) {
BasicBlock::iterator BBI = L, E = L->getParent()->end();
for (++BBI; BBI != E; ++BBI)
if (BBI->mayWriteToMemory())
return false;
// Check for non-address taken alloca. If not address-taken already, it isn't
// profitable to do this xform.
if (AllocaInst *AI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(L->getOperand(0))) {
bool isAddressTaken = false;
for (Value::use_iterator UI = AI->use_begin(), E = AI->use_end();
UI != E; ++UI) {
if (isa<LoadInst>(UI)) continue;
if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(*UI)) {
// If storing TO the alloca, then the address isn't taken.
if (SI->getOperand(1) == AI) continue;
}
isAddressTaken = true;
break;
}
if (!isAddressTaken)
return false;
}
return true;
}
// FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI - If all operands to a PHI node are the same "unary"
// operator and they all are only used by the PHI, PHI together their
// inputs, and do the operation once, to the result of the PHI.
Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI(PHINode &PN) {
Instruction *FirstInst = cast<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(0));
// Scan the instruction, looking for input operations that can be folded away.
// If all input operands to the phi are the same instruction (e.g. a cast from
// the same type or "+42") we can pull the operation through the PHI, reducing
// code size and simplifying code.
Constant *ConstantOp = 0;
const Type *CastSrcTy = 0;
bool isVolatile = false;
if (isa<CastInst>(FirstInst)) {
CastSrcTy = FirstInst->getOperand(0)->getType();
} else if (isa<BinaryOperator>(FirstInst) || isa<CmpInst>(FirstInst)) {
// Can fold binop, compare or shift here if the RHS is a constant,
// otherwise call FoldPHIArgBinOpIntoPHI.
ConstantOp = dyn_cast<Constant>(FirstInst->getOperand(1));
if (ConstantOp == 0)
return FoldPHIArgBinOpIntoPHI(PN);
} else if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(FirstInst)) {
isVolatile = LI->isVolatile();
// We can't sink the load if the loaded value could be modified between the
// load and the PHI.
if (LI->getParent() != PN.getIncomingBlock(0) ||
!isSafeToSinkLoad(LI))
return 0;
// If the PHI is of volatile loads and the load block has multiple
// successors, sinking it would remove a load of the volatile value from
// the path through the other successor.
if (isVolatile &&
LI->getParent()->getTerminator()->getNumSuccessors() != 1)
return 0;
} else if (isa<GetElementPtrInst>(FirstInst)) {
if (FirstInst->getNumOperands() == 2)
return FoldPHIArgBinOpIntoPHI(PN);
// Can't handle general GEPs yet.
return 0;
} else {
return 0; // Cannot fold this operation.
}
// Check to see if all arguments are the same operation.
for (unsigned i = 1, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
if (!isa<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(i))) return 0;
Instruction *I = cast<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(i));
if (!I->hasOneUse() || !I->isSameOperationAs(FirstInst))
return 0;
if (CastSrcTy) {
if (I->getOperand(0)->getType() != CastSrcTy)
return 0; // Cast operation must match.
} else if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
// We can't sink the load if the loaded value could be modified between
// the load and the PHI.
if (LI->isVolatile() != isVolatile ||
LI->getParent() != PN.getIncomingBlock(i) ||
!isSafeToSinkLoad(LI))
return 0;
// If the PHI is of volatile loads and the load block has multiple
// successors, sinking it would remove a load of the volatile value from
// the path through the other successor.
if (isVolatile &&
LI->getParent()->getTerminator()->getNumSuccessors() != 1)
return 0;
} else if (I->getOperand(1) != ConstantOp) {
return 0;
}
}
// Okay, they are all the same operation. Create a new PHI node of the
// correct type, and PHI together all of the LHS's of the instructions.
PHINode *NewPN = PHINode::Create(FirstInst->getOperand(0)->getType(),
PN.getName()+".in");
NewPN->reserveOperandSpace(PN.getNumOperands()/2);
Value *InVal = FirstInst->getOperand(0);
NewPN->addIncoming(InVal, PN.getIncomingBlock(0));
// Add all operands to the new PHI.
for (unsigned i = 1, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
Value *NewInVal = cast<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(i))->getOperand(0);
if (NewInVal != InVal)
InVal = 0;
NewPN->addIncoming(NewInVal, PN.getIncomingBlock(i));
}
Value *PhiVal;
if (InVal) {
// The new PHI unions all of the same values together. This is really
// common, so we handle it intelligently here for compile-time speed.
PhiVal = InVal;
delete NewPN;
} else {
InsertNewInstBefore(NewPN, PN);
PhiVal = NewPN;
}
// Insert and return the new operation.
if (CastInst* FirstCI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(FirstInst))
return CastInst::Create(FirstCI->getOpcode(), PhiVal, PN.getType());
if (BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(FirstInst))
return BinaryOperator::Create(BinOp->getOpcode(), PhiVal, ConstantOp);
if (CmpInst *CIOp = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(FirstInst))
return CmpInst::Create(CIOp->getOpcode(), CIOp->getPredicate(),
PhiVal, ConstantOp);
assert(isa<LoadInst>(FirstInst) && "Unknown operation");
// If this was a volatile load that we are merging, make sure to loop through
// and mark all the input loads as non-volatile. If we don't do this, we will
// insert a new volatile load and the old ones will not be deletable.
if (isVolatile)
for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i)
cast<LoadInst>(PN.getIncomingValue(i))->setVolatile(false);
return new LoadInst(PhiVal, "", isVolatile);
}
/// DeadPHICycle - Return true if this PHI node is only used by a PHI node cycle
/// that is dead.
static bool DeadPHICycle(PHINode *PN,
SmallPtrSet<PHINode*, 16> &PotentiallyDeadPHIs) {
if (PN->use_empty()) return true;
if (!PN->hasOneUse()) return false;
// Remember this node, and if we find the cycle, return.
if (!PotentiallyDeadPHIs.insert(PN))
return true;
// Don't scan crazily complex things.
if (PotentiallyDeadPHIs.size() == 16)
return false;
if (PHINode *PU = dyn_cast<PHINode>(PN->use_back()))
return DeadPHICycle(PU, PotentiallyDeadPHIs);
return false;
}
/// PHIsEqualValue - Return true if this phi node is always equal to
/// NonPhiInVal. This happens with mutually cyclic phi nodes like:
/// z = some value; x = phi (y, z); y = phi (x, z)
static bool PHIsEqualValue(PHINode *PN, Value *NonPhiInVal,
SmallPtrSet<PHINode*, 16> &ValueEqualPHIs) {
// See if we already saw this PHI node.
if (!ValueEqualPHIs.insert(PN))
return true;
// Don't scan crazily complex things.
if (ValueEqualPHIs.size() == 16)
return false;
// Scan the operands to see if they are either phi nodes or are equal to
// the value.
for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
Value *Op = PN->getIncomingValue(i);
if (PHINode *OpPN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(Op)) {
if (!PHIsEqualValue(OpPN, NonPhiInVal, ValueEqualPHIs))
return false;
} else if (Op != NonPhiInVal)
return false;
}
return true;
}
// PHINode simplification
//
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitPHINode(PHINode &PN) {
// If LCSSA is around, don't mess with Phi nodes
if (MustPreserveLCSSA) return 0;
if (Value *V = PN.hasConstantValue())
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(PN, V);
// If all PHI operands are the same operation, pull them through the PHI,
// reducing code size.
if (isa<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(0)) &&
PN.getIncomingValue(0)->hasOneUse())
if (Instruction *Result = FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI(PN))
return Result;
// If this is a trivial cycle in the PHI node graph, remove it. Basically, if
// this PHI only has a single use (a PHI), and if that PHI only has one use (a
// PHI)... break the cycle.
if (PN.hasOneUse()) {
Instruction *PHIUser = cast<Instruction>(PN.use_back());
if (PHINode *PU = dyn_cast<PHINode>(PHIUser)) {
SmallPtrSet<PHINode*, 16> PotentiallyDeadPHIs;
PotentiallyDeadPHIs.insert(&PN);
if (DeadPHICycle(PU, PotentiallyDeadPHIs))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(PN, UndefValue::get(PN.getType()));
}
// If this phi has a single use, and if that use just computes a value for
// the next iteration of a loop, delete the phi. This occurs with unused
// induction variables, e.g. "for (int j = 0; ; ++j);". Detecting this
// common case here is good because the only other things that catch this
// are induction variable analysis (sometimes) and ADCE, which is only run
// late.
if (PHIUser->hasOneUse() &&
(isa<BinaryOperator>(PHIUser) || isa<GetElementPtrInst>(PHIUser)) &&
PHIUser->use_back() == &PN) {
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(PN, UndefValue::get(PN.getType()));
}
}
// We sometimes end up with phi cycles that non-obviously end up being the
// same value, for example:
// z = some value; x = phi (y, z); y = phi (x, z)
// where the phi nodes don't necessarily need to be in the same block. Do a
// quick check to see if the PHI node only contains a single non-phi value, if
// so, scan to see if the phi cycle is actually equal to that value.
{
unsigned InValNo = 0, NumOperandVals = PN.getNumIncomingValues();
// Scan for the first non-phi operand.
while (InValNo != NumOperandVals &&
isa<PHINode>(PN.getIncomingValue(InValNo)))
++InValNo;
if (InValNo != NumOperandVals) {
Value *NonPhiInVal = PN.getOperand(InValNo);
// Scan the rest of the operands to see if there are any conflicts, if so
// there is no need to recursively scan other phis.
for (++InValNo; InValNo != NumOperandVals; ++InValNo) {
Value *OpVal = PN.getIncomingValue(InValNo);
if (OpVal != NonPhiInVal && !isa<PHINode>(OpVal))
break;
}
// If we scanned over all operands, then we have one unique value plus
// phi values. Scan PHI nodes to see if they all merge in each other or
// the value.
if (InValNo == NumOperandVals) {
SmallPtrSet<PHINode*, 16> ValueEqualPHIs;
if (PHIsEqualValue(&PN, NonPhiInVal, ValueEqualPHIs))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(PN, NonPhiInVal);
}
}
}
return 0;
}
static Value *InsertCastToIntPtrTy(Value *V, const Type *DTy,
Instruction *InsertPoint,
InstCombiner *IC) {
unsigned PtrSize = DTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
unsigned VTySize = V->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
// We must cast correctly to the pointer type. Ensure that we
// sign extend the integer value if it is smaller as this is
// used for address computation.
Instruction::CastOps opcode =
(VTySize < PtrSize ? Instruction::SExt :
(VTySize == PtrSize ? Instruction::BitCast : Instruction::Trunc));
return IC->InsertCastBefore(opcode, V, DTy, *InsertPoint);
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitGetElementPtrInst(GetElementPtrInst &GEP) {
Value *PtrOp = GEP.getOperand(0);
// Is it 'getelementptr %P, i32 0' or 'getelementptr %P'
// If so, eliminate the noop.
if (GEP.getNumOperands() == 1)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(GEP, PtrOp);
if (isa<UndefValue>(GEP.getOperand(0)))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(GEP, UndefValue::get(GEP.getType()));
bool HasZeroPointerIndex = false;
if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(GEP.getOperand(1)))
HasZeroPointerIndex = C->isNullValue();
if (GEP.getNumOperands() == 2 && HasZeroPointerIndex)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(GEP, PtrOp);
// Eliminate unneeded casts for indices.
bool MadeChange = false;
gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(GEP);
for (User::op_iterator i = GEP.op_begin() + 1, e = GEP.op_end();
i != e; ++i, ++GTI) {
if (isa<SequentialType>(*GTI)) {
if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(*i)) {
if (CI->getOpcode() == Instruction::ZExt ||
CI->getOpcode() == Instruction::SExt) {
const Type *SrcTy = CI->getOperand(0)->getType();
// We can eliminate a cast from i32 to i64 iff the target
// is a 32-bit pointer target.
if (SrcTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() >= TD->getPointerSizeInBits()) {
MadeChange = true;
*i = CI->getOperand(0);
}
}
}
// If we are using a wider index than needed for this platform, shrink it
// to what we need. If the incoming value needs a cast instruction,
// insert it. This explicit cast can make subsequent optimizations more
// obvious.
Value *Op = *i;
if (TD->getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) > TD->getPointerSizeInBits()) {
if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op)) {
*i = ConstantExpr::getTrunc(C, TD->getIntPtrType());
MadeChange = true;
} else {
Op = InsertCastBefore(Instruction::Trunc, Op, TD->getIntPtrType(),
GEP);
*i = Op;
MadeChange = true;
}
}
}
}
if (MadeChange) return &GEP;
// If this GEP instruction doesn't move the pointer, and if the input operand
// is a bitcast of another pointer, just replace the GEP with a bitcast of the
// real input to the dest type.
if (GEP.hasAllZeroIndices()) {
if (BitCastInst *BCI = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(GEP.getOperand(0))) {
// If the bitcast is of an allocation, and the allocation will be
// converted to match the type of the cast, don't touch this.
if (isa<AllocationInst>(BCI->getOperand(0))) {
// See if the bitcast simplifies, if so, don't nuke this GEP yet.
if (Instruction *I = visitBitCast(*BCI)) {
if (I != BCI) {
I->takeName(BCI);
BCI->getParent()->getInstList().insert(BCI, I);
ReplaceInstUsesWith(*BCI, I);
}
return &GEP;
}
}
return new BitCastInst(BCI->getOperand(0), GEP.getType());
}
}
// Combine Indices - If the source pointer to this getelementptr instruction
// is a getelementptr instruction, combine the indices of the two
// getelementptr instructions into a single instruction.
//
SmallVector<Value*, 8> SrcGEPOperands;
if (User *Src = dyn_castGetElementPtr(PtrOp))
SrcGEPOperands.append(Src->op_begin(), Src->op_end());
if (!SrcGEPOperands.empty()) {
// Note that if our source is a gep chain itself that we wait for that
// chain to be resolved before we perform this transformation. This
// avoids us creating a TON of code in some cases.
//
if (isa<GetElementPtrInst>(SrcGEPOperands[0]) &&
cast<Instruction>(SrcGEPOperands[0])->getNumOperands() == 2)
return 0; // Wait until our source is folded to completion.
SmallVector<Value*, 8> Indices;
// Find out whether the last index in the source GEP is a sequential idx.
bool EndsWithSequential = false;
for (gep_type_iterator I = gep_type_begin(*cast<User>(PtrOp)),
E = gep_type_end(*cast<User>(PtrOp)); I != E; ++I)
EndsWithSequential = !isa<StructType>(*I);
// Can we combine the two pointer arithmetics offsets?
if (EndsWithSequential) {
// Replace: gep (gep %P, long B), long A, ...
// With: T = long A+B; gep %P, T, ...
//
Value *Sum, *SO1 = SrcGEPOperands.back(), *GO1 = GEP.getOperand(1);
if (SO1 == Constant::getNullValue(SO1->getType())) {
Sum = GO1;
} else if (GO1 == Constant::getNullValue(GO1->getType())) {
Sum = SO1;
} else {
// If they aren't the same type, convert both to an integer of the
// target's pointer size.
if (SO1->getType() != GO1->getType()) {
if (Constant *SO1C = dyn_cast<Constant>(SO1)) {
SO1 = ConstantExpr::getIntegerCast(SO1C, GO1->getType(), true);
} else if (Constant *GO1C = dyn_cast<Constant>(GO1)) {
GO1 = ConstantExpr::getIntegerCast(GO1C, SO1->getType(), true);
} else {
unsigned PS = TD->getPointerSizeInBits();
if (TD->getTypeSizeInBits(SO1->getType()) == PS) {
// Convert GO1 to SO1's type.
GO1 = InsertCastToIntPtrTy(GO1, SO1->getType(), &GEP, this);
} else if (TD->getTypeSizeInBits(GO1->getType()) == PS) {
// Convert SO1 to GO1's type.
SO1 = InsertCastToIntPtrTy(SO1, GO1->getType(), &GEP, this);
} else {
const Type *PT = TD->getIntPtrType();
SO1 = InsertCastToIntPtrTy(SO1, PT, &GEP, this);
GO1 = InsertCastToIntPtrTy(GO1, PT, &GEP, this);
}
}
}
if (isa<Constant>(SO1) && isa<Constant>(GO1))
Sum = ConstantExpr::getAdd(cast<Constant>(SO1), cast<Constant>(GO1));
else {
Sum = BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(SO1, GO1, PtrOp->getName()+".sum");
InsertNewInstBefore(cast<Instruction>(Sum), GEP);
}
}
// Recycle the GEP we already have if possible.
if (SrcGEPOperands.size() == 2) {
GEP.setOperand(0, SrcGEPOperands[0]);
GEP.setOperand(1, Sum);
return &GEP;
} else {
Indices.insert(Indices.end(), SrcGEPOperands.begin()+1,
SrcGEPOperands.end()-1);
Indices.push_back(Sum);
Indices.insert(Indices.end(), GEP.op_begin()+2, GEP.op_end());
}
} else if (isa<Constant>(*GEP.idx_begin()) &&
cast<Constant>(*GEP.idx_begin())->isNullValue() &&
SrcGEPOperands.size() != 1) {
// Otherwise we can do the fold if the first index of the GEP is a zero
Indices.insert(Indices.end(), SrcGEPOperands.begin()+1,
SrcGEPOperands.end());
Indices.insert(Indices.end(), GEP.idx_begin()+1, GEP.idx_end());
}
if (!Indices.empty())
return GetElementPtrInst::Create(SrcGEPOperands[0], Indices.begin(),
Indices.end(), GEP.getName());
} else if (GlobalValue *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalValue>(PtrOp)) {
// GEP of global variable. If all of the indices for this GEP are
// constants, we can promote this to a constexpr instead of an instruction.
// Scan for nonconstants...
SmallVector<Constant*, 8> Indices;
User::op_iterator I = GEP.idx_begin(), E = GEP.idx_end();
for (; I != E && isa<Constant>(*I); ++I)
Indices.push_back(cast<Constant>(*I));
if (I == E) { // If they are all constants...
Constant *CE = ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(GV,
&Indices[0],Indices.size());
// Replace all uses of the GEP with the new constexpr...
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(GEP, CE);
}
} else if (Value *X = getBitCastOperand(PtrOp)) { // Is the operand a cast?
if (!isa<PointerType>(X->getType())) {
// Not interesting. Source pointer must be a cast from pointer.
} else if (HasZeroPointerIndex) {
// transform: GEP (bitcast [10 x i8]* X to [0 x i8]*), i32 0, ...
// into : GEP [10 x i8]* X, i32 0, ...
//
// This occurs when the program declares an array extern like "int X[];"
//
const PointerType *CPTy = cast<PointerType>(PtrOp->getType());
const PointerType *XTy = cast<PointerType>(X->getType());
if (const ArrayType *XATy =
dyn_cast<ArrayType>(XTy->getElementType()))
if (const ArrayType *CATy =
dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CPTy->getElementType()))
if (CATy->getElementType() == XATy->getElementType()) {
// At this point, we know that the cast source type is a pointer
// to an array of the same type as the destination pointer
// array. Because the array type is never stepped over (there
// is a leading zero) we can fold the cast into this GEP.
GEP.setOperand(0, X);
return &GEP;
}
} else if (GEP.getNumOperands() == 2) {
// Transform things like:
// %t = getelementptr i32* bitcast ([2 x i32]* %str to i32*), i32 %V
// into: %t1 = getelementptr [2 x i32]* %str, i32 0, i32 %V; bitcast
const Type *SrcElTy = cast<PointerType>(X->getType())->getElementType();
const Type *ResElTy=cast<PointerType>(PtrOp->getType())->getElementType();
if (isa<ArrayType>(SrcElTy) &&
TD->getABITypeSize(cast<ArrayType>(SrcElTy)->getElementType()) ==
TD->getABITypeSize(ResElTy)) {
Value *Idx[2];
Idx[0] = Constant::getNullValue(Type::Int32Ty);
Idx[1] = GEP.getOperand(1);
Value *V = InsertNewInstBefore(
GetElementPtrInst::Create(X, Idx, Idx + 2, GEP.getName()), GEP);
// V and GEP are both pointer types --> BitCast
return new BitCastInst(V, GEP.getType());
}
// Transform things like:
// getelementptr i8* bitcast ([100 x double]* X to i8*), i32 %tmp
// (where tmp = 8*tmp2) into:
// getelementptr [100 x double]* %arr, i32 0, i32 %tmp2; bitcast
if (isa<ArrayType>(SrcElTy) && ResElTy == Type::Int8Ty) {
uint64_t ArrayEltSize =
TD->getABITypeSize(cast<ArrayType>(SrcElTy)->getElementType());
// Check to see if "tmp" is a scale by a multiple of ArrayEltSize. We
// allow either a mul, shift, or constant here.
Value *NewIdx = 0;
ConstantInt *Scale = 0;
if (ArrayEltSize == 1) {
NewIdx = GEP.getOperand(1);
Scale = ConstantInt::get(NewIdx->getType(), 1);
} else if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(GEP.getOperand(1))) {
NewIdx = ConstantInt::get(CI->getType(), 1);
Scale = CI;
} else if (Instruction *Inst =dyn_cast<Instruction>(GEP.getOperand(1))){
if (Inst->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl &&
isa<ConstantInt>(Inst->getOperand(1))) {
ConstantInt *ShAmt = cast<ConstantInt>(Inst->getOperand(1));
uint32_t ShAmtVal = ShAmt->getLimitedValue(64);
Scale = ConstantInt::get(Inst->getType(), 1ULL << ShAmtVal);
NewIdx = Inst->getOperand(0);
} else if (Inst->getOpcode() == Instruction::Mul &&
isa<ConstantInt>(Inst->getOperand(1))) {
Scale = cast<ConstantInt>(Inst->getOperand(1));
NewIdx = Inst->getOperand(0);
}
}
// If the index will be to exactly the right offset with the scale taken
// out, perform the transformation. Note, we don't know whether Scale is
// signed or not. We'll use unsigned version of division/modulo
// operation after making sure Scale doesn't have the sign bit set.
if (Scale && Scale->getSExtValue() >= 0LL &&
Scale->getZExtValue() % ArrayEltSize == 0) {
Scale = ConstantInt::get(Scale->getType(),
Scale->getZExtValue() / ArrayEltSize);
if (Scale->getZExtValue() != 1) {
Constant *C = ConstantExpr::getIntegerCast(Scale, NewIdx->getType(),
false /*ZExt*/);
Instruction *Sc = BinaryOperator::CreateMul(NewIdx, C, "idxscale");
NewIdx = InsertNewInstBefore(Sc, GEP);
}
// Insert the new GEP instruction.
Value *Idx[2];
Idx[0] = Constant::getNullValue(Type::Int32Ty);
Idx[1] = NewIdx;
Instruction *NewGEP =
GetElementPtrInst::Create(X, Idx, Idx + 2, GEP.getName());
NewGEP = InsertNewInstBefore(NewGEP, GEP);
// The NewGEP must be pointer typed, so must the old one -> BitCast
return new BitCastInst(NewGEP, GEP.getType());
}
}
}
}
return 0;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitAllocationInst(AllocationInst &AI) {
// Convert: malloc Ty, C - where C is a constant != 1 into: malloc [C x Ty], 1
if (AI.isArrayAllocation()) { // Check C != 1
if (const ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(AI.getArraySize())) {
const Type *NewTy =
ArrayType::get(AI.getAllocatedType(), C->getZExtValue());
AllocationInst *New = 0;
// Create and insert the replacement instruction...
if (isa<MallocInst>(AI))
New = new MallocInst(NewTy, 0, AI.getAlignment(), AI.getName());
else {
assert(isa<AllocaInst>(AI) && "Unknown type of allocation inst!");
New = new AllocaInst(NewTy, 0, AI.getAlignment(), AI.getName());
}
InsertNewInstBefore(New, AI);
// Scan to the end of the allocation instructions, to skip over a block of
// allocas if possible...
//
BasicBlock::iterator It = New;
while (isa<AllocationInst>(*It)) ++It;
// Now that I is pointing to the first non-allocation-inst in the block,
// insert our getelementptr instruction...
//
Value *NullIdx = Constant::getNullValue(Type::Int32Ty);
Value *Idx[2];
Idx[0] = NullIdx;
Idx[1] = NullIdx;
Value *V = GetElementPtrInst::Create(New, Idx, Idx + 2,
New->getName()+".sub", It);
// Now make everything use the getelementptr instead of the original
// allocation.
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(AI, V);
} else if (isa<UndefValue>(AI.getArraySize())) {
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(AI, Constant::getNullValue(AI.getType()));
}
}
// If alloca'ing a zero byte object, replace the alloca with a null pointer.
// Note that we only do this for alloca's, because malloc should allocate and
// return a unique pointer, even for a zero byte allocation.
if (isa<AllocaInst>(AI) && AI.getAllocatedType()->isSized() &&
TD->getABITypeSize(AI.getAllocatedType()) == 0)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(AI, Constant::getNullValue(AI.getType()));
return 0;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFreeInst(FreeInst &FI) {
Value *Op = FI.getOperand(0);
// free undef -> unreachable.
if (isa<UndefValue>(Op)) {
// Insert a new store to null because we cannot modify the CFG here.
new StoreInst(ConstantInt::getTrue(),
UndefValue::get(PointerType::getUnqual(Type::Int1Ty)), &FI);
return EraseInstFromFunction(FI);
}
// If we have 'free null' delete the instruction. This can happen in stl code
// when lots of inlining happens.
if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Op))
return EraseInstFromFunction(FI);
// Change free <ty>* (cast <ty2>* X to <ty>*) into free <ty2>* X
if (BitCastInst *CI = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(Op)) {
FI.setOperand(0, CI->getOperand(0));
return &FI;
}
// Change free (gep X, 0,0,0,0) into free(X)
if (GetElementPtrInst *GEPI = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(Op)) {
if (GEPI->hasAllZeroIndices()) {
AddToWorkList(GEPI);
FI.setOperand(0, GEPI->getOperand(0));
return &FI;
}
}
// Change free(malloc) into nothing, if the malloc has a single use.
if (MallocInst *MI = dyn_cast<MallocInst>(Op))
if (MI->hasOneUse()) {
EraseInstFromFunction(FI);
return EraseInstFromFunction(*MI);
}
return 0;
}
/// InstCombineLoadCast - Fold 'load (cast P)' -> cast (load P)' when possible.
static Instruction *InstCombineLoadCast(InstCombiner &IC, LoadInst &LI,
const TargetData *TD) {
User *CI = cast<User>(LI.getOperand(0));
Value *CastOp = CI->getOperand(0);
if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(CI)) {
// Instead of loading constant c string, use corresponding integer value
// directly if string length is small enough.
std::string Str;
if (GetConstantStringInfo(CE->getOperand(0), Str) && !Str.empty()) {
unsigned len = Str.length();
const Type *Ty = cast<PointerType>(CE->getType())->getElementType();
unsigned numBits = Ty->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
// Replace LI with immediate integer store.
if ((numBits >> 3) == len + 1) {
APInt StrVal(numBits, 0);
APInt SingleChar(numBits, 0);
if (TD->isLittleEndian()) {
for (signed i = len-1; i >= 0; i--) {
SingleChar = (uint64_t) Str[i];
StrVal = (StrVal << 8) | SingleChar;
}
} else {
for (unsigned i = 0; i < len; i++) {
SingleChar = (uint64_t) Str[i];
StrVal = (StrVal << 8) | SingleChar;
}
// Append NULL at the end.
SingleChar = 0;
StrVal = (StrVal << 8) | SingleChar;
}
Value *NL = ConstantInt::get(StrVal);
return IC.ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, NL);
}
}
}
const Type *DestPTy = cast<PointerType>(CI->getType())->getElementType();
if (const PointerType *SrcTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(CastOp->getType())) {
const Type *SrcPTy = SrcTy->getElementType();
if (DestPTy->isInteger() || isa<PointerType>(DestPTy) ||
isa<VectorType>(DestPTy)) {
// If the source is an array, the code below will not succeed. Check to
// see if a trivial 'gep P, 0, 0' will help matters. Only do this for
// constants.
if (const ArrayType *ASrcTy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(SrcPTy))
if (Constant *CSrc = dyn_cast<Constant>(CastOp))
if (ASrcTy->getNumElements() != 0) {
Value *Idxs[2];
Idxs[0] = Idxs[1] = Constant::getNullValue(Type::Int32Ty);
CastOp = ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(CSrc, Idxs, 2);
SrcTy = cast<PointerType>(CastOp->getType());
SrcPTy = SrcTy->getElementType();
}
if ((SrcPTy->isInteger() || isa<PointerType>(SrcPTy) ||
isa<VectorType>(SrcPTy)) &&
// Do not allow turning this into a load of an integer, which is then
// casted to a pointer, this pessimizes pointer analysis a lot.
(isa<PointerType>(SrcPTy) == isa<PointerType>(LI.getType())) &&
IC.getTargetData().getTypeSizeInBits(SrcPTy) ==
IC.getTargetData().getTypeSizeInBits(DestPTy)) {
// Okay, we are casting from one integer or pointer type to another of
// the same size. Instead of casting the pointer before the load, cast
// the result of the loaded value.
Value *NewLoad = IC.InsertNewInstBefore(new LoadInst(CastOp,
CI->getName(),
LI.isVolatile()),LI);
// Now cast the result of the load.
return new BitCastInst(NewLoad, LI.getType());
}
}
}
return 0;
}
/// isSafeToLoadUnconditionally - Return true if we know that executing a load
/// from this value cannot trap. If it is not obviously safe to load from the
/// specified pointer, we do a quick local scan of the basic block containing
/// ScanFrom, to determine if the address is already accessed.
static bool isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(Value *V, Instruction *ScanFrom) {
// If it is an alloca it is always safe to load from.
if (isa<AllocaInst>(V)) return true;
// If it is a global variable it is mostly safe to load from.
if (const GlobalValue *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(V))
// Don't try to evaluate aliases. External weak GV can be null.
return !isa<GlobalAlias>(GV) && !GV->hasExternalWeakLinkage();
// Otherwise, be a little bit agressive by scanning the local block where we
// want to check to see if the pointer is already being loaded or stored
// from/to. If so, the previous load or store would have already trapped,
// so there is no harm doing an extra load (also, CSE will later eliminate
// the load entirely).
BasicBlock::iterator BBI = ScanFrom, E = ScanFrom->getParent()->begin();
while (BBI != E) {
--BBI;
// If we see a free or a call (which might do a free) the pointer could be
// marked invalid.
if (isa<FreeInst>(BBI) || isa<CallInst>(BBI))
return false;
if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(BBI)) {
if (LI->getOperand(0) == V) return true;
} else if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(BBI)) {
if (SI->getOperand(1) == V) return true;
}
}
return false;
}
/// GetUnderlyingObject - Trace through a series of getelementptrs and bitcasts
/// until we find the underlying object a pointer is referring to or something
/// we don't understand. Note that the returned pointer may be offset from the
/// input, because we ignore GEP indices.
static Value *GetUnderlyingObject(Value *Ptr) {
while (1) {
if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(Ptr)) {
if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::BitCast ||
CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr)
Ptr = CE->getOperand(0);
else
return Ptr;
} else if (BitCastInst *BCI = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(Ptr)) {
Ptr = BCI->getOperand(0);
} else if (GetElementPtrInst *GEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(Ptr)) {
Ptr = GEP->getOperand(0);
} else {
return Ptr;
}
}
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitLoadInst(LoadInst &LI) {
Value *Op = LI.getOperand(0);
// Attempt to improve the alignment.
unsigned KnownAlign = GetOrEnforceKnownAlignment(Op);
if (KnownAlign >
(LI.getAlignment() == 0 ? TD->getABITypeAlignment(LI.getType()) :
LI.getAlignment()))
LI.setAlignment(KnownAlign);
// load (cast X) --> cast (load X) iff safe
if (isa<CastInst>(Op))
if (Instruction *Res = InstCombineLoadCast(*this, LI, TD))
return Res;
// None of the following transforms are legal for volatile loads.
if (LI.isVolatile()) return 0;
if (&LI.getParent()->front() != &LI) {
BasicBlock::iterator BBI = &LI; --BBI;
// If the instruction immediately before this is a store to the same
// address, do a simple form of store->load forwarding.
if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(BBI))
if (SI->getOperand(1) == LI.getOperand(0))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, SI->getOperand(0));
if (LoadInst *LIB = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(BBI))
if (LIB->getOperand(0) == LI.getOperand(0))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, LIB);
}
if (GetElementPtrInst *GEPI = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(Op)) {
const Value *GEPI0 = GEPI->getOperand(0);
// TODO: Consider a target hook for valid address spaces for this xform.
if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(GEPI0) &&
cast<PointerType>(GEPI0->getType())->getAddressSpace() == 0) {
// Insert a new store to null instruction before the load to indicate
// that this code is not reachable. We do this instead of inserting
// an unreachable instruction directly because we cannot modify the
// CFG.
new StoreInst(UndefValue::get(LI.getType()),
Constant::getNullValue(Op->getType()), &LI);
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, UndefValue::get(LI.getType()));
}
}
if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op)) {
// load null/undef -> undef
// TODO: Consider a target hook for valid address spaces for this xform.
if (isa<UndefValue>(C) || (C->isNullValue() &&
cast<PointerType>(Op->getType())->getAddressSpace() == 0)) {
// Insert a new store to null instruction before the load to indicate that
// this code is not reachable. We do this instead of inserting an
// unreachable instruction directly because we cannot modify the CFG.
new StoreInst(UndefValue::get(LI.getType()),
Constant::getNullValue(Op->getType()), &LI);
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, UndefValue::get(LI.getType()));
}
// Instcombine load (constant global) into the value loaded.
if (GlobalVariable *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(Op))
if (GV->isConstant() && !GV->isDeclaration())
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, GV->getInitializer());
// Instcombine load (constantexpr_GEP global, 0, ...) into the value loaded.
if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(Op)) {
if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr) {
if (GlobalVariable *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(CE->getOperand(0)))
if (GV->isConstant() && !GV->isDeclaration())
if (Constant *V =
ConstantFoldLoadThroughGEPConstantExpr(GV->getInitializer(), CE))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, V);
if (CE->getOperand(0)->isNullValue()) {
// Insert a new store to null instruction before the load to indicate
// that this code is not reachable. We do this instead of inserting
// an unreachable instruction directly because we cannot modify the
// CFG.
new StoreInst(UndefValue::get(LI.getType()),
Constant::getNullValue(Op->getType()), &LI);
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, UndefValue::get(LI.getType()));
}
} else if (CE->isCast()) {
if (Instruction *Res = InstCombineLoadCast(*this, LI, TD))
return Res;
}
}
}
// If this load comes from anywhere in a constant global, and if the global
// is all undef or zero, we know what it loads.
if (GlobalVariable *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(GetUnderlyingObject(Op))) {
if (GV->isConstant() && GV->hasInitializer()) {
if (GV->getInitializer()->isNullValue())
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, Constant::getNullValue(LI.getType()));
else if (isa<UndefValue>(GV->getInitializer()))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, UndefValue::get(LI.getType()));
}
}
if (Op->hasOneUse()) {
// Change select and PHI nodes to select values instead of addresses: this
// helps alias analysis out a lot, allows many others simplifications, and
// exposes redundancy in the code.
//
// Note that we cannot do the transformation unless we know that the
// introduced loads cannot trap! Something like this is valid as long as
// the condition is always false: load (select bool %C, int* null, int* %G),
// but it would not be valid if we transformed it to load from null
// unconditionally.
//
if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op)) {
// load (select (Cond, &V1, &V2)) --> select(Cond, load &V1, load &V2).
if (isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(SI->getOperand(1), SI) &&
isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(SI->getOperand(2), SI)) {
Value *V1 = InsertNewInstBefore(new LoadInst(SI->getOperand(1),
SI->getOperand(1)->getName()+".val"), LI);
Value *V2 = InsertNewInstBefore(new LoadInst(SI->getOperand(2),
SI->getOperand(2)->getName()+".val"), LI);
return SelectInst::Create(SI->getCondition(), V1, V2);
}
// load (select (cond, null, P)) -> load P
if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(SI->getOperand(1)))
if (C->isNullValue()) {
LI.setOperand(0, SI->getOperand(2));
return &LI;
}
// load (select (cond, P, null)) -> load P
if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(SI->getOperand(2)))
if (C->isNullValue()) {
LI.setOperand(0, SI->getOperand(1));
return &LI;
}
}
}
return 0;
}
/// InstCombineStoreToCast - Fold store V, (cast P) -> store (cast V), P
/// when possible.
static Instruction *InstCombineStoreToCast(InstCombiner &IC, StoreInst &SI) {
User *CI = cast<User>(SI.getOperand(1));
Value *CastOp = CI->getOperand(0);
const Type *DestPTy = cast<PointerType>(CI->getType())->getElementType();
if (const PointerType *SrcTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(CastOp->getType())) {
const Type *SrcPTy = SrcTy->getElementType();
if (DestPTy->isInteger() || isa<PointerType>(DestPTy)) {
// If the source is an array, the code below will not succeed. Check to
// see if a trivial 'gep P, 0, 0' will help matters. Only do this for
// constants.
if (const ArrayType *ASrcTy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(SrcPTy))
if (Constant *CSrc = dyn_cast<Constant>(CastOp))
if (ASrcTy->getNumElements() != 0) {
Value* Idxs[2];
Idxs[0] = Idxs[1] = Constant::getNullValue(Type::Int32Ty);
CastOp = ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(CSrc, Idxs, 2);
SrcTy = cast<PointerType>(CastOp->getType());
SrcPTy = SrcTy->getElementType();
}
if ((SrcPTy->isInteger() || isa<PointerType>(SrcPTy)) &&
IC.getTargetData().getTypeSizeInBits(SrcPTy) ==
IC.getTargetData().getTypeSizeInBits(DestPTy)) {
// Okay, we are casting from one integer or pointer type to another of
// the same size. Instead of casting the pointer before
// the store, cast the value to be stored.
Value *NewCast;
Value *SIOp0 = SI.getOperand(0);
Instruction::CastOps opcode = Instruction::BitCast;
const Type* CastSrcTy = SIOp0->getType();
const Type* CastDstTy = SrcPTy;
if (isa<PointerType>(CastDstTy)) {
if (CastSrcTy->isInteger())
opcode = Instruction::IntToPtr;
} else if (isa<IntegerType>(CastDstTy)) {
if (isa<PointerType>(SIOp0->getType()))
opcode = Instruction::PtrToInt;
}
if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(SIOp0))
NewCast = ConstantExpr::getCast(opcode, C, CastDstTy);
else
NewCast = IC.InsertNewInstBefore(
CastInst::Create(opcode, SIOp0, CastDstTy, SIOp0->getName()+".c"),
SI);
return new StoreInst(NewCast, CastOp);
}
}
}
return 0;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitStoreInst(StoreInst &SI) {
Value *Val = SI.getOperand(0);
Value *Ptr = SI.getOperand(1);
if (isa<UndefValue>(Ptr)) { // store X, undef -> noop (even if volatile)
EraseInstFromFunction(SI);
++NumCombined;
return 0;
}
// If the RHS is an alloca with a single use, zapify the store, making the
// alloca dead.
if (Ptr->hasOneUse() && !SI.isVolatile()) {
if (isa<AllocaInst>(Ptr)) {
EraseInstFromFunction(SI);
++NumCombined;
return 0;
}
if (GetElementPtrInst *GEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(Ptr))
if (isa<AllocaInst>(GEP->getOperand(0)) &&
GEP->getOperand(0)->hasOneUse()) {
EraseInstFromFunction(SI);
++NumCombined;
return 0;
}
}
// Attempt to improve the alignment.
unsigned KnownAlign = GetOrEnforceKnownAlignment(Ptr);
if (KnownAlign >
(SI.getAlignment() == 0 ? TD->getABITypeAlignment(Val->getType()) :
SI.getAlignment()))
SI.setAlignment(KnownAlign);
// Do really simple DSE, to catch cases where there are several consequtive
// stores to the same location, separated by a few arithmetic operations. This
// situation often occurs with bitfield accesses.
BasicBlock::iterator BBI = &SI;
for (unsigned ScanInsts = 6; BBI != SI.getParent()->begin() && ScanInsts;
--ScanInsts) {
--BBI;
if (StoreInst *PrevSI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(BBI)) {
// Prev store isn't volatile, and stores to the same location?
if (!PrevSI->isVolatile() && PrevSI->getOperand(1) == SI.getOperand(1)) {
++NumDeadStore;
++BBI;
EraseInstFromFunction(*PrevSI);
continue;
}
break;
}
// If this is a load, we have to stop. However, if the loaded value is from
// the pointer we're loading and is producing the pointer we're storing,
// then *this* store is dead (X = load P; store X -> P).
if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(BBI)) {
if (LI == Val && LI->getOperand(0) == Ptr && !SI.isVolatile()) {
EraseInstFromFunction(SI);
++NumCombined;
return 0;
}
// Otherwise, this is a load from some other location. Stores before it
// may not be dead.
break;
}
// Don't skip over loads or things that can modify memory.
if (BBI->mayWriteToMemory() || BBI->mayReadFromMemory())
break;
}
if (SI.isVolatile()) return 0; // Don't hack volatile stores.
// store X, null -> turns into 'unreachable' in SimplifyCFG
if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Ptr)) {
if (!isa<UndefValue>(Val)) {
SI.setOperand(0, UndefValue::get(Val->getType()));
if (Instruction *U = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Val))
AddToWorkList(U); // Dropped a use.
++NumCombined;
}
return 0; // Do not modify these!
}
// store undef, Ptr -> noop
if (isa<UndefValue>(Val)) {
EraseInstFromFunction(SI);
++NumCombined;
return 0;
}
// If the pointer destination is a cast, see if we can fold the cast into the
// source instead.
if (isa<CastInst>(Ptr))
if (Instruction *Res = InstCombineStoreToCast(*this, SI))
return Res;
if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(Ptr))
if (CE->isCast())
if (Instruction *Res = InstCombineStoreToCast(*this, SI))
return Res;
// If this store is the last instruction in the basic block, and if the block
// ends with an unconditional branch, try to move it to the successor block.
BBI = &SI; ++BBI;
if (BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(BBI))
if (BI->isUnconditional())
if (SimplifyStoreAtEndOfBlock(SI))
return 0; // xform done!
return 0;
}
/// SimplifyStoreAtEndOfBlock - Turn things like:
/// if () { *P = v1; } else { *P = v2 }
/// into a phi node with a store in the successor.
///
/// Simplify things like:
/// *P = v1; if () { *P = v2; }
/// into a phi node with a store in the successor.
///
bool InstCombiner::SimplifyStoreAtEndOfBlock(StoreInst &SI) {
BasicBlock *StoreBB = SI.getParent();
// Check to see if the successor block has exactly two incoming edges. If
// so, see if the other predecessor contains a store to the same location.
// if so, insert a PHI node (if needed) and move the stores down.
BasicBlock *DestBB = StoreBB->getTerminator()->getSuccessor(0);
// Determine whether Dest has exactly two predecessors and, if so, compute
// the other predecessor.
pred_iterator PI = pred_begin(DestBB);
BasicBlock *OtherBB = 0;
if (*PI != StoreBB)
OtherBB = *PI;
++PI;
if (PI == pred_end(DestBB))
return false;
if (*PI != StoreBB) {
if (OtherBB)
return false;
OtherBB = *PI;
}
if (++PI != pred_end(DestBB))
return false;
// Bail out if all the relevant blocks aren't distinct (this can happen,
// for example, if SI is in an infinite loop)
if (StoreBB == DestBB || OtherBB == DestBB)
return false;
// Verify that the other block ends in a branch and is not otherwise empty.
BasicBlock::iterator BBI = OtherBB->getTerminator();
BranchInst *OtherBr = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(BBI);
if (!OtherBr || BBI == OtherBB->begin())
return false;
// If the other block ends in an unconditional branch, check for the 'if then
// else' case. there is an instruction before the branch.
StoreInst *OtherStore = 0;
if (OtherBr->isUnconditional()) {
// If this isn't a store, or isn't a store to the same location, bail out.
--BBI;
OtherStore = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(BBI);
if (!OtherStore || OtherStore->getOperand(1) != SI.getOperand(1))
return false;
} else {
// Otherwise, the other block ended with a conditional branch. If one of the
// destinations is StoreBB, then we have the if/then case.
if (OtherBr->getSuccessor(0) != StoreBB &&
OtherBr->getSuccessor(1) != StoreBB)
return false;
// Okay, we know that OtherBr now goes to Dest and StoreBB, so this is an
// if/then triangle. See if there is a store to the same ptr as SI that
// lives in OtherBB.
for (;; --BBI) {
// Check to see if we find the matching store.
if ((OtherStore = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(BBI))) {
if (OtherStore->getOperand(1) != SI.getOperand(1))
return false;
break;
}
// If we find something that may be using or overwriting the stored
// value, or if we run out of instructions, we can't do the xform.
if (BBI->mayReadFromMemory() || BBI->mayWriteToMemory() ||
BBI == OtherBB->begin())
return false;
}
// In order to eliminate the store in OtherBr, we have to
// make sure nothing reads or overwrites the stored value in
// StoreBB.
for (BasicBlock::iterator I = StoreBB->begin(); &*I != &SI; ++I) {
// FIXME: This should really be AA driven.
if (I->mayReadFromMemory() || I->mayWriteToMemory())
return false;
}
}
// Insert a PHI node now if we need it.
Value *MergedVal = OtherStore->getOperand(0);
if (MergedVal != SI.getOperand(0)) {
PHINode *PN = PHINode::Create(MergedVal->getType(), "storemerge");
PN->reserveOperandSpace(2);
PN->addIncoming(SI.getOperand(0), SI.getParent());
PN->addIncoming(OtherStore->getOperand(0), OtherBB);
MergedVal = InsertNewInstBefore(PN, DestBB->front());
}
// Advance to a place where it is safe to insert the new store and
// insert it.
BBI = DestBB->getFirstNonPHI();
InsertNewInstBefore(new StoreInst(MergedVal, SI.getOperand(1),
OtherStore->isVolatile()), *BBI);
// Nuke the old stores.
EraseInstFromFunction(SI);
EraseInstFromFunction(*OtherStore);
++NumCombined;
return true;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitBranchInst(BranchInst &BI) {
// Change br (not X), label True, label False to: br X, label False, True
Value *X = 0;
BasicBlock *TrueDest;
BasicBlock *FalseDest;
if (match(&BI, m_Br(m_Not(m_Value(X)), TrueDest, FalseDest)) &&
!isa<Constant>(X)) {
// Swap Destinations and condition...
BI.setCondition(X);
BI.setSuccessor(0, FalseDest);
BI.setSuccessor(1, TrueDest);
return &BI;
}
// Cannonicalize fcmp_one -> fcmp_oeq
FCmpInst::Predicate FPred; Value *Y;
if (match(&BI, m_Br(m_FCmp(FPred, m_Value(X), m_Value(Y)),
TrueDest, FalseDest)))
if ((FPred == FCmpInst::FCMP_ONE || FPred == FCmpInst::FCMP_OLE ||
FPred == FCmpInst::FCMP_OGE) && BI.getCondition()->hasOneUse()) {
FCmpInst *I = cast<FCmpInst>(BI.getCondition());
FCmpInst::Predicate NewPred = FCmpInst::getInversePredicate(FPred);
Instruction *NewSCC = new FCmpInst(NewPred, X, Y, "", I);
NewSCC->takeName(I);
// Swap Destinations and condition...
BI.setCondition(NewSCC);
BI.setSuccessor(0, FalseDest);
BI.setSuccessor(1, TrueDest);
RemoveFromWorkList(I);
I->eraseFromParent();
AddToWorkList(NewSCC);
return &BI;
}
// Cannonicalize icmp_ne -> icmp_eq
ICmpInst::Predicate IPred;
if (match(&BI, m_Br(m_ICmp(IPred, m_Value(X), m_Value(Y)),
TrueDest, FalseDest)))
if ((IPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE || IPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE ||
IPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE || IPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE ||
IPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE) && BI.getCondition()->hasOneUse()) {
ICmpInst *I = cast<ICmpInst>(BI.getCondition());
ICmpInst::Predicate NewPred = ICmpInst::getInversePredicate(IPred);
Instruction *NewSCC = new ICmpInst(NewPred, X, Y, "", I);
NewSCC->takeName(I);
// Swap Destinations and condition...
BI.setCondition(NewSCC);
BI.setSuccessor(0, FalseDest);
BI.setSuccessor(1, TrueDest);
RemoveFromWorkList(I);
I->eraseFromParent();;
AddToWorkList(NewSCC);
return &BI;
}
return 0;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSwitchInst(SwitchInst &SI) {
Value *Cond = SI.getCondition();
if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Cond)) {
if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add)
if (ConstantInt *AddRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) {
// change 'switch (X+4) case 1:' into 'switch (X) case -3'
for (unsigned i = 2, e = SI.getNumOperands(); i != e; i += 2)
SI.setOperand(i,ConstantExpr::getSub(cast<Constant>(SI.getOperand(i)),
AddRHS));
SI.setOperand(0, I->getOperand(0));
AddToWorkList(I);
return &SI;
}
}
return 0;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitExtractValueInst(ExtractValueInst &EV) {
Value *Agg = EV.getAggregateOperand();
if (!EV.hasIndices())
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(EV, Agg);
if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Agg)) {
if (isa<UndefValue>(C))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(EV, UndefValue::get(EV.getType()));
if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(C))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(EV, Constant::getNullValue(EV.getType()));
if (isa<ConstantArray>(C) || isa<ConstantStruct>(C)) {
// Extract the element indexed by the first index out of the constant
Value *V = C->getOperand(*EV.idx_begin());
if (EV.getNumIndices() > 1)
// Extract the remaining indices out of the constant indexed by the
// first index
return ExtractValueInst::Create(V, EV.idx_begin() + 1, EV.idx_end());
else
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(EV, V);
}
return 0; // Can't handle other constants
}
if (InsertValueInst *IV = dyn_cast<InsertValueInst>(Agg)) {
// We're extracting from an insertvalue instruction, compare the indices
const unsigned *exti, *exte, *insi, *inse;
for (exti = EV.idx_begin(), insi = IV->idx_begin(),
exte = EV.idx_end(), inse = IV->idx_end();
exti != exte && insi != inse;
++exti, ++insi) {
if (*insi != *exti)
// The insert and extract both reference distinctly different elements.
// This means the extract is not influenced by the insert, and we can
// replace the aggregate operand of the extract with the aggregate
// operand of the insert. i.e., replace
// %I = insertvalue { i32, { i32 } } %A, { i32 } { i32 42 }, 1
// %E = extractvalue { i32, { i32 } } %I, 0
// with
// %E = extractvalue { i32, { i32 } } %A, 0
return ExtractValueInst::Create(IV->getAggregateOperand(),
EV.idx_begin(), EV.idx_end());
}
if (exti == exte && insi == inse)
// Both iterators are at the end: Index lists are identical. Replace
// %B = insertvalue { i32, { i32 } } %A, i32 42, 1, 0
// %C = extractvalue { i32, { i32 } } %B, 1, 0
// with "i32 42"
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(EV, IV->getInsertedValueOperand());
if (exti == exte) {
// The extract list is a prefix of the insert list. i.e. replace
// %I = insertvalue { i32, { i32 } } %A, i32 42, 1, 0
// %E = extractvalue { i32, { i32 } } %I, 1
// with
// %X = extractvalue { i32, { i32 } } %A, 1
// %E = insertvalue { i32 } %X, i32 42, 0
// by switching the order of the insert and extract (though the
// insertvalue should be left in, since it may have other uses).
Value *NewEV = InsertNewInstBefore(
ExtractValueInst::Create(IV->getAggregateOperand(),
EV.idx_begin(), EV.idx_end()),
EV);
return InsertValueInst::Create(NewEV, IV->getInsertedValueOperand(),
insi, inse);
}
if (insi == inse)
// The insert list is a prefix of the extract list
// We can simply remove the common indices from the extract and make it
// operate on the inserted value instead of the insertvalue result.
// i.e., replace
// %I = insertvalue { i32, { i32 } } %A, { i32 } { i32 42 }, 1
// %E = extractvalue { i32, { i32 } } %I, 1, 0
// with
// %E extractvalue { i32 } { i32 42 }, 0
return ExtractValueInst::Create(IV->getInsertedValueOperand(),
exti, exte);
}
// Can't simplify extracts from other values. Note that nested extracts are
// already simplified implicitely by the above (extract ( extract (insert) )
// will be translated into extract ( insert ( extract ) ) first and then just
// the value inserted, if appropriate).
return 0;
}
/// CheapToScalarize - Return true if the value is cheaper to scalarize than it
/// is to leave as a vector operation.
static bool CheapToScalarize(Value *V, bool isConstant) {
if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(V))
return true;
if (ConstantVector *C = dyn_cast<ConstantVector>(V)) {
if (isConstant) return true;
// If all elts are the same, we can extract.
Constant *Op0 = C->getOperand(0);
for (unsigned i = 1; i < C->getNumOperands(); ++i)
if (C->getOperand(i) != Op0)
return false;
return true;
}
Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
if (!I) return false;
// Insert element gets simplified to the inserted element or is deleted if
// this is constant idx extract element and its a constant idx insertelt.
if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::InsertElement && isConstant &&
isa<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(2)))
return true;
if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Load && I->hasOneUse())
return true;
if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(I))
if (BO->hasOneUse() &&
(CheapToScalarize(BO->getOperand(0), isConstant) ||
CheapToScalarize(BO->getOperand(1), isConstant)))
return true;
if (CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(I))
if (CI->hasOneUse() &&
(CheapToScalarize(CI->getOperand(0), isConstant) ||
CheapToScalarize(CI->getOperand(1), isConstant)))
return true;
return false;
}
/// Read and decode a shufflevector mask.
///
/// It turns undef elements into values that are larger than the number of
/// elements in the input.
static std::vector<unsigned> getShuffleMask(const ShuffleVectorInst *SVI) {
unsigned NElts = SVI->getType()->getNumElements();
if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(SVI->getOperand(2)))
return std::vector<unsigned>(NElts, 0);
if (isa<UndefValue>(SVI->getOperand(2)))
return std::vector<unsigned>(NElts, 2*NElts);
std::vector<unsigned> Result;
const ConstantVector *CP = cast<ConstantVector>(SVI->getOperand(2));
for (User::const_op_iterator i = CP->op_begin(), e = CP->op_end(); i!=e; ++i)
if (isa<UndefValue>(*i))
Result.push_back(NElts*2); // undef -> 8
else
Result.push_back(cast<ConstantInt>(*i)->getZExtValue());
return Result;
}
/// FindScalarElement - Given a vector and an element number, see if the scalar
/// value is already around as a register, for example if it were inserted then
/// extracted from the vector.
static Value *FindScalarElement(Value *V, unsigned EltNo) {
assert(isa<VectorType>(V->getType()) && "Not looking at a vector?");
const VectorType *PTy = cast<VectorType>(V->getType());
unsigned Width = PTy->getNumElements();
if (EltNo >= Width) // Out of range access.
return UndefValue::get(PTy->getElementType());
if (isa<UndefValue>(V))
return UndefValue::get(PTy->getElementType());
else if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(V))
return Constant::getNullValue(PTy->getElementType());
else if (ConstantVector *CP = dyn_cast<ConstantVector>(V))
return CP->getOperand(EltNo);
else if (InsertElementInst *III = dyn_cast<InsertElementInst>(V)) {
// If this is an insert to a variable element, we don't know what it is.
if (!isa<ConstantInt>(III->getOperand(2)))
return 0;
unsigned IIElt = cast<ConstantInt>(III->getOperand(2))->getZExtValue();
// If this is an insert to the element we are looking for, return the
// inserted value.
if (EltNo == IIElt)
return III->getOperand(1);
// Otherwise, the insertelement doesn't modify the value, recurse on its
// vector input.
return FindScalarElement(III->getOperand(0), EltNo);
} else if (ShuffleVectorInst *SVI = dyn_cast<ShuffleVectorInst>(V)) {
unsigned InEl = getShuffleMask(SVI)[EltNo];
if (InEl < Width)
return FindScalarElement(SVI->getOperand(0), InEl);
else if (InEl < Width*2)
return FindScalarElement(SVI->getOperand(1), InEl - Width);
else
return UndefValue::get(PTy->getElementType());
}
// Otherwise, we don't know.
return 0;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitExtractElementInst(ExtractElementInst &EI) {
// If vector val is undef, replace extract with scalar undef.
if (isa<UndefValue>(EI.getOperand(0)))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(EI, UndefValue::get(EI.getType()));
// If vector val is constant 0, replace extract with scalar 0.
if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(EI.getOperand(0)))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(EI, Constant::getNullValue(EI.getType()));
if (ConstantVector *C = dyn_cast<ConstantVector>(EI.getOperand(0))) {
// If vector val is constant with all elements the same, replace EI with
// that element. When the elements are not identical, we cannot replace yet
// (we do that below, but only when the index is constant).
Constant *op0 = C->getOperand(0);
for (unsigned i = 1; i < C->getNumOperands(); ++i)
if (C->getOperand(i) != op0) {
op0 = 0;
break;
}
if (op0)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(EI, op0);
}
// If extracting a specified index from the vector, see if we can recursively
// find a previously computed scalar that was inserted into the vector.
if (ConstantInt *IdxC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(EI.getOperand(1))) {
unsigned IndexVal = IdxC->getZExtValue();
unsigned VectorWidth =
cast<VectorType>(EI.getOperand(0)->getType())->getNumElements();
// If this is extracting an invalid index, turn this into undef, to avoid
// crashing the code below.
if (IndexVal >= VectorWidth)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(EI, UndefValue::get(EI.getType()));
// This instruction only demands the single element from the input vector.
// If the input vector has a single use, simplify it based on this use
// property.
if (EI.getOperand(0)->hasOneUse() && VectorWidth != 1) {
uint64_t UndefElts;
if (Value *V = SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(EI.getOperand(0),
1 << IndexVal,
UndefElts)) {
EI.setOperand(0, V);
return &EI;
}
}
if (Value *Elt = FindScalarElement(EI.getOperand(0), IndexVal))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(EI, Elt);
// If the this extractelement is directly using a bitcast from a vector of
// the same number of elements, see if we can find the source element from
// it. In this case, we will end up needing to bitcast the scalars.
if (BitCastInst *BCI = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(EI.getOperand(0))) {
if (const VectorType *VT =
dyn_cast<VectorType>(BCI->getOperand(0)->getType()))
if (VT->getNumElements() == VectorWidth)
if (Value *Elt = FindScalarElement(BCI->getOperand(0), IndexVal))
return new BitCastInst(Elt, EI.getType());
}
}
if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(EI.getOperand(0))) {
if (I->hasOneUse()) {
// Push extractelement into predecessor operation if legal and
// profitable to do so
if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(I)) {
bool isConstantElt = isa<ConstantInt>(EI.getOperand(1));
if (CheapToScalarize(BO, isConstantElt)) {
ExtractElementInst *newEI0 =
new ExtractElementInst(BO->getOperand(0), EI.getOperand(1),
EI.getName()+".lhs");
ExtractElementInst *newEI1 =
new ExtractElementInst(BO->getOperand(1), EI.getOperand(1),
EI.getName()+".rhs");
InsertNewInstBefore(newEI0, EI);
InsertNewInstBefore(newEI1, EI);
return BinaryOperator::Create(BO->getOpcode(), newEI0, newEI1);
}
} else if (isa<LoadInst>(I)) {
unsigned AS =
cast<PointerType>(I->getOperand(0)->getType())->getAddressSpace();
Value *Ptr = InsertBitCastBefore(I->getOperand(0),
PointerType::get(EI.getType(), AS),EI);
GetElementPtrInst *GEP =
GetElementPtrInst::Create(Ptr, EI.getOperand(1), I->getName()+".gep");
InsertNewInstBefore(GEP, EI);
return new LoadInst(GEP);
}
}
if (InsertElementInst *IE = dyn_cast<InsertElementInst>(I)) {
// Extracting the inserted element?
if (IE->getOperand(2) == EI.getOperand(1))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(EI, IE->getOperand(1));
// If the inserted and extracted elements are constants, they must not
// be the same value, extract from the pre-inserted value instead.
if (isa<Constant>(IE->getOperand(2)) &&
isa<Constant>(EI.getOperand(1))) {
AddUsesToWorkList(EI);
EI.setOperand(0, IE->getOperand(0));
return &EI;
}
} else if (ShuffleVectorInst *SVI = dyn_cast<ShuffleVectorInst>(I)) {
// If this is extracting an element from a shufflevector, figure out where
// it came from and extract from the appropriate input element instead.
if (ConstantInt *Elt = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(EI.getOperand(1))) {
unsigned SrcIdx = getShuffleMask(SVI)[Elt->getZExtValue()];
Value *Src;
if (SrcIdx < SVI->getType()->getNumElements())
Src = SVI->getOperand(0);
else if (SrcIdx < SVI->getType()->getNumElements()*2) {
SrcIdx -= SVI->getType()->getNumElements();
Src = SVI->getOperand(1);
} else {
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(EI, UndefValue::get(EI.getType()));
}
return new ExtractElementInst(Src, SrcIdx);
}
}
}
return 0;
}
/// CollectSingleShuffleElements - If V is a shuffle of values that ONLY returns
/// elements from either LHS or RHS, return the shuffle mask and true.
/// Otherwise, return false.
static bool CollectSingleShuffleElements(Value *V, Value *LHS, Value *RHS,
std::vector<Constant*> &Mask) {
assert(V->getType() == LHS->getType() && V->getType() == RHS->getType() &&
"Invalid CollectSingleShuffleElements");
unsigned NumElts = cast<VectorType>(V->getType())->getNumElements();
if (isa<UndefValue>(V)) {
Mask.assign(NumElts, UndefValue::get(Type::Int32Ty));
return true;
} else if (V == LHS) {
for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i)
Mask.push_back(ConstantInt::get(Type::Int32Ty, i));
return true;
} else if (V == RHS) {
for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i)
Mask.push_back(ConstantInt::get(Type::Int32Ty, i+NumElts));
return true;
} else if (InsertElementInst *IEI = dyn_cast<InsertElementInst>(V)) {
// If this is an insert of an extract from some other vector, include it.
Value *VecOp = IEI->getOperand(0);
Value *ScalarOp = IEI->getOperand(1);
Value *IdxOp = IEI->getOperand(2);
if (!isa<ConstantInt>(IdxOp))
return false;
unsigned InsertedIdx = cast<ConstantInt>(IdxOp)->getZExtValue();
if (isa<UndefValue>(ScalarOp)) { // inserting undef into vector.
// Okay, we can handle this if the vector we are insertinting into is
// transitively ok.
if (CollectSingleShuffleElements(VecOp, LHS, RHS, Mask)) {
// If so, update the mask to reflect the inserted undef.
Mask[InsertedIdx] = UndefValue::get(Type::Int32Ty);
return true;
}
} else if (ExtractElementInst *EI = dyn_cast<ExtractElementInst>(ScalarOp)){
if (isa<ConstantInt>(EI->getOperand(1)) &&
EI->getOperand(0)->getType() == V->getType()) {
unsigned ExtractedIdx =
cast<ConstantInt>(EI->getOperand(1))->getZExtValue();
// This must be extracting from either LHS or RHS.
if (EI->getOperand(0) == LHS || EI->getOperand(0) == RHS) {
// Okay, we can handle this if the vector we are insertinting into is
// transitively ok.
if (CollectSingleShuffleElements(VecOp, LHS, RHS, Mask)) {
// If so, update the mask to reflect the inserted value.
if (EI->getOperand(0) == LHS) {
Mask[InsertedIdx & (NumElts-1)] =
ConstantInt::get(Type::Int32Ty, ExtractedIdx);
} else {
assert(EI->getOperand(0) == RHS);
Mask[InsertedIdx & (NumElts-1)] =
ConstantInt::get(Type::Int32Ty, ExtractedIdx+NumElts);
}
return true;
}
}
}
}
}
// TODO: Handle shufflevector here!
return false;
}
/// CollectShuffleElements - We are building a shuffle of V, using RHS as the
/// RHS of the shuffle instruction, if it is not null. Return a shuffle mask
/// that computes V and the LHS value of the shuffle.
static Value *CollectShuffleElements(Value *V, std::vector<Constant*> &Mask,
Value *&RHS) {
assert(isa<VectorType>(V->getType()) &&
(RHS == 0 || V->getType() == RHS->getType()) &&
"Invalid shuffle!");
unsigned NumElts = cast<VectorType>(V->getType())->getNumElements();
if (isa<UndefValue>(V)) {
Mask.assign(NumElts, UndefValue::get(Type::Int32Ty));
return V;
} else if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(V)) {
Mask.assign(NumElts, ConstantInt::get(Type::Int32Ty, 0));
return V;
} else if (InsertElementInst *IEI = dyn_cast<InsertElementInst>(V)) {
// If this is an insert of an extract from some other vector, include it.
Value *VecOp = IEI->getOperand(0);
Value *ScalarOp = IEI->getOperand(1);
Value *IdxOp = IEI->getOperand(2);
if (ExtractElementInst *EI = dyn_cast<ExtractElementInst>(ScalarOp)) {
if (isa<ConstantInt>(EI->getOperand(1)) && isa<ConstantInt>(IdxOp) &&
EI->getOperand(0)->getType() == V->getType()) {
unsigned ExtractedIdx =
cast<ConstantInt>(EI->getOperand(1))->getZExtValue();
unsigned InsertedIdx = cast<ConstantInt>(IdxOp)->getZExtValue();
// Either the extracted from or inserted into vector must be RHSVec,
// otherwise we'd end up with a shuffle of three inputs.
if (EI->getOperand(0) == RHS || RHS == 0) {
RHS = EI->getOperand(0);
Value *V = CollectShuffleElements(VecOp, Mask, RHS);
Mask[InsertedIdx & (NumElts-1)] =
ConstantInt::get(Type::Int32Ty, NumElts+ExtractedIdx);
return V;
}
if (VecOp == RHS) {
Value *V = CollectShuffleElements(EI->getOperand(0), Mask, RHS);
// Everything but the extracted element is replaced with the RHS.
for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i) {
if (i != InsertedIdx)
Mask[i] = ConstantInt::get(Type::Int32Ty, NumElts+i);
}
return V;
}
// If this insertelement is a chain that comes from exactly these two
// vectors, return the vector and the effective shuffle.
if (CollectSingleShuffleElements(IEI, EI->getOperand(0), RHS, Mask))
return EI->getOperand(0);
}
}
}
// TODO: Handle shufflevector here!
// Otherwise, can't do anything fancy. Return an identity vector.
for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i)
Mask.push_back(ConstantInt::get(Type::Int32Ty, i));
return V;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitInsertElementInst(InsertElementInst &IE) {
Value *VecOp = IE.getOperand(0);
Value *ScalarOp = IE.getOperand(1);
Value *IdxOp = IE.getOperand(2);
// Inserting an undef or into an undefined place, remove this.
if (isa<UndefValue>(ScalarOp) || isa<UndefValue>(IdxOp))
ReplaceInstUsesWith(IE, VecOp);
// If the inserted element was extracted from some other vector, and if the
// indexes are constant, try to turn this into a shufflevector operation.
if (ExtractElementInst *EI = dyn_cast<ExtractElementInst>(ScalarOp)) {
if (isa<ConstantInt>(EI->getOperand(1)) && isa<ConstantInt>(IdxOp) &&
EI->getOperand(0)->getType() == IE.getType()) {
unsigned NumVectorElts = IE.getType()->getNumElements();
unsigned ExtractedIdx =
cast<ConstantInt>(EI->getOperand(1))->getZExtValue();
unsigned InsertedIdx = cast<ConstantInt>(IdxOp)->getZExtValue();
if (ExtractedIdx >= NumVectorElts) // Out of range extract.
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(IE, VecOp);
if (InsertedIdx >= NumVectorElts) // Out of range insert.
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(IE, UndefValue::get(IE.getType()));
// If we are extracting a value from a vector, then inserting it right
// back into the same place, just use the input vector.
if (EI->getOperand(0) == VecOp && ExtractedIdx == InsertedIdx)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(IE, VecOp);
// We could theoretically do this for ANY input. However, doing so could
// turn chains of insertelement instructions into a chain of shufflevector
// instructions, and right now we do not merge shufflevectors. As such,
// only do this in a situation where it is clear that there is benefit.
if (isa<UndefValue>(VecOp) || isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(VecOp)) {
// Turn this into shuffle(EIOp0, VecOp, Mask). The result has all of
// the values of VecOp, except then one read from EIOp0.
// Build a new shuffle mask.
std::vector<Constant*> Mask;
if (isa<UndefValue>(VecOp))
Mask.assign(NumVectorElts, UndefValue::get(Type::Int32Ty));
else {
assert(isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(VecOp) && "Unknown thing");
Mask.assign(NumVectorElts, ConstantInt::get(Type::Int32Ty,
NumVectorElts));
}
Mask[InsertedIdx] = ConstantInt::get(Type::Int32Ty, ExtractedIdx);
return new ShuffleVectorInst(EI->getOperand(0), VecOp,
ConstantVector::get(Mask));
}
// If this insertelement isn't used by some other insertelement, turn it
// (and any insertelements it points to), into one big shuffle.
if (!IE.hasOneUse() || !isa<InsertElementInst>(IE.use_back())) {
std::vector<Constant*> Mask;
Value *RHS = 0;
Value *LHS = CollectShuffleElements(&IE, Mask, RHS);
if (RHS == 0) RHS = UndefValue::get(LHS->getType());
// We now have a shuffle of LHS, RHS, Mask.
return new ShuffleVectorInst(LHS, RHS, ConstantVector::get(Mask));
}
}
}
return 0;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitShuffleVectorInst(ShuffleVectorInst &SVI) {
Value *LHS = SVI.getOperand(0);
Value *RHS = SVI.getOperand(1);
std::vector<unsigned> Mask = getShuffleMask(&SVI);
bool MadeChange = false;
// Undefined shuffle mask -> undefined value.
if (isa<UndefValue>(SVI.getOperand(2)))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SVI, UndefValue::get(SVI.getType()));
// If we have shuffle(x, undef, mask) and any elements of mask refer to
// the undef, change them to undefs.
if (isa<UndefValue>(SVI.getOperand(1))) {
// Scan to see if there are any references to the RHS. If so, replace them
// with undef element refs and set MadeChange to true.
for (unsigned i = 0, e = Mask.size(); i != e; ++i) {
if (Mask[i] >= e && Mask[i] != 2*e) {
Mask[i] = 2*e;
MadeChange = true;
}
}
if (MadeChange) {
// Remap any references to RHS to use LHS.
std::vector<Constant*> Elts;
for (unsigned i = 0, e = Mask.size(); i != e; ++i) {
if (Mask[i] == 2*e)
Elts.push_back(UndefValue::get(Type::Int32Ty));
else
Elts.push_back(ConstantInt::get(Type::Int32Ty, Mask[i]));
}
SVI.setOperand(2, ConstantVector::get(Elts));
}
}
// Canonicalize shuffle(x ,x,mask) -> shuffle(x, undef,mask')
// Canonicalize shuffle(undef,x,mask) -> shuffle(x, undef,mask').
if (LHS == RHS || isa<UndefValue>(LHS)) {
if (isa<UndefValue>(LHS) && LHS == RHS) {
// shuffle(undef,undef,mask) -> undef.
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SVI, LHS);
}
// Remap any references to RHS to use LHS.
std::vector<Constant*> Elts;
for (unsigned i = 0, e = Mask.size(); i != e; ++i) {
if (Mask[i] >= 2*e)
Elts.push_back(UndefValue::get(Type::Int32Ty));
else {
if ((Mask[i] >= e && isa<UndefValue>(RHS)) ||
(Mask[i] < e && isa<UndefValue>(LHS))) {
Mask[i] = 2*e; // Turn into undef.
Elts.push_back(UndefValue::get(Type::Int32Ty));
} else {
Mask[i] &= (e-1); // Force to LHS.
Elts.push_back(ConstantInt::get(Type::Int32Ty, Mask[i]));
}
}
}
SVI.setOperand(0, SVI.getOperand(1));
SVI.setOperand(1, UndefValue::get(RHS->getType()));
SVI.setOperand(2, ConstantVector::get(Elts));
LHS = SVI.getOperand(0);
RHS = SVI.getOperand(1);
MadeChange = true;
}
// Analyze the shuffle, are the LHS or RHS and identity shuffles?
bool isLHSID = true, isRHSID = true;
for (unsigned i = 0, e = Mask.size(); i != e; ++i) {
if (Mask[i] >= e*2) continue; // Ignore undef values.
// Is this an identity shuffle of the LHS value?
isLHSID &= (Mask[i] == i);
// Is this an identity shuffle of the RHS value?
isRHSID &= (Mask[i]-e == i);
}
// Eliminate identity shuffles.
if (isLHSID) return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SVI, LHS);
if (isRHSID) return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SVI, RHS);
// If the LHS is a shufflevector itself, see if we can combine it with this
// one without producing an unusual shuffle. Here we are really conservative:
// we are absolutely afraid of producing a shuffle mask not in the input
// program, because the code gen may not be smart enough to turn a merged
// shuffle into two specific shuffles: it may produce worse code. As such,
// we only merge two shuffles if the result is one of the two input shuffle
// masks. In this case, merging the shuffles just removes one instruction,
// which we know is safe. This is good for things like turning:
// (splat(splat)) -> splat.
if (ShuffleVectorInst *LHSSVI = dyn_cast<ShuffleVectorInst>(LHS)) {
if (isa<UndefValue>(RHS)) {
std::vector<unsigned> LHSMask = getShuffleMask(LHSSVI);
std::vector<unsigned> NewMask;
for (unsigned i = 0, e = Mask.size(); i != e; ++i)
if (Mask[i] >= 2*e)
NewMask.push_back(2*e);
else
NewMask.push_back(LHSMask[Mask[i]]);
// If the result mask is equal to the src shuffle or this shuffle mask, do
// the replacement.
if (NewMask == LHSMask || NewMask == Mask) {
std::vector<Constant*> Elts;
for (unsigned i = 0, e = NewMask.size(); i != e; ++i) {
if (NewMask[i] >= e*2) {
Elts.push_back(UndefValue::get(Type::Int32Ty));
} else {
Elts.push_back(ConstantInt::get(Type::Int32Ty, NewMask[i]));
}
}
return new ShuffleVectorInst(LHSSVI->getOperand(0),
LHSSVI->getOperand(1),
ConstantVector::get(Elts));
}
}
}
return MadeChange ? &SVI : 0;
}
/// TryToSinkInstruction - Try to move the specified instruction from its
/// current block into the beginning of DestBlock, which can only happen if it's
/// safe to move the instruction past all of the instructions between it and the
/// end of its block.
static bool TryToSinkInstruction(Instruction *I, BasicBlock *DestBlock) {
assert(I->hasOneUse() && "Invariants didn't hold!");
// Cannot move control-flow-involving, volatile loads, vaarg, etc.
if (isa<PHINode>(I) || I->mayWriteToMemory() || isa<TerminatorInst>(I))
return false;
// Do not sink alloca instructions out of the entry block.
if (isa<AllocaInst>(I) && I->getParent() ==
&DestBlock->getParent()->getEntryBlock())
return false;
// We can only sink load instructions if there is nothing between the load and
// the end of block that could change the value.
if (I->mayReadFromMemory()) {
for (BasicBlock::iterator Scan = I, E = I->getParent()->end();
Scan != E; ++Scan)
if (Scan->mayWriteToMemory())
return false;
}
BasicBlock::iterator InsertPos = DestBlock->getFirstNonPHI();
I->moveBefore(InsertPos);
++NumSunkInst;
return true;
}
/// AddReachableCodeToWorklist - Walk the function in depth-first order, adding
/// all reachable code to the worklist.
///
/// This has a couple of tricks to make the code faster and more powerful. In
/// particular, we constant fold and DCE instructions as we go, to avoid adding
/// them to the worklist (this significantly speeds up instcombine on code where
/// many instructions are dead or constant). Additionally, if we find a branch
/// whose condition is a known constant, we only visit the reachable successors.
///
static void AddReachableCodeToWorklist(BasicBlock *BB,
SmallPtrSet<BasicBlock*, 64> &Visited,
InstCombiner &IC,
const TargetData *TD) {
std::vector<BasicBlock*> Worklist;
Worklist.push_back(BB);
while (!Worklist.empty()) {
BB = Worklist.back();
Worklist.pop_back();
// We have now visited this block! If we've already been here, ignore it.
if (!Visited.insert(BB)) continue;
for (BasicBlock::iterator BBI = BB->begin(), E = BB->end(); BBI != E; ) {
Instruction *Inst = BBI++;
// DCE instruction if trivially dead.
if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(Inst)) {
++NumDeadInst;
DOUT << "IC: DCE: " << *Inst;
Inst->eraseFromParent();
continue;
}
// ConstantProp instruction if trivially constant.
if (Constant *C = ConstantFoldInstruction(Inst, TD)) {
DOUT << "IC: ConstFold to: " << *C << " from: " << *Inst;
Inst->replaceAllUsesWith(C);
++NumConstProp;
Inst->eraseFromParent();
continue;
}
IC.AddToWorkList(Inst);
}
// Recursively visit successors. If this is a branch or switch on a
// constant, only visit the reachable successor.
TerminatorInst *TI = BB->getTerminator();
if (BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(TI)) {
if (BI->isConditional() && isa<ConstantInt>(BI->getCondition())) {
bool CondVal = cast<ConstantInt>(BI->getCondition())->getZExtValue();
BasicBlock *ReachableBB = BI->getSuccessor(!CondVal);
Worklist.push_back(ReachableBB);
continue;
}
} else if (SwitchInst *SI = dyn_cast<SwitchInst>(TI)) {
if (ConstantInt *Cond = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(SI->getCondition())) {
// See if this is an explicit destination.
for (unsigned i = 1, e = SI->getNumSuccessors(); i != e; ++i)
if (SI->getCaseValue(i) == Cond) {
BasicBlock *ReachableBB = SI->getSuccessor(i);
Worklist.push_back(ReachableBB);
continue;
}
// Otherwise it is the default destination.
Worklist.push_back(SI->getSuccessor(0));
continue;
}
}
for (unsigned i = 0, e = TI->getNumSuccessors(); i != e; ++i)
Worklist.push_back(TI->getSuccessor(i));
}
}
bool InstCombiner::DoOneIteration(Function &F, unsigned Iteration) {
bool Changed = false;
TD = &getAnalysis<TargetData>();
DEBUG(DOUT << "\n\nINSTCOMBINE ITERATION #" << Iteration << " on "
<< F.getNameStr() << "\n");
{
// Do a depth-first traversal of the function, populate the worklist with
// the reachable instructions. Ignore blocks that are not reachable. Keep
// track of which blocks we visit.
SmallPtrSet<BasicBlock*, 64> Visited;
AddReachableCodeToWorklist(F.begin(), Visited, *this, TD);
// Do a quick scan over the function. If we find any blocks that are
// unreachable, remove any instructions inside of them. This prevents
// the instcombine code from having to deal with some bad special cases.
for (Function::iterator BB = F.begin(), E = F.end(); BB != E; ++BB)
if (!Visited.count(BB)) {
Instruction *Term = BB->getTerminator();
while (Term != BB->begin()) { // Remove instrs bottom-up
BasicBlock::iterator I = Term; --I;
DOUT << "IC: DCE: " << *I;
++NumDeadInst;
if (!I->use_empty())
I->replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(I->getType()));
I->eraseFromParent();
}
}
}
while (!Worklist.empty()) {
Instruction *I = RemoveOneFromWorkList();
if (I == 0) continue; // skip null values.
// Check to see if we can DCE the instruction.
if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(I)) {
// Add operands to the worklist.
if (I->getNumOperands() < 4)
AddUsesToWorkList(*I);
++NumDeadInst;
DOUT << "IC: DCE: " << *I;
I->eraseFromParent();
RemoveFromWorkList(I);
continue;
}
// Instruction isn't dead, see if we can constant propagate it.
if (Constant *C = ConstantFoldInstruction(I, TD)) {
DOUT << "IC: ConstFold to: " << *C << " from: " << *I;
// Add operands to the worklist.
AddUsesToWorkList(*I);
ReplaceInstUsesWith(*I, C);
++NumConstProp;
I->eraseFromParent();
RemoveFromWorkList(I);
continue;
}
if (TD && I->getType()->getTypeID() == Type::VoidTyID) {
// See if we can constant fold its operands.
for (User::op_iterator i = I->op_begin(), e = I->op_end(); i != e; ++i) {
if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(i)) {
if (Constant *NewC = ConstantFoldConstantExpression(CE, TD))
i->set(NewC);
}
}
}
// See if we can trivially sink this instruction to a successor basic block.
if (I->hasOneUse()) {
BasicBlock *BB = I->getParent();
BasicBlock *UserParent = cast<Instruction>(I->use_back())->getParent();
if (UserParent != BB) {
bool UserIsSuccessor = false;
// See if the user is one of our successors.
for (succ_iterator SI = succ_begin(BB), E = succ_end(BB); SI != E; ++SI)
if (*SI == UserParent) {
UserIsSuccessor = true;
break;
}
// If the user is one of our immediate successors, and if that successor
// only has us as a predecessors (we'd have to split the critical edge
// otherwise), we can keep going.
if (UserIsSuccessor && !isa<PHINode>(I->use_back()) &&
next(pred_begin(UserParent)) == pred_end(UserParent))
// Okay, the CFG is simple enough, try to sink this instruction.
Changed |= TryToSinkInstruction(I, UserParent);
}
}
// Now that we have an instruction, try combining it to simplify it...
#ifndef NDEBUG
std::string OrigI;
#endif
DEBUG(std::ostringstream SS; I->print(SS); OrigI = SS.str(););
if (Instruction *Result = visit(*I)) {
++NumCombined;
// Should we replace the old instruction with a new one?
if (Result != I) {
DOUT << "IC: Old = " << *I
<< " New = " << *Result;
// Everything uses the new instruction now.
I->replaceAllUsesWith(Result);
// Push the new instruction and any users onto the worklist.
AddToWorkList(Result);
AddUsersToWorkList(*Result);
// Move the name to the new instruction first.
Result->takeName(I);
// Insert the new instruction into the basic block...
BasicBlock *InstParent = I->getParent();
BasicBlock::iterator InsertPos = I;
if (!isa<PHINode>(Result)) // If combining a PHI, don't insert
while (isa<PHINode>(InsertPos)) // middle of a block of PHIs.
++InsertPos;
InstParent->getInstList().insert(InsertPos, Result);
// Make sure that we reprocess all operands now that we reduced their
// use counts.
AddUsesToWorkList(*I);
// Instructions can end up on the worklist more than once. Make sure
// we do not process an instruction that has been deleted.
RemoveFromWorkList(I);
// Erase the old instruction.
InstParent->getInstList().erase(I);
} else {
#ifndef NDEBUG
DOUT << "IC: Mod = " << OrigI
<< " New = " << *I;
#endif
// If the instruction was modified, it's possible that it is now dead.
// if so, remove it.
if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(I)) {
// Make sure we process all operands now that we are reducing their
// use counts.
AddUsesToWorkList(*I);
// Instructions may end up in the worklist more than once. Erase all
// occurrences of this instruction.
RemoveFromWorkList(I);
I->eraseFromParent();
} else {
AddToWorkList(I);
AddUsersToWorkList(*I);
}
}
Changed = true;
}
}
assert(WorklistMap.empty() && "Worklist empty, but map not?");
// Do an explicit clear, this shrinks the map if needed.
WorklistMap.clear();
return Changed;
}
bool InstCombiner::runOnFunction(Function &F) {
MustPreserveLCSSA = mustPreserveAnalysisID(LCSSAID);
bool EverMadeChange = false;
// Iterate while there is work to do.
unsigned Iteration = 0;
while (DoOneIteration(F, Iteration++))
EverMadeChange = true;
return EverMadeChange;
}
FunctionPass *llvm::createInstructionCombiningPass() {
return new InstCombiner();
}
Reference in New Issue View Git Blame Copy Permalink